anne/lyx_mirror
1
0
Fork 0
mirror of https://git.lyx.org/repos/lyx.git synced 2024-12-22 05:16:21 +00:00
Code Issues Actions Packages Projects Releases Wiki Activity

Get rid of all traces of libintl.

Browse Source 
This requires to re-add some tests in configure.ac.

Note that the code to generate a Makefile in po/ has been kept.
This commit is contained in:
Jean-Marc Lasgouttes 2013-05-11 00:15:57 +02:00 committed by Vincent van Ravesteijn
parent 19024f7255
commit d7e2705228
107 changed files with 10758 additions and 38083 deletions
Show Stats Download Patch File Download Diff File Expand all files Collapse all files

1101
ABOUT-NLS
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

3
INSTALL
View File

@ -155,9 +155,6 @@ LyX:
o --disable-nls suppresses all internationalization support,
yielding somewhat smaller code.
o --with-included-gettext forces the use of the included GNU gettext
library, although you might have another one installed.
o You can also set the environment variable LINGUAS to a list of
languages in case you do not want to install all the translation
files. For example, if you are only interested in German and

4
Makefile.am
View File

@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I m4 -I config
MAINTAINERCLEANFILES += $(srcdir)/aclocal.m4 $(srcdir)/configure \
$(srcdir)/config.h.in
DIST_SUBDIRS = m4 config development intl po boost src sourcedoc lib
DIST_SUBDIRS = m4 config development po boost src sourcedoc lib
if BUILD_CLIENT_SUBDIR
CLIENT = src/client
@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ if USE_INCLUDED_BOOST
BOOST = boost
endif
SUBDIRS = config development intl po $(BOOST) src sourcedoc lib \
SUBDIRS = config development po $(BOOST) src sourcedoc lib \
$(CLIENT) src/tex2lyx

10
README.Cygwin
View File

@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ LyX/Cygwin
==========
Ruurd Reitsma <R.A.Reitsma@wbmt.tudelft.nl>
Bo Peng <ben.bob#gmail.com>
Bo Peng <ben.bob#gmail.com>
Building LyX on Cygwin
@ -10,10 +10,10 @@ Building LyX on Cygwin
To build lyx, you will need to install the following cygwin packages
aspell gzip libiconv libQtGui4
aspell-dev gettext libpng libQtGui4-devel
gcc gettext-devel libQtCore4 pkg-config
gcc4 libintl8 libQtCore4-devel python
aspell gzip libpng libQtGui4-devel
aspell-dev gettext libQtCore4 pkg-config
gcc gettext-devel libQtCore4-devel python
gcc4 libiconv libQtGui4
Currently only the traditional autotools (autoconf, automake, make etc)
build system is recommended to build LyX on cygwin. It does not differ

36
configure.ac
View File

@ -58,8 +58,8 @@ for file in config/install-sh ; do
chmod 755 ${srcdir}/${file}
done
# Check for installed python
AM_PATH_PYTHON(2.4.0,, :)
AC_PROG_RANLIB
### we need to know the byte order for unicode conversions
AC_C_BIGENDIAN
@ -143,16 +143,19 @@ if echo $prefix |grep ' ' >/dev/null 2>/dev/null ; then
prefix=`pwd`/installprefix
fi
### Setup GNU gettext
dnl GNU gettext is written in C
AC_LANG_PUSH(C)
dnl Dirty trick ahead: disable macro AC_GNU_SOURCE because it triggers a bug with autoconf 2.62.
dnl this can be removed if gettext is been updated to avoid that.
m4_undefine([AC_GNU_SOURCE])
m4_defun([AC_GNU_SOURCE],[])
AM_GNU_GETTEXT([no-libtool])
AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION([0.16.1])
AC_LANG_POP(C)
### Setup po directory
AM_PO_SUBDIRS
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether NLS is requested])
dnl Default is enabled NLS
AC_ARG_ENABLE(nls,
[ --disable-nls do not use Native Language Support],
USE_NLS=$enableval, USE_NLS=yes)
AC_MSG_RESULT($USE_NLS)
if test $USE_NLS = "yes" ; then
AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_NLS, 1,
[Define to 1 if translation of program messages to the user's native language
is requested.])dnl'
fi
# some standard header files
AC_HEADER_MAJOR
@ -164,10 +167,18 @@ AC_TYPE_OFF_T
AC_TYPE_PID_T
AC_TYPE_SIZE_T
AC_TYPE_UID_T
// Taken from gettext
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for wchar_t], [gt_cv_c_wchar_t],
[AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <stddef.h>
wchar_t foo = (wchar_t)'\0';], ,
[gt_cv_c_wchar_t=yes], [gt_cv_c_wchar_t=no])])
if test $gt_cv_c_wchar_t = yes; then
AC_DEFINE([HAVE_WCHAR_T], [1], [Define if you have the 'wchar_t' type.])
fi
LYX_CHECK_DEF(PATH_MAX, limits.h, [int n = PATH_MAX;])
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(chmod close _close fork getpid _getpid lstat mkfifo open _open pclose _pclose popen _popen readlink strerror unsetenv)
AC_CHECK_FUNCS(chmod close _close fork getpid _getpid lstat mkfifo open _open pclose _pclose popen _popen readlink setenv strerror unsetenv)
# Check the form of mkdir()
AC_FUNC_MKDIR
AC_FUNC_SELECT_ARGTYPES
@ -334,7 +345,6 @@ AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile \
development/cygwin/Makefile \
development/cygwin/lyxrc.dist \
development/lyx.spec \
intl/Makefile \
lib/lyx.desktop-temp:lib/lyx.desktop.in
lib/Makefile \
lib/doc/Makefile \

144
development/attic/gettext.patch
View File

@ -1,144 +0,0 @@
This patch contains the changes that have been made wrt gettext 0.10.40
--- .common/src/gettext-0.10.40/intl/Makefile.in Sat Sep 15 03:15:49 2001
+++ src/lyx/lyx-devel/intl/Makefile.in Mon Oct 8 16:24:11 2001
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@
sed -e '/^#/d' -e 's/@''PACKAGE''@/@PACKAGE@/g' $< > t-$@
mv t-$@ $@
-INCLUDES = -I.. -I. -I$(top_srcdir)/intl
+INCLUDES = -I../src -I. -I$(top_srcdir)/intl
all: all-@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
all-yes: libintl.$la libintl.h charset.alias ref-add.sed ref-del.sed
@@ -253,7 +253,7 @@
info dvi:
-$(OBJECTS): ../config.h libgnuintl.h
+$(OBJECTS): ../src/config.h libgnuintl.h
bindtextdom.$lo finddomain.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo: gettextP.h gettext.h loadinfo.h
dcgettext.$lo: gettextP.h gettext.h hash-string.h loadinfo.h
--- .common/src/gettext-0.10.38/po/Makefile.in.in Fri May 18 17:06:54 2001
+++ src/lyx/lyx-devel/po/Makefile.in.in Mon Oct 8 16:24:11 2001
@@ -50,6 +50,8 @@
DISTFILES = ChangeLog Makefile.in.in POTFILES.in $(PACKAGE).pot \
$(POFILES) $(GMOFILES)
+POTFILE_IN_DEPS = $(shell find $(top_srcdir)/src -name Makefile.am)
+
POTFILES = \
CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@
@@ -69,7 +71,10 @@
.po.gmo:
file=$(srcdir)/`echo $* | sed 's,.*/,,'`.gmo \
- && rm -f $$file && $(GMSGFMT) --statistics -o $$file $<
+ && case "$(GMSGFMT)" in \
+ */msgfmt) rm -f $$file && $(GMSGFMT) --statistics -o $$file $<;; \
+ *) touch $$file ;; \
+ esac
all: all-@USE_NLS@
@@ -89,7 +94,6 @@
|| ( rm -f $(srcdir)/$(PACKAGE).pot \
&& mv $(PACKAGE).po $(srcdir)/$(PACKAGE).pot )
-
install: install-exec install-data
install-exec:
install-data: install-data-@USE_NLS@
@@ -190,6 +194,26 @@
cd $(top_builddir) \
&& CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@.in CONFIG_HEADERS= \
$(SHELL) ./config.status
+
+${srcdir}/POTFILES.in: $(POTFILE_IN_DEPS)
+ rm -f $@-t \
+ && ( cd $(top_srcdir); \
+ grep -l "_(\".*\")" `find src -name \*.[hHC] -print` |\
+ grep -v frontends/kde |\
+ sed -e '/xforms.forms/d' | \
+ sort -f -n | uniq ) > $@-t \
+ && echo "src/ext_l10n.h" >> $@-t \
+ && mv $@-t $@
+
+$(top_srcdir)/src/ext_l10n.h: $(top_srcdir)/lib/layouts/*.layout $(top_srcdir)/lib/layouts/*.inc $(top_srcdir)/lib/ui/default.ui $(top_srcdir)/lib/languages
+ sed < $(top_srcdir)/lib/ui/default.ui -n \
+ -e 's/.*[sS]ub[mM]enu[^"]*\("[^"]*"\).*/_(\1);/p' \
+ -e 's/.*[iI]tem[^"]*\("[^"]*"\).*/_(\1);/p' \
+ > $@
+ cat $(top_srcdir)/lib/layouts/*.layout $(top_srcdir)/lib/layouts/*.inc | \
+ sed -n -e 's/^[sS]tyle[ ]*\([^ ]*\)$$/_("\1");/p' | \
+ sort | uniq >> $@
+ sed < $(top_srcdir)/lib/languages -e '/^#/d' -e 's/[^"]*\("[A-Za-z0-9][^"]*"\).*/_(\1);/' >> $@
# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make not to export all variables.
# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
--- .common/src/gettext-0.10.38/m4/progtest.m4 Thu Feb 8 14:25:47 2001
+++ src/lyx/lyx-devel/config/progtest.m4 Mon Oct 8 16:24:11 2001
@@ -2,15 +2,32 @@
# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1996.
#
# This file can be copied and used freely without restrictions. It can
-# be used in projects which are not available under the GNU Public License
-# but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext functionality.
-# Please note that the actual code is *not* freely available.
+# be used in projects which are not available under the GNU General Public
+# License or the GNU Library General Public License but which still want
+# to provide support for the GNU gettext functionality.
+# Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered
+# by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU
+# gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License.
+# They are *not* in the public domain.
-# serial 1
+# serial 2
dnl AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(VARIABLE, PROG-TO-CHECK-FOR,
dnl TEST-PERFORMED-ON-FOUND_PROGRAM [, VALUE-IF-NOT-FOUND [, PATH]])
AC_DEFUN([AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST],
+[case "`uname -s 2> /dev/null`" in
+OS/2)
+ PATH=`echo -E "$PATH" | sed 's+\\\\+/+g'`
+ PATH_IFS=';'
+ EXE_EXT='.exe'
+ CMD_EXT='.cmd'
+ ;;
+*)
+ PATH_IFS=':'
+ EXE_EXT=''
+ CMD_EXT=''
+ ;;
+esac]
[# Extract the first word of "$2", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy $2; ac_word=[$]2
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for $ac_word])
@@ -20,10 +37,12 @@
ac_cv_path_$1="[$]$1" # Let the user override the test with a path.
;;
*)
- IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
+ IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}$PATH_IFS"
for ac_dir in ifelse([$5], , $PATH, [$5]); do
test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
- if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
+ if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word \
+ -o -f $ac_dir/$ac_word$EXE_EXT \
+ -o -f $ac_dir/$ac_word$CMD_EXT; then
if [$3]; then
ac_cv_path_$1="$ac_dir/$ac_word"
break
@@ -38,7 +57,7 @@
;;
esac])dnl
$1="$ac_cv_path_$1"
-if test -n "[$]$1"; then
+if test ifelse([$4], , [-n "[$]$1"], ["[$]$1" != "$4"]); then
AC_MSG_RESULT([$]$1)
else
AC_MSG_RESULT(no)

68
intl/CMakeLists.txt
View File

@ -1,68 +0,0 @@
# This file is part of LyX, the document processor.
# Licence details can be found in the file COPYING.
#
# Copyright (c) 2006,2011 Peter Kümmel, <syntheticpp@gmx.net>
#
project(intl)
# libgnuintl.h.in => libintl.h
configure_file("${TOP_SRC_DIR}/intl/libgnuintl.h.cmake" ${CMAKE_BINARY_DIR}/intl/libgnuintl.h)
configure_file("${TOP_SRC_DIR}/intl/libgnuintl.h.cmake" ${CMAKE_BINARY_DIR}/intl/libintl.h)
add_definitions(
-DHAVE_CONFIG_H=1
-DMAKE_INTL_LIB
-DIN_LIBINTL
-DENABLE_RELOCATABLE=1
-DIN_LIBRARY
-DNO_XMALLOC
-Dset_relocation_prefix=libintl_set_relocation_prefix
-Drelocate=libintl_relocate
-DDEPENDS_ON_LIBICONV=1)
if(NOT APPLE)
add_definitions(
-DLOCALEDIR=\\"${LOACLE_DIR}\\"
-DLOCALE_ALIAS_PATH=\\"${LOACLE_DIR}\\"
-DLIBDIR=\\"${TOP_SRC_DIR}\\"
-DINSTALLDIR=\\"${PREFIX}\\" )
else()
add_definitions(
-DLOCALEDIR='\"${LOCALE_DIR}\"'
-DLOCALE_ALIAS_PATH='\"${LOCALE_DIR}\"'
-DLIBDIR='\"${TOP_SRC_DIR}\"'
-DINSTALLDIR='\"${PREFIX}\"' )
endif()
file(GLOB intl_headers ${TOP_SRC_DIR}/intl/*.h)
file(GLOB intl_sources RELATIVE "${TOP_SRC_DIR}/intl" "${TOP_SRC_DIR}/intl/*.c")
list(REMOVE_ITEM intl_sources vasnprintf.c version.c printf-parse.c os2compat.c intl-exports.c)
lyx_add_path(intl_sources ${TOP_SRC_DIR}/intl)
include_directories(${TOP_SRC_DIR}/intl ${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR})
if(ICONV_FOUND)
include_directories(${ICONV_INCLUDE_DIR})
endif()
add_library(intl STATIC ${intl_sources} ${intl_headers})
get_target_property(libintl_location intl LOCATION)
set(LIBINTL_LIBRARIES ${libintl_location} CACHE STRING "libintl library" FORCE)
find_path(LIBINTL_INCLUDE_DIR intl/libintl.h
PATHS ${CMAKE_BINARY_DIR} NO_DEFAULT_PATH)
find_file(LIBINTL_HEADER intl/libintl.h
PATHS ${CMAKE_BINARY_DIR} NO_DEFAULT_PATH)
if(ICONV_FOUND)
target_link_libraries(intl ${ICONV_LIBRARY})
endif()
project_source_group("${GROUP_CODE}" intl_sources intl_headers)

4
intl/ChangeLog
View File

@ -1,4 +0,0 @@
2006-11-27 GNU <bug-gnu-gettext@gnu.org>
* Version 0.16.1 released.

562
intl/Makefile.in
View File

@ -1,562 +0,0 @@
# Makefile for directory with message catalog handling library of GNU gettext
# Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
# Library General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
# USA.
PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
VERSION = @VERSION@
SHELL = /bin/sh
srcdir = @srcdir@
top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
top_builddir = ..
# The VPATH variables allows builds with $builddir != $srcdir, assuming a
# 'make' program that supports VPATH (such as GNU make). This line is removed
# by autoconf automatically when "$(srcdir)" = ".".
# In this directory, the VPATH handling is particular:
# 1. If INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX is 'l' (indicating a build with libtool),
# the .c -> .lo rules carefully use $(srcdir), so that VPATH can be omitted.
# 2. If PACKAGE = gettext-tools, VPATH _must_ be omitted, because otherwise
# 'make' does the wrong thing if GNU gettext was configured with
# "./configure --srcdir=`pwd`", namely it gets confused by the .lo and .la
# files it finds in srcdir = ../../gettext-runtime/intl.
VPATH = $(srcdir)
prefix = @prefix@
exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
transform = @program_transform_name@
libdir = @libdir@
includedir = @includedir@
datarootdir = @datarootdir@
datadir = @datadir@
localedir = $(datadir)/locale
gettextsrcdir = $(datadir)/gettext/intl
aliaspath = $(localedir)
subdir = intl
INSTALL = @INSTALL@
INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
# We use $(mkdir_p).
# In automake <= 1.9.x, $(mkdir_p) is defined either as "mkdir -p --" or as
# "$(mkinstalldirs)" or as "$(install_sh) -d". For these automake versions,
# @install_sh@ does not start with $(SHELL), so we add it.
# In automake >= 1.10, @mkdir_p@ is derived from ${MKDIR_P}, which is defined
# either as "/path/to/mkdir -p" or ".../install-sh -c -d". For these automake
# versions, $(mkinstalldirs) and $(install_sh) are unused.
mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) @install_sh@ -d
install_sh = $(SHELL) @install_sh@
MKDIR_P = @MKDIR_P@
mkdir_p = @MKDIR_P@
l = @INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX@
AR = ar
CC = @CC@
LIBTOOL = @LIBTOOL@
RANLIB = @RANLIB@
YACC = @INTLBISON@ -y -d
YFLAGS = --name-prefix=__gettext
# -DBUILDING_LIBINTL: Change expansion of LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED macro.
# -DBUILDING_DLL: Change expansion of RELOCATABLE_DLL_EXPORTED macro.
DEFS = -DLOCALEDIR=\"$(localedir)\" -DLOCALE_ALIAS_PATH=\"$(aliaspath)\" \
-DLIBDIR=\"$(libdir)\" -DBUILDING_LIBINTL -DBUILDING_DLL -DIN_LIBINTL \
-DENABLE_RELOCATABLE=1 -DIN_LIBRARY -DINSTALLDIR=\"$(libdir)\" -DNO_XMALLOC \
-Dset_relocation_prefix=libintl_set_relocation_prefix \
-Drelocate=libintl_relocate \
-DDEPENDS_ON_LIBICONV=1 @DEFS@
CPPFLAGS = @CPPFLAGS@
CFLAGS = @CFLAGS@ @CFLAG_VISIBILITY@
LDFLAGS = @LDFLAGS@ $(LDFLAGS_@WOE32DLL@)
LDFLAGS_yes = -Wl,--export-all-symbols
LDFLAGS_no =
LIBS = @LIBS@
COMPILE = $(CC) -c $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS)
HEADERS = \
gmo.h \
gettextP.h \
hash-string.h \
loadinfo.h \
plural-exp.h \
eval-plural.h \
localcharset.h \
lock.h \
relocatable.h \
xsize.h \
printf-args.h printf-args.c \
printf-parse.h wprintf-parse.h printf-parse.c \
vasnprintf.h vasnwprintf.h vasnprintf.c \
os2compat.h \
libgnuintl.h.in
SOURCES = \
bindtextdom.c \
dcgettext.c \
dgettext.c \
gettext.c \
finddomain.c \
hash-string.c \
loadmsgcat.c \
localealias.c \
textdomain.c \
l10nflist.c \
explodename.c \
dcigettext.c \
dcngettext.c \
dngettext.c \
ngettext.c \
plural.y \
plural-exp.c \
localcharset.c \
lock.c \
relocatable.c \
langprefs.c \
localename.c \
log.c \
printf.c \
version.c \
osdep.c \
os2compat.c \
intl-exports.c \
intl-compat.c
OBJECTS = \
bindtextdom.$lo \
dcgettext.$lo \
dgettext.$lo \
gettext.$lo \
finddomain.$lo \
hash-string.$lo \
loadmsgcat.$lo \
localealias.$lo \
textdomain.$lo \
l10nflist.$lo \
explodename.$lo \
dcigettext.$lo \
dcngettext.$lo \
dngettext.$lo \
ngettext.$lo \
plural.$lo \
plural-exp.$lo \
localcharset.$lo \
lock.$lo \
relocatable.$lo \
langprefs.$lo \
localename.$lo \
log.$lo \
printf.$lo \
version.$lo \
osdep.$lo \
intl-compat.$lo
DISTFILES.common = Makefile.in \
config.charset locale.alias ref-add.sin ref-del.sin export.h \
$(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
DISTFILES.generated = plural.c
DISTFILES.normal = VERSION
DISTFILES.gettext = COPYING.LIB-2.0 COPYING.LIB-2.1 libintl.glibc README.woe32
DISTFILES.obsolete = xopen-msg.sed linux-msg.sed po2tbl.sed.in cat-compat.c \
COPYING.LIB-2 gettext.h libgettext.h plural-eval.c libgnuintl.h \
libgnuintl.h_vms Makefile.vms libgnuintl.h.msvc-static \
libgnuintl.h.msvc-shared Makefile.msvc
all: all-@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
all-yes: libintl.$la libintl.h charset.alias ref-add.sed ref-del.sed
all-no: all-no-@BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
all-no-yes: libgnuintl.$la
all-no-no:
libintl.a libgnuintl.a: $(OBJECTS)
rm -f $@
$(AR) cru $@ $(OBJECTS)
$(RANLIB) $@
libintl.la libgnuintl.la: $(OBJECTS)
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=link \
$(CC) $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(XCFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS) -o $@ \
$(OBJECTS) @LTLIBICONV@ @INTL_MACOSX_LIBS@ $(LIBS) @LTLIBTHREAD@ -lc \
-version-info $(LTV_CURRENT):$(LTV_REVISION):$(LTV_AGE) \
-rpath $(libdir) \
-no-undefined
# Libtool's library version information for libintl.
# Before making a gettext release, the gettext maintainer must change this
# according to the libtool documentation, section "Library interface versions".
# Maintainers of other packages that include the intl directory must *not*
# change these values.
LTV_CURRENT=8
LTV_REVISION=1
LTV_AGE=0
.SUFFIXES:
.SUFFIXES: .c .y .o .lo .sin .sed
.c.o:
$(COMPILE) $<
.y.c:
$(YACC) $(YFLAGS) --output $@ $<
rm -f $*.h
bindtextdom.lo: $(srcdir)/bindtextdom.c
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/bindtextdom.c
dcgettext.lo: $(srcdir)/dcgettext.c
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/dcgettext.c
dgettext.lo: $(srcdir)/dgettext.c
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/dgettext.c
gettext.lo: $(srcdir)/gettext.c
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/gettext.c
finddomain.lo: $(srcdir)/finddomain.c
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/finddomain.c
hash-string.lo: $(srcdir)/hash-string.c
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/hash-string.c
loadmsgcat.lo: $(srcdir)/loadmsgcat.c
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/loadmsgcat.c
localealias.lo: $(srcdir)/localealias.c
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/localealias.c
textdomain.lo: $(srcdir)/textdomain.c
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/textdomain.c
l10nflist.lo: $(srcdir)/l10nflist.c
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/l10nflist.c
explodename.lo: $(srcdir)/explodename.c
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/explodename.c
dcigettext.lo: $(srcdir)/dcigettext.c
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/dcigettext.c
dcngettext.lo: $(srcdir)/dcngettext.c
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/dcngettext.c
dngettext.lo: $(srcdir)/dngettext.c
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/dngettext.c
ngettext.lo: $(srcdir)/ngettext.c
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/ngettext.c
plural.lo: $(srcdir)/plural.c
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/plural.c
plural-exp.lo: $(srcdir)/plural-exp.c
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/plural-exp.c
localcharset.lo: $(srcdir)/localcharset.c
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/localcharset.c
lock.lo: $(srcdir)/lock.c
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/lock.c
relocatable.lo: $(srcdir)/relocatable.c
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/relocatable.c
langprefs.lo: $(srcdir)/langprefs.c
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/langprefs.c
localename.lo: $(srcdir)/localename.c
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/localename.c
log.lo: $(srcdir)/log.c
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/log.c
printf.lo: $(srcdir)/printf.c
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/printf.c
version.lo: $(srcdir)/version.c
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/version.c
osdep.lo: $(srcdir)/osdep.c
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/osdep.c
intl-compat.lo: $(srcdir)/intl-compat.c
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=compile $(COMPILE) $(srcdir)/intl-compat.c
ref-add.sed: $(srcdir)/ref-add.sin
sed -e '/^#/d' -e 's/@''PACKAGE''@/@PACKAGE@/g' $(srcdir)/ref-add.sin > t-ref-add.sed
mv t-ref-add.sed ref-add.sed
ref-del.sed: $(srcdir)/ref-del.sin
sed -e '/^#/d' -e 's/@''PACKAGE''@/@PACKAGE@/g' $(srcdir)/ref-del.sin > t-ref-del.sed
mv t-ref-del.sed ref-del.sed
INCLUDES = -I. -I$(srcdir) -I..
libgnuintl.h: $(srcdir)/libgnuintl.h.in
sed -e '/IN_LIBGLOCALE/d' \
-e 's,@''HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF''@,@HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF@,g' \
-e 's,@''HAVE_ASPRINTF''@,@HAVE_ASPRINTF@,g' \
-e 's,@''HAVE_SNPRINTF''@,@HAVE_SNPRINTF@,g' \
-e 's,@''HAVE_WPRINTF''@,@HAVE_WPRINTF@,g' \
< $(srcdir)/libgnuintl.h.in \
| if test '@WOE32DLL@' = yes; then \
sed -e 's/extern \([^()]*\);/extern __declspec (dllimport) \1;/'; \
else \
cat; \
fi \
| sed -e 's/extern \([^"]\)/extern LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED \1/' \
-e "/#define _LIBINTL_H/r $(srcdir)/export.h" \
| sed -e 's,@''HAVE_VISIBILITY''@,@HAVE_VISIBILITY@,g' \
> libgnuintl.h
libintl.h: $(srcdir)/libgnuintl.h.in
sed -e '/IN_LIBGLOCALE/d' \
-e 's,@''HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF''@,@HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF@,g' \
-e 's,@''HAVE_ASPRINTF''@,@HAVE_ASPRINTF@,g' \
-e 's,@''HAVE_SNPRINTF''@,@HAVE_SNPRINTF@,g' \
-e 's,@''HAVE_WPRINTF''@,@HAVE_WPRINTF@,g' \
< $(srcdir)/libgnuintl.h.in > libintl.h
charset.alias: $(srcdir)/config.charset
$(SHELL) $(srcdir)/config.charset '@host@' > t-$@
mv t-$@ $@
check: all
# We must not install the libintl.h/libintl.a files if we are on a
# system which has the GNU gettext() function in its C library or in a
# separate library.
# If you want to use the one which comes with this version of the
# package, you have to use `configure --with-included-gettext'.
install: install-exec install-data
install-exec: all
if { test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-runtime" || test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; } \
&& test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \
$(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir) $(DESTDIR)$(includedir); \
$(INSTALL_DATA) libintl.h $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/libintl.h; \
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=install \
$(INSTALL_DATA) libintl.$la $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.$la; \
if test "@RELOCATABLE@" = yes; then \
dependencies=`sed -n -e 's,^dependency_libs=\(.*\),\1,p' < $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.la | sed -e "s,^',," -e "s,'\$$,,"`; \
if test -n "$$dependencies"; then \
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.la; \
fi; \
fi; \
else \
: ; \
fi
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools" \
&& test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = no \
&& test @GLIBC2@ != no; then \
$(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir); \
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=install \
$(INSTALL_DATA) libgnuintl.$la $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libgnuintl.$la; \
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/preloadable_libintl.so; \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libgnuintl.so $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/preloadable_libintl.so; \
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=uninstall \
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libgnuintl.$la; \
else \
: ; \
fi
if test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \
test @GLIBC21@ != no || $(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir); \
temp=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/t-charset.alias; \
dest=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; \
if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; then \
orig=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; \
sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
rm -f $$temp; \
else \
if test @GLIBC21@ = no; then \
orig=charset.alias; \
sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
rm -f $$temp; \
fi; \
fi; \
$(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(localedir); \
test -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias \
&& orig=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias \
|| orig=$(srcdir)/locale.alias; \
temp=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/t-locale.alias; \
dest=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; \
sed -f ref-add.sed $$orig > $$temp; \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
rm -f $$temp; \
else \
: ; \
fi
install-data: all
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \
$(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir); \
$(INSTALL_DATA) VERSION $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/VERSION; \
$(INSTALL_DATA) ChangeLog.inst $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/ChangeLog; \
dists="COPYING.LIB-2.0 COPYING.LIB-2.1 $(DISTFILES.common)"; \
for file in $$dists; do \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/$$file \
$(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
done; \
chmod a+x $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/config.charset; \
dists="$(DISTFILES.generated)"; \
for file in $$dists; do \
if test -f $$file; then dir=.; else dir=$(srcdir); fi; \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $$dir/$$file \
$(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
done; \
dists="$(DISTFILES.obsolete)"; \
for file in $$dists; do \
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
done; \
else \
: ; \
fi
install-strip: install
installdirs:
if { test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-runtime" || test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; } \
&& test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \
$(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir) $(DESTDIR)$(includedir); \
else \
: ; \
fi
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools" \
&& test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = no \
&& test @GLIBC2@ != no; then \
$(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir); \
else \
: ; \
fi
if test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \
test @GLIBC21@ != no || $(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(libdir); \
$(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(localedir); \
else \
: ; \
fi
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \
$(mkdir_p) $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir); \
else \
: ; \
fi
# Define this as empty until I found a useful application.
installcheck:
uninstall:
if { test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-runtime" || test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; } \
&& test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(includedir)/libintl.h; \
$(LIBTOOL) --mode=uninstall \
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/libintl.$la; \
else \
: ; \
fi
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools" \
&& test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = no \
&& test @GLIBC2@ != no; then \
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/preloadable_libintl.so; \
else \
: ; \
fi
if test '@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@' = yes; then \
if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; then \
temp=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/t-charset.alias; \
dest=$(DESTDIR)$(libdir)/charset.alias; \
sed -f ref-del.sed $$dest > $$temp; \
if grep '^# Packages using this file: $$' $$temp > /dev/null; then \
rm -f $$dest; \
else \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
fi; \
rm -f $$temp; \
fi; \
if test -f $(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; then \
temp=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/t-locale.alias; \
dest=$(DESTDIR)$(localedir)/locale.alias; \
sed -f ref-del.sed $$dest > $$temp; \
if grep '^# Packages using this file: $$' $$temp > /dev/null; then \
rm -f $$dest; \
else \
$(INSTALL_DATA) $$temp $$dest; \
fi; \
rm -f $$temp; \
fi; \
else \
: ; \
fi
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \
for file in VERSION ChangeLog COPYING.LIB-2.0 COPYING.LIB-2.1 $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated); do \
rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/$$file; \
done; \
else \
: ; \
fi
info dvi ps pdf html:
$(OBJECTS): ../config.h libgnuintl.h
bindtextdom.$lo dcgettext.$lo dcigettext.$lo dcngettext.$lo dgettext.$lo dngettext.$lo finddomain.$lo gettext.$lo intl-compat.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo localealias.$lo ngettext.$lo textdomain.$lo: $(srcdir)/gettextP.h $(srcdir)/gmo.h $(srcdir)/loadinfo.h
hash-string.$lo dcigettext.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo: $(srcdir)/hash-string.h
explodename.$lo l10nflist.$lo: $(srcdir)/loadinfo.h
dcigettext.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo plural.$lo plural-exp.$lo: $(srcdir)/plural-exp.h
dcigettext.$lo: $(srcdir)/eval-plural.h
localcharset.$lo: $(srcdir)/localcharset.h
bindtextdom.$lo dcigettext.$lo finddomain.$lo loadmsgcat.$lo localealias.$lo lock.$lo log.$lo: $(srcdir)/lock.h
localealias.$lo localcharset.$lo relocatable.$lo: $(srcdir)/relocatable.h
printf.$lo: $(srcdir)/printf-args.h $(srcdir)/printf-args.c $(srcdir)/printf-parse.h $(srcdir)/wprintf-parse.h $(srcdir)/xsize.h $(srcdir)/printf-parse.c $(srcdir)/vasnprintf.h $(srcdir)/vasnwprintf.h $(srcdir)/vasnprintf.c
# A bison-2.1 generated plural.c includes <libintl.h> if ENABLE_NLS.
PLURAL_DEPS_yes = libintl.h
PLURAL_DEPS_no =
plural.$lo: $(PLURAL_DEPS_@USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@)
tags: TAGS
TAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && etags -o $$here/TAGS $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
ctags: CTAGS
CTAGS: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && ctags -o $$here/CTAGS $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
id: ID
ID: $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
here=`pwd`; cd $(srcdir) && mkid -f$$here/ID $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)
mostlyclean:
rm -f *.a *.la *.o *.obj *.lo core core.*
rm -f libgnuintl.h libintl.h charset.alias ref-add.sed ref-del.sed
rm -f -r .libs _libs
clean: mostlyclean
distclean: clean
rm -f Makefile ID TAGS
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-runtime" || test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \
rm -f ChangeLog.inst $(DISTFILES.normal); \
else \
: ; \
fi
maintainer-clean: distclean
@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
# GNU gettext needs not contain the file `VERSION' but contains some
# other files which should not be distributed in other packages.
distdir = ../$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir)
dist distdir: Makefile
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-tools"; then \
: ; \
else \
if test "$(PACKAGE)" = "gettext-runtime"; then \
additional="$(DISTFILES.gettext)"; \
else \
additional="$(DISTFILES.normal)"; \
fi; \
$(MAKE) $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated) $$additional; \
for file in ChangeLog $(DISTFILES.common) $(DISTFILES.generated) $$additional; do \
if test -f $$file; then dir=.; else dir=$(srcdir); fi; \
cp -p $$dir/$$file $(distdir) || test $$file = Makefile.in || exit 1; \
done; \
fi
Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status
cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status
# This would be more efficient, but doesn't work any more with autoconf-2.57,
# when AC_CONFIG_FILES([intl/Makefile:somedir/Makefile.in]) is used.
# cd $(top_builddir) && $(SHELL) ./config.status $(subdir)/$@
# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make not to export all variables.
# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
.NOEXPORT:

1
intl/VERSION
View File

@ -1 +0,0 @@
GNU gettext library from gettext-0.16.1

357
intl/bindtextdom.c
View File

@ -1,357 +0,0 @@
/* Implementation of the bindtextdomain(3) function
Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000-2003, 2005-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "gettextP.h"
#ifdef _LIBC
# include <libintl.h>
#else
# include "libgnuintl.h"
#endif
/* Handle multi-threaded applications. */
#ifdef _LIBC
# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
# define gl_rwlock_define __libc_rwlock_define
# define gl_rwlock_wrlock __libc_rwlock_wrlock
# define gl_rwlock_unlock __libc_rwlock_unlock
#else
# include "lock.h"
#endif
/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different
names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs
using libintl.a cannot be linked statically. */
#if !defined _LIBC
# define _nl_default_dirname libintl_nl_default_dirname
# define _nl_domain_bindings libintl_nl_domain_bindings
#endif
/* Some compilers, like SunOS4 cc, don't have offsetof in <stddef.h>. */
#ifndef offsetof
# define offsetof(type,ident) ((size_t)&(((type*)0)->ident))
#endif
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
/* Contains the default location of the message catalogs. */
extern const char _nl_default_dirname[];
#ifdef _LIBC
libc_hidden_proto (_nl_default_dirname)
#endif
/* List with bindings of specific domains. */
extern struct binding *_nl_domain_bindings;
/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation. */
gl_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock attribute_hidden)
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
#ifdef _LIBC
# define BINDTEXTDOMAIN __bindtextdomain
# define BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET __bind_textdomain_codeset
# ifndef strdup
# define strdup(str) __strdup (str)
# endif
#else
# define BINDTEXTDOMAIN libintl_bindtextdomain
# define BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset
#endif
/* Specifies the directory name *DIRNAMEP and the output codeset *CODESETP
to be used for the DOMAINNAME message catalog.
If *DIRNAMEP or *CODESETP is NULL, the corresponding attribute is not
modified, only the current value is returned.
If DIRNAMEP or CODESETP is NULL, the corresponding attribute is neither
modified nor returned. */
static void
set_binding_values (const char *domainname,
const char **dirnamep, const char **codesetp)
{
struct binding *binding;
int modified;
/* Some sanity checks. */
if (domainname == NULL || domainname[0] == '\0')
{
if (dirnamep)
*dirnamep = NULL;
if (codesetp)
*codesetp = NULL;
return;
}
gl_rwlock_wrlock (_nl_state_lock);
modified = 0;
for (binding = _nl_domain_bindings; binding != NULL; binding = binding->next)
{
int compare = strcmp (domainname, binding->domainname);
if (compare == 0)
/* We found it! */
break;
if (compare < 0)
{
/* It is not in the list. */
binding = NULL;
break;
}
}
if (binding != NULL)
{
if (dirnamep)
{
const char *dirname = *dirnamep;
if (dirname == NULL)
/* The current binding has be to returned. */
*dirnamep = binding->dirname;
else
{
/* The domain is already bound. If the new value and the old
one are equal we simply do nothing. Otherwise replace the
old binding. */
char *result = binding->dirname;
if (strcmp (dirname, result) != 0)
{
if (strcmp (dirname, _nl_default_dirname) == 0)
result = (char *) _nl_default_dirname;
else
{
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
result = strdup (dirname);
#else
size_t len = strlen (dirname) + 1;
result = (char *) malloc (len);
if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
memcpy (result, dirname, len);
#endif
}
if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
{
if (binding->dirname != _nl_default_dirname)
free (binding->dirname);
binding->dirname = result;
modified = 1;
}
}
*dirnamep = result;
}
}
if (codesetp)
{
const char *codeset = *codesetp;
if (codeset == NULL)
/* The current binding has be to returned. */
*codesetp = binding->codeset;
else
{
/* The domain is already bound. If the new value and the old
one are equal we simply do nothing. Otherwise replace the
old binding. */
char *result = binding->codeset;
if (result == NULL || strcmp (codeset, result) != 0)
{
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
result = strdup (codeset);
#else
size_t len = strlen (codeset) + 1;
result = (char *) malloc (len);
if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
memcpy (result, codeset, len);
#endif
if (__builtin_expect (result != NULL, 1))
{
if (binding->codeset != NULL)
free (binding->codeset);
binding->codeset = result;
modified = 1;
}
}
*codesetp = result;
}
}
}
else if ((dirnamep == NULL || *dirnamep == NULL)
&& (codesetp == NULL || *codesetp == NULL))
{
/* Simply return the default values. */
if (dirnamep)
*dirnamep = _nl_default_dirname;
if (codesetp)
*codesetp = NULL;
}
else
{
/* We have to create a new binding. */
size_t len = strlen (domainname) + 1;
struct binding *new_binding =
(struct binding *) malloc (offsetof (struct binding, domainname) + len);
if (__builtin_expect (new_binding == NULL, 0))
goto failed;
memcpy (new_binding->domainname, domainname, len);
if (dirnamep)
{
const char *dirname = *dirnamep;
if (dirname == NULL)
/* The default value. */
dirname = _nl_default_dirname;
else
{
if (strcmp (dirname, _nl_default_dirname) == 0)
dirname = _nl_default_dirname;
else
{
char *result;
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
result = strdup (dirname);
if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
goto failed_dirname;
#else
size_t len = strlen (dirname) + 1;
result = (char *) malloc (len);
if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
goto failed_dirname;
memcpy (result, dirname, len);
#endif
dirname = result;
}
}
*dirnamep = dirname;
new_binding->dirname = (char *) dirname;
}
else
/* The default value. */
new_binding->dirname = (char *) _nl_default_dirname;
if (codesetp)
{
const char *codeset = *codesetp;
if (codeset != NULL)
{
char *result;
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
result = strdup (codeset);
if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
goto failed_codeset;
#else
size_t len = strlen (codeset) + 1;
result = (char *) malloc (len);
if (__builtin_expect (result == NULL, 0))
goto failed_codeset;
memcpy (result, codeset, len);
#endif
codeset = result;
}
*codesetp = codeset;
new_binding->codeset = (char *) codeset;
}
else
new_binding->codeset = NULL;
/* Now enqueue it. */
if (_nl_domain_bindings == NULL
|| strcmp (domainname, _nl_domain_bindings->domainname) < 0)
{
new_binding->next = _nl_domain_bindings;
_nl_domain_bindings = new_binding;
}
else
{
binding = _nl_domain_bindings;
while (binding->next != NULL
&& strcmp (domainname, binding->next->domainname) > 0)
binding = binding->next;
new_binding->next = binding->next;
binding->next = new_binding;
}
modified = 1;
/* Here we deal with memory allocation failures. */
if (0)
{
failed_codeset:
if (new_binding->dirname != _nl_default_dirname)
free (new_binding->dirname);
failed_dirname:
free (new_binding);
failed:
if (dirnamep)
*dirnamep = NULL;
if (codesetp)
*codesetp = NULL;
}
}
/* If we modified any binding, we flush the caches. */
if (modified)
++_nl_msg_cat_cntr;
gl_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
}
/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */
char *
BINDTEXTDOMAIN (const char *domainname, const char *dirname)
{
set_binding_values (domainname, &dirname, NULL);
return (char *) dirname;
}
/* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the
DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned. */
char *
BIND_TEXTDOMAIN_CODESET (const char *domainname, const char *codeset)
{
set_binding_values (domainname, NULL, &codeset);
return (char *) codeset;
}
#ifdef _LIBC
/* Aliases for function names in GNU C Library. */
weak_alias (__bindtextdomain, bindtextdomain);
weak_alias (__bind_textdomain_codeset, bind_textdomain_codeset);
#endif

640
intl/config.charset
View File

@ -1,640 +0,0 @@
#! /bin/sh
# Output a system dependent table of character encoding aliases.
#
# Copyright (C) 2000-2004, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
# Library General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
# USA.
#
# The table consists of lines of the form
# ALIAS CANONICAL
#
# ALIAS is the (system dependent) result of "nl_langinfo (CODESET)".
# ALIAS is compared in a case sensitive way.
#
# CANONICAL is the GNU canonical name for this character encoding.
# It must be an encoding supported by libiconv. Support by GNU libc is
# also desirable. CANONICAL is case insensitive. Usually an upper case
# MIME charset name is preferred.
# The current list of GNU canonical charset names is as follows.
#
# name MIME? used by which systems
# ASCII, ANSI_X3.4-1968 glibc solaris freebsd netbsd darwin
# ISO-8859-1 Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd netbsd darwin
# ISO-8859-2 Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd netbsd darwin
# ISO-8859-3 Y glibc solaris
# ISO-8859-4 Y osf solaris freebsd netbsd darwin
# ISO-8859-5 Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd netbsd darwin
# ISO-8859-6 Y glibc aix hpux solaris
# ISO-8859-7 Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris netbsd darwin
# ISO-8859-8 Y glibc aix hpux osf solaris
# ISO-8859-9 Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris darwin
# ISO-8859-13 glibc netbsd darwin
# ISO-8859-14 glibc
# ISO-8859-15 glibc aix osf solaris freebsd darwin
# KOI8-R Y glibc solaris freebsd netbsd darwin
# KOI8-U Y glibc freebsd netbsd darwin
# KOI8-T glibc
# CP437 dos
# CP775 dos
# CP850 aix osf dos
# CP852 dos
# CP855 dos
# CP856 aix
# CP857 dos
# CP861 dos
# CP862 dos
# CP864 dos
# CP865 dos
# CP866 freebsd netbsd darwin dos
# CP869 dos
# CP874 woe32 dos
# CP922 aix
# CP932 aix woe32 dos
# CP943 aix
# CP949 osf woe32 dos
# CP950 woe32 dos
# CP1046 aix
# CP1124 aix
# CP1125 dos
# CP1129 aix
# CP1250 woe32
# CP1251 glibc solaris netbsd darwin woe32
# CP1252 aix woe32
# CP1253 woe32
# CP1254 woe32
# CP1255 glibc woe32
# CP1256 woe32
# CP1257 woe32
# GB2312 Y glibc aix hpux irix solaris freebsd netbsd darwin
# EUC-JP Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd netbsd darwin
# EUC-KR Y glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd netbsd darwin
# EUC-TW glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris netbsd
# BIG5 Y glibc aix hpux osf solaris freebsd netbsd darwin
# BIG5-HKSCS glibc solaris
# GBK glibc aix osf solaris woe32 dos
# GB18030 glibc solaris netbsd
# SHIFT_JIS Y hpux osf solaris freebsd netbsd darwin
# JOHAB glibc solaris woe32
# TIS-620 glibc aix hpux osf solaris
# VISCII Y glibc
# TCVN5712-1 glibc
# GEORGIAN-PS glibc
# HP-ROMAN8 hpux
# HP-ARABIC8 hpux
# HP-GREEK8 hpux
# HP-HEBREW8 hpux
# HP-TURKISH8 hpux
# HP-KANA8 hpux
# DEC-KANJI osf
# DEC-HANYU osf
# UTF-8 Y glibc aix hpux osf solaris netbsd darwin
#
# Note: Names which are not marked as being a MIME name should not be used in
# Internet protocols for information interchange (mail, news, etc.).
#
# Note: ASCII and ANSI_X3.4-1968 are synonymous canonical names. Applications
# must understand both names and treat them as equivalent.
#
# The first argument passed to this file is the canonical host specification,
# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM
# or
# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM
host="$1"
os=`echo "$host" | sed -e 's/^[^-]*-[^-]*-\(.*\)$/\1/'`
echo "# This file contains a table of character encoding aliases,"
echo "# suitable for operating system '${os}'."
echo "# It was automatically generated from config.charset."
# List of references, updated during installation:
echo "# Packages using this file: "
case "$os" in
linux-gnulibc1*)
# Linux libc5 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore
# localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name
# from the environment variables.
echo "C ASCII"
echo "POSIX ASCII"
for l in af af_ZA ca ca_ES da da_DK de de_AT de_BE de_CH de_DE de_LU \
en en_AU en_BW en_CA en_DK en_GB en_IE en_NZ en_US en_ZA \
en_ZW es es_AR es_BO es_CL es_CO es_DO es_EC es_ES es_GT \
es_HN es_MX es_PA es_PE es_PY es_SV es_US es_UY es_VE et \
et_EE eu eu_ES fi fi_FI fo fo_FO fr fr_BE fr_CA fr_CH fr_FR \
fr_LU ga ga_IE gl gl_ES id id_ID in in_ID is is_IS it it_CH \
it_IT kl kl_GL nl nl_BE nl_NL no no_NO pt pt_BR pt_PT sv \
sv_FI sv_SE; do
echo "$l ISO-8859-1"
echo "$l.iso-8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
echo "$l.iso-8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
echo "$l.iso-8859-15@euro ISO-8859-15"
echo "$l@euro ISO-8859-15"
echo "$l.cp-437 CP437"
echo "$l.cp-850 CP850"
echo "$l.cp-1252 CP1252"
echo "$l.cp-1252@euro CP1252"
#echo "$l.atari-st ATARI-ST" # not a commonly used encoding
echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8"
echo "$l.utf-8@euro UTF-8"
done
for l in cs cs_CZ hr hr_HR hu hu_HU pl pl_PL ro ro_RO sk sk_SK sl \
sl_SI sr sr_CS sr_YU; do
echo "$l ISO-8859-2"
echo "$l.iso-8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
echo "$l.cp-852 CP852"
echo "$l.cp-1250 CP1250"
echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8"
done
for l in mk mk_MK ru ru_RU; do
echo "$l ISO-8859-5"
echo "$l.iso-8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
echo "$l.koi8-r KOI8-R"
echo "$l.cp-866 CP866"
echo "$l.cp-1251 CP1251"
echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8"
done
for l in ar ar_SA; do
echo "$l ISO-8859-6"
echo "$l.iso-8859-6 ISO-8859-6"
echo "$l.cp-864 CP864"
#echo "$l.cp-868 CP868" # not a commonly used encoding
echo "$l.cp-1256 CP1256"
echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8"
done
for l in el el_GR gr gr_GR; do
echo "$l ISO-8859-7"
echo "$l.iso-8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
echo "$l.cp-869 CP869"
echo "$l.cp-1253 CP1253"
echo "$l.cp-1253@euro CP1253"
echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8"
echo "$l.utf-8@euro UTF-8"
done
for l in he he_IL iw iw_IL; do
echo "$l ISO-8859-8"
echo "$l.iso-8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
echo "$l.cp-862 CP862"
echo "$l.cp-1255 CP1255"
echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8"
done
for l in tr tr_TR; do
echo "$l ISO-8859-9"
echo "$l.iso-8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
echo "$l.cp-857 CP857"
echo "$l.cp-1254 CP1254"
echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8"
done
for l in lt lt_LT lv lv_LV; do
#echo "$l BALTIC" # not a commonly used encoding, wrong encoding name
echo "$l ISO-8859-13"
done
for l in ru_UA uk uk_UA; do
echo "$l KOI8-U"
done
for l in zh zh_CN; do
#echo "$l GB_2312-80" # not a commonly used encoding, wrong encoding name
echo "$l GB2312"
done
for l in ja ja_JP ja_JP.EUC; do
echo "$l EUC-JP"
done
for l in ko ko_KR; do
echo "$l EUC-KR"
done
for l in th th_TH; do
echo "$l TIS-620"
done
for l in fa fa_IR; do
#echo "$l ISIRI-3342" # a broken encoding
echo "$l.utf-8 UTF-8"
done
;;
linux* | *-gnu*)
# With glibc-2.1 or newer, we don't need any canonicalization,
# because glibc has iconv and both glibc and libiconv support all
# GNU canonical names directly. Therefore, the Makefile does not
# need to install the alias file at all.
# The following applies only to glibc-2.0.x and older libcs.
echo "ISO_646.IRV:1983 ASCII"
;;
aix*)
echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6"
echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
echo "IBM-850 CP850"
echo "IBM-856 CP856"
echo "IBM-921 ISO-8859-13"
echo "IBM-922 CP922"
echo "IBM-932 CP932"
echo "IBM-943 CP943"
echo "IBM-1046 CP1046"
echo "IBM-1124 CP1124"
echo "IBM-1129 CP1129"
echo "IBM-1252 CP1252"
echo "IBM-eucCN GB2312"
echo "IBM-eucJP EUC-JP"
echo "IBM-eucKR EUC-KR"
echo "IBM-eucTW EUC-TW"
echo "big5 BIG5"
echo "GBK GBK"
echo "TIS-620 TIS-620"
echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
;;
hpux*)
echo "iso88591 ISO-8859-1"
echo "iso88592 ISO-8859-2"
echo "iso88595 ISO-8859-5"
echo "iso88596 ISO-8859-6"
echo "iso88597 ISO-8859-7"
echo "iso88598 ISO-8859-8"
echo "iso88599 ISO-8859-9"
echo "iso885915 ISO-8859-15"
echo "roman8 HP-ROMAN8"
echo "arabic8 HP-ARABIC8"
echo "greek8 HP-GREEK8"
echo "hebrew8 HP-HEBREW8"
echo "turkish8 HP-TURKISH8"
echo "kana8 HP-KANA8"
echo "tis620 TIS-620"
echo "big5 BIG5"
echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
echo "hp15CN GB2312"
#echo "ccdc ?" # what is this?
echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
echo "utf8 UTF-8"
;;
irix*)
echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
echo "eucCN GB2312"
echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
;;
osf*)
echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
echo "cp850 CP850"
echo "big5 BIG5"
echo "dechanyu DEC-HANYU"
echo "dechanzi GB2312"
echo "deckanji DEC-KANJI"
echo "deckorean EUC-KR"
echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
echo "GBK GBK"
echo "KSC5601 CP949"
echo "sdeckanji EUC-JP"
echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
echo "TACTIS TIS-620"
echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
;;
solaris*)
echo "646 ASCII"
echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
echo "ISO8859-3 ISO-8859-3"
echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
echo "ISO8859-6 ISO-8859-6"
echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
echo "ISO8859-8 ISO-8859-8"
echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
echo "koi8-r KOI8-R"
echo "ansi-1251 CP1251"
echo "BIG5 BIG5"
echo "Big5-HKSCS BIG5-HKSCS"
echo "gb2312 GB2312"
echo "GBK GBK"
echo "GB18030 GB18030"
echo "cns11643 EUC-TW"
echo "5601 EUC-KR"
echo "ko_KR.johap92 JOHAB"
echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
echo "PCK SHIFT_JIS"
echo "TIS620.2533 TIS-620"
#echo "sun_eu_greek ?" # what is this?
echo "UTF-8 UTF-8"
;;
freebsd* | os2*)
# FreeBSD 4.2 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore
# localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name
# from the environment variables.
# Likewise for OS/2. OS/2 has XFree86 just like FreeBSD. Just
# reuse FreeBSD's locale data for OS/2.
echo "C ASCII"
echo "US-ASCII ASCII"
for l in la_LN lt_LN; do
echo "$l.ASCII ASCII"
done
for l in da_DK de_AT de_CH de_DE en_AU en_CA en_GB en_US es_ES \
fi_FI fr_BE fr_CA fr_CH fr_FR is_IS it_CH it_IT la_LN \
lt_LN nl_BE nl_NL no_NO pt_PT sv_SE; do
echo "$l.ISO_8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
echo "$l.DIS_8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
done
for l in cs_CZ hr_HR hu_HU la_LN lt_LN pl_PL sl_SI; do
echo "$l.ISO_8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
done
for l in la_LN lt_LT; do
echo "$l.ISO_8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
done
for l in ru_RU ru_SU; do
echo "$l.KOI8-R KOI8-R"
echo "$l.ISO_8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
echo "$l.CP866 CP866"
done
echo "uk_UA.KOI8-U KOI8-U"
echo "zh_TW.BIG5 BIG5"
echo "zh_TW.Big5 BIG5"
echo "zh_CN.EUC GB2312"
echo "ja_JP.EUC EUC-JP"
echo "ja_JP.SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
echo "ja_JP.Shift_JIS SHIFT_JIS"
echo "ko_KR.EUC EUC-KR"
;;
netbsd*)
echo "646 ASCII"
echo "ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
echo "ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
echo "ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
echo "ISO8859-13 ISO-8859-13"
echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
echo "eucCN GB2312"
echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
echo "BIG5 BIG5"
echo "SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
;;
darwin[56]*)
# Darwin 6.8 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore
# localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name
# from the environment variables.
echo "C ASCII"
for l in en_AU en_CA en_GB en_US la_LN; do
echo "$l.US-ASCII ASCII"
done
for l in da_DK de_AT de_CH de_DE en_AU en_CA en_GB en_US es_ES \
fi_FI fr_BE fr_CA fr_CH fr_FR is_IS it_CH it_IT nl_BE \
nl_NL no_NO pt_PT sv_SE; do
echo "$l ISO-8859-1"
echo "$l.ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
echo "$l.ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
done
for l in la_LN; do
echo "$l.ISO8859-1 ISO-8859-1"
echo "$l.ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
done
for l in cs_CZ hr_HR hu_HU la_LN pl_PL sl_SI; do
echo "$l.ISO8859-2 ISO-8859-2"
done
for l in la_LN lt_LT; do
echo "$l.ISO8859-4 ISO-8859-4"
done
for l in ru_RU; do
echo "$l.KOI8-R KOI8-R"
echo "$l.ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
echo "$l.CP866 CP866"
done
for l in bg_BG; do
echo "$l.CP1251 CP1251"
done
echo "uk_UA.KOI8-U KOI8-U"
echo "zh_TW.BIG5 BIG5"
echo "zh_TW.Big5 BIG5"
echo "zh_CN.EUC GB2312"
echo "ja_JP.EUC EUC-JP"
echo "ja_JP.SJIS SHIFT_JIS"
echo "ko_KR.EUC EUC-KR"
;;
darwin*)
# Darwin 7.5 has nl_langinfo(CODESET), but it is useless:
# - It returns the empty string when LANG is set to a locale of the
# form ll_CC, although ll_CC/LC_CTYPE is a symlink to an UTF-8
# LC_CTYPE file.
# - The environment variables LANG, LC_CTYPE, LC_ALL are not set by
# the system; nl_langinfo(CODESET) returns "US-ASCII" in this case.
# - The documentation says:
# "... all code that calls BSD system routines should ensure
# that the const *char parameters of these routines are in UTF-8
# encoding. All BSD system functions expect their string
# parameters to be in UTF-8 encoding and nothing else."
# It also says
# "An additional caveat is that string parameters for files,
# paths, and other file-system entities must be in canonical
# UTF-8. In a canonical UTF-8 Unicode string, all decomposable
# characters are decomposed ..."
# but this is not true: You can pass non-decomposed UTF-8 strings
# to file system functions, and it is the OS which will convert
# them to decomposed UTF-8 before accessing the file system.
# - The Apple Terminal application displays UTF-8 by default.
# - However, other applications are free to use different encodings:
# - xterm uses ISO-8859-1 by default.
# - TextEdit uses MacRoman by default.
# We prefer UTF-8 over decomposed UTF-8-MAC because one should
# minimize the use of decomposed Unicode. Unfortunately, through the
# Darwin file system, decomposed UTF-8 strings are leaked into user
# space nevertheless.
echo "* UTF-8"
;;
beos*)
# BeOS has a single locale, and it has UTF-8 encoding.
echo "* UTF-8"
;;
msdosdjgpp*)
# DJGPP 2.03 doesn't have nl_langinfo(CODESET); therefore
# localcharset.c falls back to using the full locale name
# from the environment variables.
echo "#"
echo "# The encodings given here may not all be correct."
echo "# If you find that the encoding given for your language and"
echo "# country is not the one your DOS machine actually uses, just"
echo "# correct it in this file, and send a mail to"
echo "# Juan Manuel Guerrero <juan.guerrero@gmx.de>"
echo "# and Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>."
echo "#"
echo "C ASCII"
# ISO-8859-1 languages
echo "ca CP850"
echo "ca_ES CP850"
echo "da CP865" # not CP850 ??
echo "da_DK CP865" # not CP850 ??
echo "de CP850"
echo "de_AT CP850"
echo "de_CH CP850"
echo "de_DE CP850"
echo "en CP850"
echo "en_AU CP850" # not CP437 ??
echo "en_CA CP850"
echo "en_GB CP850"
echo "en_NZ CP437"
echo "en_US CP437"
echo "en_ZA CP850" # not CP437 ??
echo "es CP850"
echo "es_AR CP850"
echo "es_BO CP850"
echo "es_CL CP850"
echo "es_CO CP850"
echo "es_CR CP850"
echo "es_CU CP850"
echo "es_DO CP850"
echo "es_EC CP850"
echo "es_ES CP850"
echo "es_GT CP850"
echo "es_HN CP850"
echo "es_MX CP850"
echo "es_NI CP850"
echo "es_PA CP850"
echo "es_PY CP850"
echo "es_PE CP850"
echo "es_SV CP850"
echo "es_UY CP850"
echo "es_VE CP850"
echo "et CP850"
echo "et_EE CP850"
echo "eu CP850"
echo "eu_ES CP850"
echo "fi CP850"
echo "fi_FI CP850"
echo "fr CP850"
echo "fr_BE CP850"
echo "fr_CA CP850"
echo "fr_CH CP850"
echo "fr_FR CP850"
echo "ga CP850"
echo "ga_IE CP850"
echo "gd CP850"
echo "gd_GB CP850"
echo "gl CP850"
echo "gl_ES CP850"
echo "id CP850" # not CP437 ??
echo "id_ID CP850" # not CP437 ??
echo "is CP861" # not CP850 ??
echo "is_IS CP861" # not CP850 ??
echo "it CP850"
echo "it_CH CP850"
echo "it_IT CP850"
echo "lt CP775"
echo "lt_LT CP775"
echo "lv CP775"
echo "lv_LV CP775"
echo "nb CP865" # not CP850 ??
echo "nb_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
echo "nl CP850"
echo "nl_BE CP850"
echo "nl_NL CP850"
echo "nn CP865" # not CP850 ??
echo "nn_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
echo "no CP865" # not CP850 ??
echo "no_NO CP865" # not CP850 ??
echo "pt CP850"
echo "pt_BR CP850"
echo "pt_PT CP850"
echo "sv CP850"
echo "sv_SE CP850"
# ISO-8859-2 languages
echo "cs CP852"
echo "cs_CZ CP852"
echo "hr CP852"
echo "hr_HR CP852"
echo "hu CP852"
echo "hu_HU CP852"
echo "pl CP852"
echo "pl_PL CP852"
echo "ro CP852"
echo "ro_RO CP852"
echo "sk CP852"
echo "sk_SK CP852"
echo "sl CP852"
echo "sl_SI CP852"
echo "sq CP852"
echo "sq_AL CP852"
echo "sr CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ??
echo "sr_CS CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ??
echo "sr_YU CP852" # CP852 or CP866 or CP855 ??
# ISO-8859-3 languages
echo "mt CP850"
echo "mt_MT CP850"
# ISO-8859-5 languages
echo "be CP866"
echo "be_BE CP866"
echo "bg CP866" # not CP855 ??
echo "bg_BG CP866" # not CP855 ??
echo "mk CP866" # not CP855 ??
echo "mk_MK CP866" # not CP855 ??
echo "ru CP866"
echo "ru_RU CP866"
echo "uk CP1125"
echo "uk_UA CP1125"
# ISO-8859-6 languages
echo "ar CP864"
echo "ar_AE CP864"
echo "ar_DZ CP864"
echo "ar_EG CP864"
echo "ar_IQ CP864"
echo "ar_IR CP864"
echo "ar_JO CP864"
echo "ar_KW CP864"
echo "ar_MA CP864"
echo "ar_OM CP864"
echo "ar_QA CP864"
echo "ar_SA CP864"
echo "ar_SY CP864"
# ISO-8859-7 languages
echo "el CP869"
echo "el_GR CP869"
# ISO-8859-8 languages
echo "he CP862"
echo "he_IL CP862"
# ISO-8859-9 languages
echo "tr CP857"
echo "tr_TR CP857"
# Japanese
echo "ja CP932"
echo "ja_JP CP932"
# Chinese
echo "zh_CN GBK"
echo "zh_TW CP950" # not CP938 ??
# Korean
echo "kr CP949" # not CP934 ??
echo "kr_KR CP949" # not CP934 ??
# Thai
echo "th CP874"
echo "th_TH CP874"
# Other
echo "eo CP850"
echo "eo_EO CP850"
;;
esac

56
intl/dcgettext.c
View File

@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
/* Implementation of the dcgettext(3) function.
Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include "gettextP.h"
#ifdef _LIBC
# include <libintl.h>
#else
# include "libgnuintl.h"
#endif
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
#ifdef _LIBC
# define DCGETTEXT __dcgettext
# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext
#else
# define DCGETTEXT libintl_dcgettext
# define DCIGETTEXT libintl_dcigettext
#endif
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
locale. */
char *
DCGETTEXT (const char *domainname, const char *msgid, int category)
{
return DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, NULL, 0, 0, category);
}
#ifdef _LIBC
/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
INTDEF(__dcgettext)
weak_alias (__dcgettext, dcgettext);
#endif

1654
intl/dcigettext.c
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

57
intl/dcngettext.c
View File

@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
/* Implementation of the dcngettext(3) function.
Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include "gettextP.h"
#ifdef _LIBC
# include <libintl.h>
#else
# include "libgnuintl.h"
#endif
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
#ifdef _LIBC
# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext
# define DCIGETTEXT __dcigettext
#else
# define DCNGETTEXT libintl_dcngettext
# define DCIGETTEXT libintl_dcigettext
#endif
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
locale. */
char *
DCNGETTEXT (const char *domainname,
const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n,
int category)
{
return DCIGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, 1, n, category);
}
#ifdef _LIBC
/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
weak_alias (__dcngettext, dcngettext);
#endif

58
intl/dgettext.c
View File

@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
/* Implementation of the dgettext(3) function.
Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include "gettextP.h"
#include <locale.h>
#ifdef _LIBC
# include <libintl.h>
#else
# include "libgnuintl.h"
#endif
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
#ifdef _LIBC
# define DGETTEXT __dgettext
# define DCGETTEXT INTUSE(__dcgettext)
#else
# define DGETTEXT libintl_dgettext
# define DCGETTEXT libintl_dcgettext
#endif
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current
LC_MESSAGES locale. */
char *
DGETTEXT (const char *domainname, const char *msgid)
{
return DCGETTEXT (domainname, msgid, LC_MESSAGES);
}
#ifdef _LIBC
/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
weak_alias (__dgettext, dgettext);
#endif

59
intl/dngettext.c
View File

@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
/* Implementation of the dngettext(3) function.
Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include "gettextP.h"
#include <locale.h>
#ifdef _LIBC
# include <libintl.h>
#else
# include "libgnuintl.h"
#endif
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
#ifdef _LIBC
# define DNGETTEXT __dngettext
# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext
#else
# define DNGETTEXT libintl_dngettext
# define DCNGETTEXT libintl_dcngettext
#endif
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog of the current
LC_MESSAGES locale and skip message according to the plural form. */
char *
DNGETTEXT (const char *domainname,
const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n)
{
return DCNGETTEXT (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES);
}
#ifdef _LIBC
/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
weak_alias (__dngettext, dngettext);
#endif

108
intl/eval-plural.h
View File

@ -1,108 +0,0 @@
/* Plural expression evaluation.
Copyright (C) 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
USA. */
#ifndef STATIC
#define STATIC static
#endif
/* Evaluate the plural expression and return an index value. */
STATIC
unsigned long int
internal_function
plural_eval (struct expression *pexp, unsigned long int n)
{
switch (pexp->nargs)
{
case 0:
switch (pexp->operation)
{
case var:
return n;
case num:
return pexp->val.num;
default:
break;
}
/* NOTREACHED */
break;
case 1:
{
/* pexp->operation must be lnot. */
unsigned long int arg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n);
return ! arg;
}
case 2:
{
unsigned long int leftarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n);
if (pexp->operation == lor)
return leftarg || plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n);
else if (pexp->operation == land)
return leftarg && plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n);
else
{
unsigned long int rightarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[1], n);
switch (pexp->operation)
{
case mult:
return leftarg * rightarg;
case divide:
#if !INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE
if (rightarg == 0)
raise (SIGFPE);
#endif
return leftarg / rightarg;
case module:
#if !INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE
if (rightarg == 0)
raise (SIGFPE);
#endif
return leftarg % rightarg;
case plus:
return leftarg + rightarg;
case minus:
return leftarg - rightarg;
case less_than:
return leftarg < rightarg;
case greater_than:
return leftarg > rightarg;
case less_or_equal:
return leftarg <= rightarg;
case greater_or_equal:
return leftarg >= rightarg;
case equal:
return leftarg == rightarg;
case not_equal:
return leftarg != rightarg;
default:
break;
}
}
/* NOTREACHED */
break;
}
case 3:
{
/* pexp->operation must be qmop. */
unsigned long int boolarg = plural_eval (pexp->val.args[0], n);
return plural_eval (pexp->val.args[boolarg ? 1 : 2], n);
}
}
/* NOTREACHED */
return 0;
}

133
intl/explodename.c
View File

@ -1,133 +0,0 @@
/* Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000-2001, 2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include "loadinfo.h"
/* On some strange systems still no definition of NULL is found. Sigh! */
#ifndef NULL
# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
# define NULL ((void *) 0)
# else
# define NULL 0
# endif
#endif
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
/* Split a locale name NAME into a leading language part and all the
rest. Return a pointer to the first character after the language,
i.e. to the first byte of the rest. */
static char *_nl_find_language (const char *name);
static char *
_nl_find_language (const char *name)
{
while (name[0] != '\0' && name[0] != '_' && name[0] != '@' && name[0] != '.')
++name;
return (char *) name;
}
int
_nl_explode_name (char *name,
const char **language, const char **modifier,
const char **territory, const char **codeset,
const char **normalized_codeset)
{
char *cp;
int mask;
*modifier = NULL;
*territory = NULL;
*codeset = NULL;
*normalized_codeset = NULL;
/* Now we determine the single parts of the locale name. First
look for the language. Termination symbols are `_', '.', and `@'. */
mask = 0;
*language = cp = name;
cp = _nl_find_language (*language);
if (*language == cp)
/* This does not make sense: language has to be specified. Use
this entry as it is without exploding. Perhaps it is an alias. */
cp = strchr (*language, '\0');
else
{
if (cp[0] == '_')
{
/* Next is the territory. */
cp[0] = '\0';
*territory = ++cp;
while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '.' && cp[0] != '@')
++cp;
mask |= XPG_TERRITORY;
}
if (cp[0] == '.')
{
/* Next is the codeset. */
cp[0] = '\0';
*codeset = ++cp;
while (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '@')
++cp;
mask |= XPG_CODESET;
if (*codeset != cp && (*codeset)[0] != '\0')
{
*normalized_codeset = _nl_normalize_codeset (*codeset,
cp - *codeset);
if (strcmp (*codeset, *normalized_codeset) == 0)
free ((char *) *normalized_codeset);
else
mask |= XPG_NORM_CODESET;
}
}
}
if (cp[0] == '@')
{
/* Next is the modifier. */
cp[0] = '\0';
*modifier = ++cp;
if (cp[0] != '\0')
mask |= XPG_MODIFIER;
}
if (*territory != NULL && (*territory)[0] == '\0')
mask &= ~XPG_TERRITORY;
if (*codeset != NULL && (*codeset)[0] == '\0')
mask &= ~XPG_CODESET;
return mask;
}

6
intl/export.h
View File

@ -1,6 +0,0 @@
#if @HAVE_VISIBILITY@ && BUILDING_LIBINTL
#define LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED __attribute__((__visibility__("default")))
#else
#define LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED
#endif

208
intl/finddomain.c
View File

@ -1,208 +0,0 @@
/* Handle list of needed message catalogs
Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2001, 2003-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.org>, 1995.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include <stdio.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#if defined HAVE_UNISTD_H || defined _LIBC
# include <unistd.h>
#endif
#include "gettextP.h"
#ifdef _LIBC
# include <libintl.h>
#else
# include "libgnuintl.h"
#endif
/* Handle multi-threaded applications. */
#ifdef _LIBC
# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
# define gl_rwlock_define_initialized __libc_rwlock_define_initialized
# define gl_rwlock_rdlock __libc_rwlock_rdlock
# define gl_rwlock_wrlock __libc_rwlock_wrlock
# define gl_rwlock_unlock __libc_rwlock_unlock
#else
# include "lock.h"
#endif
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
/* List of already loaded domains. */
static struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_loaded_domains;
/* Return a data structure describing the message catalog described by
the DOMAINNAME and CATEGORY parameters with respect to the currently
established bindings. */
struct loaded_l10nfile *
internal_function
_nl_find_domain (const char *dirname, char *locale,
const char *domainname, struct binding *domainbinding)
{
struct loaded_l10nfile *retval;
const char *language;
const char *modifier;
const char *territory;
const char *codeset;
const char *normalized_codeset;
const char *alias_value;
int mask;
/* LOCALE can consist of up to four recognized parts for the XPG syntax:
language[_territory][.codeset][@modifier]
Beside the first part all of them are allowed to be missing. If
the full specified locale is not found, the less specific one are
looked for. The various parts will be stripped off according to
the following order:
(1) codeset
(2) normalized codeset
(3) territory
(4) modifier
*/
/* We need to protect modifying the _NL_LOADED_DOMAINS data. */
gl_rwlock_define_initialized (static, lock);
gl_rwlock_rdlock (lock);
/* If we have already tested for this locale entry there has to
be one data set in the list of loaded domains. */
retval = _nl_make_l10nflist (&_nl_loaded_domains, dirname,
strlen (dirname) + 1, 0, locale, NULL, NULL,
NULL, NULL, domainname, 0);
gl_rwlock_unlock (lock);
if (retval != NULL)
{
/* We know something about this locale. */
int cnt;
if (retval->decided <= 0)
_nl_load_domain (retval, domainbinding);
if (retval->data != NULL)
return retval;
for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt)
{
if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided <= 0)
_nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt], domainbinding);
if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL)
break;
}
return retval;
/* NOTREACHED */
}
/* See whether the locale value is an alias. If yes its value
*overwrites* the alias name. No test for the original value is
done. */
alias_value = _nl_expand_alias (locale);
if (alias_value != NULL)
{
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
locale = strdup (alias_value);
if (locale == NULL)
return NULL;
#else
size_t len = strlen (alias_value) + 1;
locale = (char *) malloc (len);
if (locale == NULL)
return NULL;
memcpy (locale, alias_value, len);
#endif
}
/* Now we determine the single parts of the locale name. First
look for the language. Termination symbols are `_', '.', and `@'. */
mask = _nl_explode_name (locale, &language, &modifier, &territory,
&codeset, &normalized_codeset);
/* We need to protect modifying the _NL_LOADED_DOMAINS data. */
gl_rwlock_wrlock (lock);
/* Create all possible locale entries which might be interested in
generalization. */
retval = _nl_make_l10nflist (&_nl_loaded_domains, dirname,
strlen (dirname) + 1, mask, language, territory,
codeset, normalized_codeset, modifier,
domainname, 1);
gl_rwlock_unlock (lock);
if (retval == NULL)
/* This means we are out of core. */
return NULL;
if (retval->decided <= 0)
_nl_load_domain (retval, domainbinding);
if (retval->data == NULL)
{
int cnt;
for (cnt = 0; retval->successor[cnt] != NULL; ++cnt)
{
if (retval->successor[cnt]->decided <= 0)
_nl_load_domain (retval->successor[cnt], domainbinding);
if (retval->successor[cnt]->data != NULL)
break;
}
}
/* The room for an alias was dynamically allocated. Free it now. */
if (alias_value != NULL)
free (locale);
/* The space for normalized_codeset is dynamically allocated. Free it. */
if (mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET)
free ((void *) normalized_codeset);
return retval;
}
#ifdef _LIBC
/* This is called from iconv/gconv_db.c's free_mem, as locales must
be freed before freeing gconv steps arrays. */
void __libc_freeres_fn_section
_nl_finddomain_subfreeres ()
{
struct loaded_l10nfile *runp = _nl_loaded_domains;
while (runp != NULL)
{
struct loaded_l10nfile *here = runp;
if (runp->data != NULL)
_nl_unload_domain ((struct loaded_domain *) runp->data);
runp = runp->next;
free ((char *) here->filename);
free (here);
}
}
#endif

63
intl/gettext.c
View File

@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
/* Implementation of gettext(3) function.
Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#ifdef _LIBC
# define __need_NULL
# include <stddef.h>
#else
# include <stdlib.h> /* Just for NULL. */
#endif
#include "gettextP.h"
#ifdef _LIBC
# include <libintl.h>
#else
# include "libgnuintl.h"
#endif
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
#ifdef _LIBC
# define GETTEXT __gettext
# define DCGETTEXT INTUSE(__dcgettext)
#else
# define GETTEXT libintl_gettext
# define DCGETTEXT libintl_dcgettext
#endif
/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
text). */
char *
GETTEXT (const char *msgid)
{
return DCGETTEXT (NULL, msgid, LC_MESSAGES);
}
#ifdef _LIBC
/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
weak_alias (__gettext, gettext);
#endif

247
intl/gettextP.h
View File

@ -1,247 +0,0 @@
/* Header describing internals of libintl library.
Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
USA. */
#ifndef _GETTEXTP_H
#define _GETTEXTP_H
#include <stddef.h> /* Get size_t. */
#ifdef _LIBC
# include "../iconv/gconv_int.h"
#else
# if HAVE_ICONV
# include <iconv.h>
# endif
#endif
#ifdef _LIBC
extern char *__gettext (const char *__msgid);
extern char *__dgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid);
extern char *__dcgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
int __category);
extern char *__ngettext (const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
unsigned long int __n);
extern char *__dngettext (const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
unsigned long int n);
extern char *__dcngettext (const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
unsigned long int __n, int __category);
extern char *__dcigettext (const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
int __plural, unsigned long int __n,
int __category);
extern char *__textdomain (const char *__domainname);
extern char *__bindtextdomain (const char *__domainname,
const char *__dirname);
extern char *__bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *__domainname,
const char *__codeset);
extern void _nl_finddomain_subfreeres (void) attribute_hidden;
extern void _nl_unload_domain (struct loaded_domain *__domain)
internal_function attribute_hidden;
#else
/* Declare the exported libintl_* functions, in a way that allows us to
call them under their real name. */
# undef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
# undef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
# define _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
# include "libgnuintl.h"
# ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE
extern char *gl_dcigettext (const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
int __plural, unsigned long int __n,
int __category,
const char *__localename, const char *__encoding);
# else
extern char *libintl_dcigettext (const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
int __plural, unsigned long int __n,
int __category);
# endif
#endif
#include "loadinfo.h"
#include "gmo.h" /* Get nls_uint32. */
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
#ifndef internal_function
# define internal_function
#endif
#ifndef attribute_hidden
# define attribute_hidden
#endif
/* Tell the compiler when a conditional or integer expression is
almost always true or almost always false. */
#ifndef HAVE_BUILTIN_EXPECT
# define __builtin_expect(expr, val) (expr)
#endif
#ifndef W
# define W(flag, data) ((flag) ? SWAP (data) : (data))
#endif
#ifdef _LIBC
# include <byteswap.h>
# define SWAP(i) bswap_32 (i)
#else
static inline nls_uint32
SWAP (i)
nls_uint32 i;
{
return (i << 24) | ((i & 0xff00) << 8) | ((i >> 8) & 0xff00) | (i >> 24);
}
#endif
/* In-memory representation of system dependent string. */
struct sysdep_string_desc
{
/* Length of addressed string, including the trailing NUL. */
size_t length;
/* Pointer to addressed string. */
const char *pointer;
};
/* Cache of translated strings after charset conversion.
Note: The strings are converted to the target encoding only on an as-needed
basis. */
struct converted_domain
{
/* The target encoding name. */
const char *encoding;
/* The descriptor for conversion from the message catalog's encoding to
this target encoding. */
#ifdef _LIBC
__gconv_t conv;
#else
# if HAVE_ICONV
iconv_t conv;
# endif
#endif
/* The table of translated strings after charset conversion. */
char **conv_tab;
};
/* The representation of an opened message catalog. */
struct loaded_domain
{
/* Pointer to memory containing the .mo file. */
const char *data;
/* 1 if the memory is mmap()ed, 0 if the memory is malloc()ed. */
int use_mmap;
/* Size of mmap()ed memory. */
size_t mmap_size;
/* 1 if the .mo file uses a different endianness than this machine. */
int must_swap;
/* Pointer to additional malloc()ed memory. */
void *malloced;
/* Number of static strings pairs. */
nls_uint32 nstrings;
/* Pointer to descriptors of original strings in the file. */
const struct string_desc *orig_tab;
/* Pointer to descriptors of translated strings in the file. */
const struct string_desc *trans_tab;
/* Number of system dependent strings pairs. */
nls_uint32 n_sysdep_strings;
/* Pointer to descriptors of original sysdep strings. */
const struct sysdep_string_desc *orig_sysdep_tab;
/* Pointer to descriptors of translated sysdep strings. */
const struct sysdep_string_desc *trans_sysdep_tab;
/* Size of hash table. */
nls_uint32 hash_size;
/* Pointer to hash table. */
const nls_uint32 *hash_tab;
/* 1 if the hash table uses a different endianness than this machine. */
int must_swap_hash_tab;
/* Cache of charset conversions of the translated strings. */
struct converted_domain *conversions;
size_t nconversions;
struct expression *plural;
unsigned long int nplurals;
};
/* We want to allocate a string at the end of the struct. But ISO C
doesn't allow zero sized arrays. */
#ifdef __GNUC__
# define ZERO 0
#else
# define ZERO 1
#endif
/* A set of settings bound to a message domain. Used to store settings
from bindtextdomain() and bind_textdomain_codeset(). */
struct binding
{
struct binding *next;
char *dirname;
char *codeset;
char domainname[ZERO];
};
/* A counter which is incremented each time some previous translations
become invalid.
This variable is part of the external ABI of the GNU libintl. */
#ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE
# include <glocale/config.h>
extern LIBGLOCALE_DLL_EXPORTED int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
#else
extern LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
#endif
#ifndef _LIBC
const char *_nl_language_preferences_default (void);
const char *_nl_locale_name_posix (int category, const char *categoryname);
const char *_nl_locale_name_default (void);
const char *_nl_locale_name (int category, const char *categoryname);
#endif
struct loaded_l10nfile *_nl_find_domain (const char *__dirname, char *__locale,
const char *__domainname,
struct binding *__domainbinding)
internal_function;
void _nl_load_domain (struct loaded_l10nfile *__domain,
struct binding *__domainbinding)
internal_function;
#ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE
char *_nl_find_msg (struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file,
struct binding *domainbinding, const char *encoding,
const char *msgid,
size_t *lengthp)
internal_function;
#else
char *_nl_find_msg (struct loaded_l10nfile *domain_file,
struct binding *domainbinding, const char *msgid,
int convert, size_t *lengthp)
internal_function;
#endif
/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
#endif /* gettextP.h */

149
intl/gmo.h
View File

@ -1,149 +0,0 @@
/* Description of GNU message catalog format: general file layout.
Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000-2002, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
USA. */
#ifndef _GETTEXT_H
#define _GETTEXT_H 1
#include <limits.h>
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
/* The magic number of the GNU message catalog format. */
#define _MAGIC 0x950412de
#define _MAGIC_SWAPPED 0xde120495
/* Revision number of the currently used .mo (binary) file format. */
#define MO_REVISION_NUMBER 0
#define MO_REVISION_NUMBER_WITH_SYSDEP_I 1
/* The following contortions are an attempt to use the C preprocessor
to determine an unsigned integral type that is 32 bits wide. An
alternative approach is to use autoconf's AC_CHECK_SIZEOF macro, but
as of version autoconf-2.13, the AC_CHECK_SIZEOF macro doesn't work
when cross-compiling. */
#if __STDC__
# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 4294967295U
#else
# define UINT_MAX_32_BITS 0xFFFFFFFF
#endif
/* If UINT_MAX isn't defined, assume it's a 32-bit type.
This should be valid for all systems GNU cares about because
that doesn't include 16-bit systems, and only modern systems
(that certainly have <limits.h>) have 64+-bit integral types. */
#ifndef UINT_MAX
# define UINT_MAX UINT_MAX_32_BITS
#endif
#if UINT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
typedef unsigned nls_uint32;
#else
# if USHRT_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
typedef unsigned short nls_uint32;
# else
# if ULONG_MAX == UINT_MAX_32_BITS
typedef unsigned long nls_uint32;
# else
/* The following line is intended to throw an error. Using #error is
not portable enough. */
"Cannot determine unsigned 32-bit data type."
# endif
# endif
#endif
/* Header for binary .mo file format. */
struct mo_file_header
{
/* The magic number. */
nls_uint32 magic;
/* The revision number of the file format. */
nls_uint32 revision;
/* The following are only used in .mo files with major revision 0 or 1. */
/* The number of strings pairs. */
nls_uint32 nstrings;
/* Offset of table with start offsets of original strings. */
nls_uint32 orig_tab_offset;
/* Offset of table with start offsets of translated strings. */
nls_uint32 trans_tab_offset;
/* Size of hash table. */
nls_uint32 hash_tab_size;
/* Offset of first hash table entry. */
nls_uint32 hash_tab_offset;
/* The following are only used in .mo files with minor revision >= 1. */
/* The number of system dependent segments. */
nls_uint32 n_sysdep_segments;
/* Offset of table describing system dependent segments. */
nls_uint32 sysdep_segments_offset;
/* The number of system dependent strings pairs. */
nls_uint32 n_sysdep_strings;
/* Offset of table with start offsets of original sysdep strings. */
nls_uint32 orig_sysdep_tab_offset;
/* Offset of table with start offsets of translated sysdep strings. */
nls_uint32 trans_sysdep_tab_offset;
};
/* Descriptor for static string contained in the binary .mo file. */
struct string_desc
{
/* Length of addressed string, not including the trailing NUL. */
nls_uint32 length;
/* Offset of string in file. */
nls_uint32 offset;
};
/* The following are only used in .mo files with minor revision >= 1. */
/* Descriptor for system dependent string segment. */
struct sysdep_segment
{
/* Length of addressed string, including the trailing NUL. */
nls_uint32 length;
/* Offset of string in file. */
nls_uint32 offset;
};
/* Descriptor for system dependent string. */
struct sysdep_string
{
/* Offset of static string segments in file. */
nls_uint32 offset;
/* Alternating sequence of static and system dependent segments.
The last segment is a static segment, including the trailing NUL. */
struct segment_pair
{
/* Size of static segment. */
nls_uint32 segsize;
/* Reference to system dependent string segment, or ~0 at the end. */
nls_uint32 sysdepref;
} segments[1];
};
/* Marker for the end of the segments[] array. This has the value 0xFFFFFFFF,
regardless whether 'int' is 16 bit, 32 bit, or 64 bit. */
#define SEGMENTS_END ((nls_uint32) ~0)
/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
#endif /* gettext.h */

51
intl/hash-string.c
View File

@ -1,51 +0,0 @@
/* Implements a string hashing function.
Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 1998, 2000, 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Lesser General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
License along with the GNU C Library; if not, write to the Free
Software Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor,
Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
/* Specification. */
#include "hash-string.h"
/* Defines the so called `hashpjw' function by P.J. Weinberger
[see Aho/Sethi/Ullman, COMPILERS: Principles, Techniques and Tools,
1986, 1987 Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc.] */
unsigned long int
__hash_string (const char *str_param)
{
unsigned long int hval, g;
const char *str = str_param;
/* Compute the hash value for the given string. */
hval = 0;
while (*str != '\0')
{
hval <<= 4;
hval += (unsigned char) *str++;
g = hval & ((unsigned long int) 0xf << (HASHWORDBITS - 4));
if (g != 0)
{
hval ^= g >> (HASHWORDBITS - 8);
hval ^= g;
}
}
return hval;
}

36
intl/hash-string.h
View File

@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
/* Description of GNU message catalog format: string hashing function.
Copyright (C) 1995, 1997-1998, 2000-2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
USA. */
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
/* We assume to have `unsigned long int' value with at least 32 bits. */
#define HASHWORDBITS 32
#ifndef _LIBC
# ifdef IN_LIBINTL
# define __hash_string libintl_hash_string
# else
# define __hash_string hash_string
# endif
#endif
/* Defines the so called `hashpjw' function by P.J. Weinberger
[see Aho/Sethi/Ullman, COMPILERS: Principles, Techniques and Tools,
1986, 1987 Bell Telephone Laboratories, Inc.] */
extern unsigned long int __hash_string (const char *str_param);

133
intl/intl-compat.c
View File

@ -1,133 +0,0 @@
/* intl-compat.c - Stub functions to call gettext functions from GNU gettext
Library.
Copyright (C) 1995, 2000-2003, 2005 Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include "gettextP.h"
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
/* This file redirects the gettext functions (without prefix) to those
defined in the included GNU libintl library (with "libintl_" prefix).
It is compiled into libintl in order to make the AM_GNU_GETTEXT test
of gettext <= 0.11.2 work with the libintl library >= 0.11.3 which
has the redirections primarily in the <libintl.h> include file.
It is also compiled into libgnuintl so that libgnuintl.so can be used
as LD_PRELOADable library on glibc systems, to provide the extra
features that the functions in the libc don't have (namely, logging). */
#undef gettext
#undef dgettext
#undef dcgettext
#undef ngettext
#undef dngettext
#undef dcngettext
#undef textdomain
#undef bindtextdomain
#undef bind_textdomain_codeset
/* When building a DLL, we must export some functions. Note that because
the functions are only defined for binary backward compatibility, we
don't need to use __declspec(dllimport) in any case. */
#if HAVE_VISIBILITY && BUILDING_DLL
# define DLL_EXPORTED __attribute__((__visibility__("default")))
#elif defined _MSC_VER && BUILDING_DLL
# define DLL_EXPORTED __declspec(dllexport)
#else
# define DLL_EXPORTED
#endif
DLL_EXPORTED
char *
gettext (const char *msgid)
{
return libintl_gettext (msgid);
}
DLL_EXPORTED
char *
dgettext (const char *domainname, const char *msgid)
{
return libintl_dgettext (domainname, msgid);
}
DLL_EXPORTED
char *
dcgettext (const char *domainname, const char *msgid, int category)
{
return libintl_dcgettext (domainname, msgid, category);
}
DLL_EXPORTED
char *
ngettext (const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n)
{
return libintl_ngettext (msgid1, msgid2, n);
}
DLL_EXPORTED
char *
dngettext (const char *domainname,
const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n)
{
return libintl_dngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n);
}
DLL_EXPORTED
char *
dcngettext (const char *domainname,
const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n,
int category)
{
return libintl_dcngettext (domainname, msgid1, msgid2, n, category);
}
DLL_EXPORTED
char *
textdomain (const char *domainname)
{
return libintl_textdomain (domainname);
}
DLL_EXPORTED
char *
bindtextdomain (const char *domainname, const char *dirname)
{
return libintl_bindtextdomain (domainname, dirname);
}
DLL_EXPORTED
char *
bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *domainname, const char *codeset)
{
return libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset (domainname, codeset);
}

36
intl/intl-exports.c
View File

@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
/* List of exported symbols of libintl on Cygwin.
Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2006.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
USA. */
/* IMP(x) is a symbol that contains the address of x. */
#define IMP(x) _imp__##x
/* Ensure that the variable x is exported from the library, and that a
pseudo-variable IMP(x) is available. */
#define VARIABLE(x) \
/* Export x without redefining x. This code was found by compiling a \
snippet: \
extern __declspec(dllexport) int x; int x = 42; */ \
asm (".section .drectve\n"); \
asm (".ascii \" -export:" #x ",data\"\n"); \
asm (".data\n"); \
/* Allocate a pseudo-variable IMP(x). */ \
extern int x; \
void * IMP(x) = &x;
VARIABLE(libintl_version)

400
intl/l10nflist.c
View File

@ -1,400 +0,0 @@
/* Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1995.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
USA. */
/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for stpcpy().
This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
<features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */
#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include <string.h>
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_ARGZ_H
# include <argz.h>
#endif
#include <ctype.h>
#include <sys/types.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include "loadinfo.h"
/* On some strange systems still no definition of NULL is found. Sigh! */
#ifndef NULL
# if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
# define NULL ((void *) 0)
# else
# define NULL 0
# endif
#endif
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
#ifdef _LIBC
/* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard
because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object
file and the name space must not be polluted. */
# ifndef stpcpy
# define stpcpy(dest, src) __stpcpy(dest, src)
# endif
#else
# ifndef HAVE_STPCPY
static char *stpcpy (char *dest, const char *src);
# endif
#endif
/* Pathname support.
ISSLASH(C) tests whether C is a directory separator character.
IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) tests whether P is an absolute path. If it is not,
it may be concatenated to a directory pathname.
*/
#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __CYGWIN__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
/* Win32, Cygwin, OS/2, DOS */
# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\')
# define HAS_DEVICE(P) \
((((P)[0] >= 'A' && (P)[0] <= 'Z') || ((P)[0] >= 'a' && (P)[0] <= 'z')) \
&& (P)[1] == ':')
# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) (ISSLASH ((P)[0]) || HAS_DEVICE (P))
#else
/* Unix */
# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/')
# define IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH(P) ISSLASH ((P)[0])
#endif
/* Define function which are usually not available. */
#ifdef _LIBC
# define __argz_count(argz, len) INTUSE(__argz_count) (argz, len)
#elif defined HAVE_ARGZ_COUNT
# undef __argz_count
# define __argz_count argz_count
#else
/* Returns the number of strings in ARGZ. */
static size_t
argz_count__ (const char *argz, size_t len)
{
size_t count = 0;
while (len > 0)
{
size_t part_len = strlen (argz);
argz += part_len + 1;
len -= part_len + 1;
count++;
}
return count;
}
# undef __argz_count
# define __argz_count(argz, len) argz_count__ (argz, len)
#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE_ARGZ_COUNT */
#ifdef _LIBC
# define __argz_stringify(argz, len, sep) \
INTUSE(__argz_stringify) (argz, len, sep)
#elif defined HAVE_ARGZ_STRINGIFY
# undef __argz_stringify
# define __argz_stringify argz_stringify
#else
/* Make '\0' separated arg vector ARGZ printable by converting all the '\0's
except the last into the character SEP. */
static void
argz_stringify__ (char *argz, size_t len, int sep)
{
while (len > 0)
{
size_t part_len = strlen (argz);
argz += part_len;
len -= part_len + 1;
if (len > 0)
*argz++ = sep;
}
}
# undef __argz_stringify
# define __argz_stringify(argz, len, sep) argz_stringify__ (argz, len, sep)
#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE_ARGZ_STRINGIFY */
#ifdef _LIBC
#elif defined HAVE_ARGZ_NEXT
# undef __argz_next
# define __argz_next argz_next
#else
static char *
argz_next__ (char *argz, size_t argz_len, const char *entry)
{
if (entry)
{
if (entry < argz + argz_len)
entry = strchr (entry, '\0') + 1;
return entry >= argz + argz_len ? NULL : (char *) entry;
}
else
if (argz_len > 0)
return argz;
else
return 0;
}
# undef __argz_next
# define __argz_next(argz, len, entry) argz_next__ (argz, len, entry)
#endif /* !_LIBC && !HAVE_ARGZ_NEXT */
/* Return number of bits set in X. */
static inline int
pop (int x)
{
/* We assume that no more than 16 bits are used. */
x = ((x & ~0x5555) >> 1) + (x & 0x5555);
x = ((x & ~0x3333) >> 2) + (x & 0x3333);
x = ((x >> 4) + x) & 0x0f0f;
x = ((x >> 8) + x) & 0xff;
return x;
}
struct loaded_l10nfile *
_nl_make_l10nflist (struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list,
const char *dirlist, size_t dirlist_len,
int mask, const char *language, const char *territory,
const char *codeset, const char *normalized_codeset,
const char *modifier,
const char *filename, int do_allocate)
{
char *abs_filename;
struct loaded_l10nfile **lastp;
struct loaded_l10nfile *retval;
char *cp;
size_t dirlist_count;
size_t entries;
int cnt;
/* If LANGUAGE contains an absolute directory specification, we ignore
DIRLIST. */
if (IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (language))
dirlist_len = 0;
/* Allocate room for the full file name. */
abs_filename = (char *) malloc (dirlist_len
+ strlen (language)
+ ((mask & XPG_TERRITORY) != 0
? strlen (territory) + 1 : 0)
+ ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0
? strlen (codeset) + 1 : 0)
+ ((mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0
? strlen (normalized_codeset) + 1 : 0)
+ ((mask & XPG_MODIFIER) != 0
? strlen (modifier) + 1 : 0)
+ 1 + strlen (filename) + 1);
if (abs_filename == NULL)
return NULL;
/* Construct file name. */
cp = abs_filename;
if (dirlist_len > 0)
{
memcpy (cp, dirlist, dirlist_len);
__argz_stringify (cp, dirlist_len, PATH_SEPARATOR);
cp += dirlist_len;
cp[-1] = '/';
}
cp = stpcpy (cp, language);
if ((mask & XPG_TERRITORY) != 0)
{
*cp++ = '_';
cp = stpcpy (cp, territory);
}
if ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0)
{
*cp++ = '.';
cp = stpcpy (cp, codeset);
}
if ((mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0)
{
*cp++ = '.';
cp = stpcpy (cp, normalized_codeset);
}
if ((mask & XPG_MODIFIER) != 0)
{
*cp++ = '@';
cp = stpcpy (cp, modifier);
}
*cp++ = '/';
stpcpy (cp, filename);
/* Look in list of already loaded domains whether it is already
available. */
lastp = l10nfile_list;
for (retval = *l10nfile_list; retval != NULL; retval = retval->next)
if (retval->filename != NULL)
{
int compare = strcmp (retval->filename, abs_filename);
if (compare == 0)
/* We found it! */
break;
if (compare < 0)
{
/* It's not in the list. */
retval = NULL;
break;
}
lastp = &retval->next;
}
if (retval != NULL || do_allocate == 0)
{
free (abs_filename);
return retval;
}
dirlist_count = (dirlist_len > 0 ? __argz_count (dirlist, dirlist_len) : 1);
/* Allocate a new loaded_l10nfile. */
retval =
(struct loaded_l10nfile *)
malloc (sizeof (*retval)
+ (((dirlist_count << pop (mask)) + (dirlist_count > 1 ? 1 : 0))
* sizeof (struct loaded_l10nfile *)));
if (retval == NULL)
{
free (abs_filename);
return NULL;
}
retval->filename = abs_filename;
/* We set retval->data to NULL here; it is filled in later.
Setting retval->decided to 1 here means that retval does not
correspond to a real file (dirlist_count > 1) or is not worth
looking up (if an unnormalized codeset was specified). */
retval->decided = (dirlist_count > 1
|| ((mask & XPG_CODESET) != 0
&& (mask & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0));
retval->data = NULL;
retval->next = *lastp;
*lastp = retval;
entries = 0;
/* Recurse to fill the inheritance list of RETVAL.
If the DIRLIST is a real list (i.e. DIRLIST_COUNT > 1), the RETVAL
entry does not correspond to a real file; retval->filename contains
colons. In this case we loop across all elements of DIRLIST and
across all bit patterns dominated by MASK.
If the DIRLIST is a single directory or entirely redundant (i.e.
DIRLIST_COUNT == 1), we loop across all bit patterns dominated by
MASK, excluding MASK itself.
In either case, we loop down from MASK to 0. This has the effect
that the extra bits in the locale name are dropped in this order:
first the modifier, then the territory, then the codeset, then the
normalized_codeset. */
for (cnt = dirlist_count > 1 ? mask : mask - 1; cnt >= 0; --cnt)
if ((cnt & ~mask) == 0
&& !((cnt & XPG_CODESET) != 0 && (cnt & XPG_NORM_CODESET) != 0))
{
if (dirlist_count > 1)
{
/* Iterate over all elements of the DIRLIST. */
char *dir = NULL;
while ((dir = __argz_next ((char *) dirlist, dirlist_len, dir))
!= NULL)
retval->successor[entries++]
= _nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dir, strlen (dir) + 1,
cnt, language, territory, codeset,
normalized_codeset, modifier, filename,
1);
}
else
retval->successor[entries++]
= _nl_make_l10nflist (l10nfile_list, dirlist, dirlist_len,
cnt, language, territory, codeset,
normalized_codeset, modifier, filename, 1);
}
retval->successor[entries] = NULL;
return retval;
}
/* Normalize codeset name. There is no standard for the codeset
names. Normalization allows the user to use any of the common
names. The return value is dynamically allocated and has to be
freed by the caller. */
const char *
_nl_normalize_codeset (const char *codeset, size_t name_len)
{
int len = 0;
int only_digit = 1;
char *retval;
char *wp;
size_t cnt;
for (cnt = 0; cnt < name_len; ++cnt)
if (isalnum ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt]))
{
++len;
if (isalpha ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt]))
only_digit = 0;
}
retval = (char *) malloc ((only_digit ? 3 : 0) + len + 1);
if (retval != NULL)
{
if (only_digit)
wp = stpcpy (retval, "iso");
else
wp = retval;
for (cnt = 0; cnt < name_len; ++cnt)
if (isalpha ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt]))
*wp++ = tolower ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt]);
else if (isdigit ((unsigned char) codeset[cnt]))
*wp++ = codeset[cnt];
*wp = '\0';
}
return (const char *) retval;
}
/* @@ begin of epilog @@ */
/* We don't want libintl.a to depend on any other library. So we
avoid the non-standard function stpcpy. In GNU C Library this
function is available, though. Also allow the symbol HAVE_STPCPY
to be defined. */
#if !_LIBC && !HAVE_STPCPY
static char *
stpcpy (char *dest, const char *src)
{
while ((*dest++ = *src++) != '\0')
/* Do nothing. */ ;
return dest - 1;
}
#endif

130
intl/langprefs.c
View File

@ -1,130 +0,0 @@
/* Determine the user's language preferences.
Copyright (C) 2004-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
USA. */
/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include <stdlib.h>
#if HAVE_CFPREFERENCESCOPYAPPVALUE
# include <string.h>
# include <CoreFoundation/CFPreferences.h>
# include <CoreFoundation/CFPropertyList.h>
# include <CoreFoundation/CFArray.h>
# include <CoreFoundation/CFString.h>
extern void _nl_locale_name_canonicalize (char *name);
#endif
/* Determine the user's language preferences, as a colon separated list of
locale names in XPG syntax
language[_territory][.codeset][@modifier]
The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated.
The LANGUAGE environment variable does not need to be considered; it is
already taken into account by the caller. */
const char *
_nl_language_preferences_default (void)
{
#if HAVE_CFPREFERENCESCOPYAPPVALUE /* MacOS X 10.2 or newer */
{
/* Cache the preferences list, since CoreFoundation calls are expensive. */
static const char *cached_languages;
static int cache_initialized;
if (!cache_initialized)
{
CFTypeRef preferences =
CFPreferencesCopyAppValue (CFSTR ("AppleLanguages"),
kCFPreferencesCurrentApplication);
if (preferences != NULL
&& CFGetTypeID (preferences) == CFArrayGetTypeID ())
{
CFArrayRef prefArray = (CFArrayRef)preferences;
int n = CFArrayGetCount (prefArray);
char buf[256];
size_t size = 0;
int i;
for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
{
CFTypeRef element = CFArrayGetValueAtIndex (prefArray, i);
if (element != NULL
&& CFGetTypeID (element) == CFStringGetTypeID ()
&& CFStringGetCString ((CFStringRef)element,
buf, sizeof (buf),
kCFStringEncodingASCII))
{
_nl_locale_name_canonicalize (buf);
size += strlen (buf) + 1;
/* Most GNU programs use msgids in English and don't ship
an en.mo message catalog. Therefore when we see "en"
in the preferences list, arrange for gettext() to
return the msgid, and ignore all further elements of
the preferences list. */
if (strcmp (buf, "en") == 0)
break;
}
else
break;
}
if (size > 0)
{
char *languages = (char *) malloc (size);
if (languages != NULL)
{
char *p = languages;
for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
{
CFTypeRef element =
CFArrayGetValueAtIndex (prefArray, i);
if (element != NULL
&& CFGetTypeID (element) == CFStringGetTypeID ()
&& CFStringGetCString ((CFStringRef)element,
buf, sizeof (buf),
kCFStringEncodingASCII))
{
_nl_locale_name_canonicalize (buf);
strcpy (p, buf);
p += strlen (buf);
*p++ = ':';
if (strcmp (buf, "en") == 0)
break;
}
else
break;
}
*--p = '\0';
cached_languages = languages;
}
}
}
cache_initialized = 1;
}
if (cached_languages != NULL)
return cached_languages;
}
#endif
return NULL;
}

406
intl/libgnuintl.h.cmake
View File

@ -1,406 +0,0 @@
/* Message catalogs for internationalization.
Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
USA. */
#ifndef _LIBINTL_H
#define _LIBINTL_H 1
// already defined in config.h but not with 0/1 values
#undef HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF
#undef HAVE_ASPRINTF
#undef HAVE_WPRINTF
#cmakedefine01 HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF
#cmakedefine01 HAVE_ASPRINTF
#cmakedefine01 HAVE_WPRINTF
#include <locale.h>
/* The LC_MESSAGES locale category is the category used by the functions
gettext() and dgettext(). It is specified in POSIX, but not in ANSI C.
On systems that don't define it, use an arbitrary value instead.
On Solaris, <locale.h> defines __LOCALE_H (or _LOCALE_H in Solaris 2.5)
then includes <libintl.h> (i.e. this file!) and then only defines
LC_MESSAGES. To avoid a redefinition warning, don't define LC_MESSAGES
in this case. */
#if !defined LC_MESSAGES && !(defined __LOCALE_H || (defined _LOCALE_H && defined __sun))
# define LC_MESSAGES 1729
#endif
/* We define an additional symbol to signal that we use the GNU
implementation of gettext. */
#define __USE_GNU_GETTEXT 1
/* Provide information about the supported file formats. Returns the
maximum minor revision number supported for a given major revision. */
#define __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(major) \
((major) == 0 ? 1 : -1)
/* Resolve a platform specific conflict on DJGPP. GNU gettext takes
precedence over _conio_gettext. */
#ifdef __DJGPP__
# undef gettext
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Version number: (major<<16) + (minor<<8) + subminor */
#define LIBINTL_VERSION 0x001000
extern int libintl_version;
/* We redirect the functions to those prefixed with "libintl_". This is
necessary, because some systems define gettext/textdomain/... in the C
library (namely, Solaris 2.4 and newer, and GNU libc 2.0 and newer).
If we used the unprefixed names, there would be cases where the
definition in the C library would override the one in the libintl.so
shared library. Recall that on ELF systems, the symbols are looked
up in the following order:
1. in the executable,
2. in the shared libraries specified on the link command line, in order,
3. in the dependencies of the shared libraries specified on the link
command line,
4. in the dlopen()ed shared libraries, in the order in which they were
dlopen()ed.
The definition in the C library would override the one in libintl.so if
either
* -lc is given on the link command line and -lintl isn't, or
* -lc is given on the link command line before -lintl, or
* libintl.so is a dependency of a dlopen()ed shared library but not
linked to the executable at link time.
Since Solaris gettext() behaves differently than GNU gettext(), this
would be unacceptable.
The redirection happens by default through macros in C, so that &gettext
is independent of the compilation unit, but through inline functions in
C++, in order not to interfere with the name mangling of class fields or
class methods called 'gettext'. */
/* The user can define _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE or _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS.
If he doesn't, we choose the method. A third possible method is
_INTL_REDIRECT_ASM, supported only by GCC. */
#if !(defined _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE || defined _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS)
# if __GNUC__ >= 2 && !defined __APPLE_CC__ && !defined __MINGW32__ && !(__GNUC__ == 2 && defined _AIX) && (defined __STDC__ || defined __cplusplus)
# define _INTL_REDIRECT_ASM
# else
# ifdef __cplusplus
# define _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
# else
# define _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
# endif
# endif
#endif
/* Auxiliary macros. */
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_ASM
# define _INTL_ASM(cname) __asm__ (_INTL_ASMNAME (__USER_LABEL_PREFIX__, #cname))
# define _INTL_ASMNAME(prefix,cnamestring) _INTL_STRINGIFY (prefix) cnamestring
# define _INTL_STRINGIFY(prefix) #prefix
#else
# define _INTL_ASM(cname)
#endif
/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
text). */
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
extern char *libintl_gettext (const char *__msgid);
static inline char *gettext (const char *__msgid)
{
return libintl_gettext (__msgid);
}
#else
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
# define gettext libintl_gettext
#endif
extern char *gettext (const char *__msgid)
_INTL_ASM (libintl_gettext);
#endif
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current
LC_MESSAGES locale. */
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
extern char *libintl_dgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid);
static inline char *dgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid)
{
return libintl_dgettext (__domainname, __msgid);
}
#else
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
# define dgettext libintl_dgettext
#endif
extern char *dgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid)
_INTL_ASM (libintl_dgettext);
#endif
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
locale. */
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
extern char *libintl_dcgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
int __category);
static inline char *dcgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
int __category)
{
return libintl_dcgettext (__domainname, __msgid, __category);
}
#else
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
# define dcgettext libintl_dcgettext
#endif
extern char *dcgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
int __category)
_INTL_ASM (libintl_dcgettext);
#endif
/* Similar to `gettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
number N. */
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
extern char *libintl_ngettext (const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
unsigned long int __n);
static inline char *ngettext (const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
unsigned long int __n)
{
return libintl_ngettext (__msgid1, __msgid2, __n);
}
#else
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
# define ngettext libintl_ngettext
#endif
extern char *ngettext (const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
unsigned long int __n)
_INTL_ASM (libintl_ngettext);
#endif
/* Similar to `dgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
number N. */
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
extern char *libintl_dngettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1,
const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n);
static inline char *dngettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1,
const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n)
{
return libintl_dngettext (__domainname, __msgid1, __msgid2, __n);
}
#else
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
# define dngettext libintl_dngettext
#endif
extern char *dngettext (const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
unsigned long int __n)
_INTL_ASM (libintl_dngettext);
#endif
/* Similar to `dcgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
number N. */
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
extern char *libintl_dcngettext (const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
unsigned long int __n, int __category);
static inline char *dcngettext (const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
unsigned long int __n, int __category)
{
return libintl_dcngettext (__domainname, __msgid1, __msgid2, __n, __category);
}
#else
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
# define dcngettext libintl_dcngettext
#endif
extern char *dcngettext (const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
unsigned long int __n, int __category)
_INTL_ASM (libintl_dcngettext);
#endif
#ifndef IN_LIBGLOCALE
/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
extern char *libintl_textdomain (const char *__domainname);
static inline char *textdomain (const char *__domainname)
{
return libintl_textdomain (__domainname);
}
#else
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
# define textdomain libintl_textdomain
#endif
extern char *textdomain (const char *__domainname)
_INTL_ASM (libintl_textdomain);
#endif
/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
extern char *libintl_bindtextdomain (const char *__domainname,
const char *__dirname);
static inline char *bindtextdomain (const char *__domainname,
const char *__dirname)
{
return libintl_bindtextdomain (__domainname, __dirname);
}
#else
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
# define bindtextdomain libintl_bindtextdomain
#endif
extern char *bindtextdomain (const char *__domainname, const char *__dirname)
_INTL_ASM (libintl_bindtextdomain);
#endif
/* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the
DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned. */
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
extern char *libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *__domainname,
const char *__codeset);
static inline char *bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *__domainname,
const char *__codeset)
{
return libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset (__domainname, __codeset);
}
#else
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
# define bind_textdomain_codeset libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset
#endif
extern char *bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *__domainname,
const char *__codeset)
_INTL_ASM (libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset);
#endif
#endif /* IN_LIBGLOCALE */
/* Support for format strings with positions in *printf(), following the
POSIX/XSI specification.
Note: These replacements for the *printf() functions are visible only
in source files that #include <libintl.h> or #include "gettext.h".
Packages that use *printf() in source files that don't refer to _()
or gettext() but for which the format string could be the return value
of _() or gettext() need to add this #include. Oh well. */
#if !HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stddef.h>
/* Get va_list. */
#if __STDC__ || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER
# include <stdarg.h>
#else
# include <varargs.h>
#endif
#undef fprintf
#define fprintf libintl_fprintf
extern int fprintf (FILE *, const char *, ...);
#undef vfprintf
#define vfprintf libintl_vfprintf
extern int vfprintf (FILE *, const char *, va_list);
#undef printf
#if defined __NetBSD__ || defined __CYGWIN__ || defined __MINGW32__
/* Don't break __attribute__((format(printf,M,N))).
This redefinition is only possible because the libc in NetBSD, Cygwin,
mingw does not have a function __printf__. */
# define libintl_printf __printf__
#endif
#define printf libintl_printf
extern int printf (const char *, ...);
#undef vprintf
#define vprintf libintl_vprintf
extern int vprintf (const char *, va_list);
#undef sprintf
#define sprintf libintl_sprintf
extern int sprintf (char *, const char *, ...);
#undef vsprintf
#define vsprintf libintl_vsprintf
extern int vsprintf (char *, const char *, va_list);
#if HAVE_SNPRINTF
#undef snprintf
#define snprintf libintl_snprintf
extern int snprintf (char *, size_t, const char *, ...);
#undef vsnprintf
#define vsnprintf libintl_vsnprintf
extern int vsnprintf (char *, size_t, const char *, va_list);
#endif
#if HAVE_ASPRINTF
#undef asprintf
#define asprintf libintl_asprintf
extern int asprintf (char **, const char *, ...);
#undef vasprintf
#define vasprintf libintl_vasprintf
extern int vasprintf (char **, const char *, va_list);
#endif
#if HAVE_WPRINTF
#undef fwprintf
#define fwprintf libintl_fwprintf
extern int fwprintf (FILE *, const wchar_t *, ...);
#undef vfwprintf
#define vfwprintf libintl_vfwprintf
extern int vfwprintf (FILE *, const wchar_t *, va_list);
#undef wprintf
#define wprintf libintl_wprintf
extern int wprintf (const wchar_t *, ...);
#undef vwprintf
#define vwprintf libintl_vwprintf
extern int vwprintf (const wchar_t *, va_list);
#undef swprintf
#define swprintf libintl_swprintf
extern int swprintf (wchar_t *, size_t, const wchar_t *, ...);
#undef vswprintf
#define vswprintf libintl_vswprintf
extern int vswprintf (wchar_t *, size_t, const wchar_t *, va_list);
#endif
#endif
/* Support for relocatable packages. */
/* Sets the original and the current installation prefix of the package.
Relocation simply replaces a pathname starting with the original prefix
by the corresponding pathname with the current prefix instead. Both
prefixes should be directory names without trailing slash (i.e. use ""
instead of "/"). */
#define libintl_set_relocation_prefix libintl_set_relocation_prefix
extern void
libintl_set_relocation_prefix (const char *orig_prefix,
const char *curr_prefix);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* libintl.h */

419
intl/libgnuintl.h.in
View File

@ -1,419 +0,0 @@
/* Message catalogs for internationalization.
Copyright (C) 1995-1997, 2000-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
USA. */
#ifndef _LIBINTL_H
#define _LIBINTL_H 1
#include <locale.h>
/* The LC_MESSAGES locale category is the category used by the functions
gettext() and dgettext(). It is specified in POSIX, but not in ANSI C.
On systems that don't define it, use an arbitrary value instead.
On Solaris, <locale.h> defines __LOCALE_H (or _LOCALE_H in Solaris 2.5)
then includes <libintl.h> (i.e. this file!) and then only defines
LC_MESSAGES. To avoid a redefinition warning, don't define LC_MESSAGES
in this case. */
#if !defined LC_MESSAGES && !(defined __LOCALE_H || (defined _LOCALE_H && defined __sun))
# define LC_MESSAGES 1729
#endif
/* We define an additional symbol to signal that we use the GNU
implementation of gettext. */
#define __USE_GNU_GETTEXT 1
/* Provide information about the supported file formats. Returns the
maximum minor revision number supported for a given major revision. */
#define __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(major) \
((major) == 0 || (major) == 1 ? 1 : -1)
/* Resolve a platform specific conflict on DJGPP. GNU gettext takes
precedence over _conio_gettext. */
#ifdef __DJGPP__
# undef gettext
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Version number: (major<<16) + (minor<<8) + subminor */
#define LIBINTL_VERSION 0x001000
extern int libintl_version;
/* We redirect the functions to those prefixed with "libintl_". This is
necessary, because some systems define gettext/textdomain/... in the C
library (namely, Solaris 2.4 and newer, and GNU libc 2.0 and newer).
If we used the unprefixed names, there would be cases where the
definition in the C library would override the one in the libintl.so
shared library. Recall that on ELF systems, the symbols are looked
up in the following order:
1. in the executable,
2. in the shared libraries specified on the link command line, in order,
3. in the dependencies of the shared libraries specified on the link
command line,
4. in the dlopen()ed shared libraries, in the order in which they were
dlopen()ed.
The definition in the C library would override the one in libintl.so if
either
* -lc is given on the link command line and -lintl isn't, or
* -lc is given on the link command line before -lintl, or
* libintl.so is a dependency of a dlopen()ed shared library but not
linked to the executable at link time.
Since Solaris gettext() behaves differently than GNU gettext(), this
would be unacceptable.
The redirection happens by default through macros in C, so that &gettext
is independent of the compilation unit, but through inline functions in
C++, in order not to interfere with the name mangling of class fields or
class methods called 'gettext'. */
/* The user can define _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE or _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS.
If he doesn't, we choose the method. A third possible method is
_INTL_REDIRECT_ASM, supported only by GCC. */
#if !(defined _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE || defined _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS)
# if __GNUC__ >= 2 && !(__APPLE_CC__ > 1) && !defined __MINGW32__ && !(__GNUC__ == 2 && defined _AIX) && (defined __STDC__ || defined __cplusplus)
# define _INTL_REDIRECT_ASM
# else
# ifdef __cplusplus
# define _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
# else
# define _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
# endif
# endif
#endif
/* Auxiliary macros. */
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_ASM
# define _INTL_ASM(cname) __asm__ (_INTL_ASMNAME (__USER_LABEL_PREFIX__, #cname))
# define _INTL_ASMNAME(prefix,cnamestring) _INTL_STRINGIFY (prefix) cnamestring
# define _INTL_STRINGIFY(prefix) #prefix
#else
# define _INTL_ASM(cname)
#endif
/* _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG(n) declares that the given function may return
its n-th argument literally. This enables GCC to warn for example about
printf (gettext ("foo %y")). */
#if __GNUC__ >= 3 && !(__APPLE_CC__ > 1 && defined __cplusplus)
# define _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG(n) __attribute__ ((__format_arg__ (n)))
#else
# define _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG(n)
#endif
/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
text). */
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
extern char *libintl_gettext (const char *__msgid)
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (1);
static inline char *gettext (const char *__msgid)
{
return libintl_gettext (__msgid);
}
#else
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
# define gettext libintl_gettext
#endif
extern char *gettext (const char *__msgid)
_INTL_ASM (libintl_gettext)
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (1);
#endif
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current
LC_MESSAGES locale. */
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
extern char *libintl_dgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid)
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2);
static inline char *dgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid)
{
return libintl_dgettext (__domainname, __msgid);
}
#else
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
# define dgettext libintl_dgettext
#endif
extern char *dgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid)
_INTL_ASM (libintl_dgettext)
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2);
#endif
/* Look up MSGID in the DOMAINNAME message catalog for the current CATEGORY
locale. */
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
extern char *libintl_dcgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
int __category)
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2);
static inline char *dcgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
int __category)
{
return libintl_dcgettext (__domainname, __msgid, __category);
}
#else
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
# define dcgettext libintl_dcgettext
#endif
extern char *dcgettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid,
int __category)
_INTL_ASM (libintl_dcgettext)
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2);
#endif
/* Similar to `gettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
number N. */
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
extern char *libintl_ngettext (const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
unsigned long int __n)
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (1) _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2);
static inline char *ngettext (const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
unsigned long int __n)
{
return libintl_ngettext (__msgid1, __msgid2, __n);
}
#else
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
# define ngettext libintl_ngettext
#endif
extern char *ngettext (const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
unsigned long int __n)
_INTL_ASM (libintl_ngettext)
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (1) _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2);
#endif
/* Similar to `dgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
number N. */
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
extern char *libintl_dngettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1,
const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n)
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2) _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (3);
static inline char *dngettext (const char *__domainname, const char *__msgid1,
const char *__msgid2, unsigned long int __n)
{
return libintl_dngettext (__domainname, __msgid1, __msgid2, __n);
}
#else
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
# define dngettext libintl_dngettext
#endif
extern char *dngettext (const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
unsigned long int __n)
_INTL_ASM (libintl_dngettext)
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2) _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (3);
#endif
/* Similar to `dcgettext' but select the plural form corresponding to the
number N. */
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
extern char *libintl_dcngettext (const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
unsigned long int __n, int __category)
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2) _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (3);
static inline char *dcngettext (const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
unsigned long int __n, int __category)
{
return libintl_dcngettext (__domainname, __msgid1, __msgid2, __n, __category);
}
#else
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
# define dcngettext libintl_dcngettext
#endif
extern char *dcngettext (const char *__domainname,
const char *__msgid1, const char *__msgid2,
unsigned long int __n, int __category)
_INTL_ASM (libintl_dcngettext)
_INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (2) _INTL_MAY_RETURN_STRING_ARG (3);
#endif
#ifndef IN_LIBGLOCALE
/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
extern char *libintl_textdomain (const char *__domainname);
static inline char *textdomain (const char *__domainname)
{
return libintl_textdomain (__domainname);
}
#else
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
# define textdomain libintl_textdomain
#endif
extern char *textdomain (const char *__domainname)
_INTL_ASM (libintl_textdomain);
#endif
/* Specify that the DOMAINNAME message catalog will be found
in DIRNAME rather than in the system locale data base. */
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
extern char *libintl_bindtextdomain (const char *__domainname,
const char *__dirname);
static inline char *bindtextdomain (const char *__domainname,
const char *__dirname)
{
return libintl_bindtextdomain (__domainname, __dirname);
}
#else
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
# define bindtextdomain libintl_bindtextdomain
#endif
extern char *bindtextdomain (const char *__domainname, const char *__dirname)
_INTL_ASM (libintl_bindtextdomain);
#endif
/* Specify the character encoding in which the messages from the
DOMAINNAME message catalog will be returned. */
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_INLINE
extern char *libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *__domainname,
const char *__codeset);
static inline char *bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *__domainname,
const char *__codeset)
{
return libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset (__domainname, __codeset);
}
#else
#ifdef _INTL_REDIRECT_MACROS
# define bind_textdomain_codeset libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset
#endif
extern char *bind_textdomain_codeset (const char *__domainname,
const char *__codeset)
_INTL_ASM (libintl_bind_textdomain_codeset);
#endif
#endif /* IN_LIBGLOCALE */
/* Support for format strings with positions in *printf(), following the
POSIX/XSI specification.
Note: These replacements for the *printf() functions are visible only
in source files that #include <libintl.h> or #include "gettext.h".
Packages that use *printf() in source files that don't refer to _()
or gettext() but for which the format string could be the return value
of _() or gettext() need to add this #include. Oh well. */
#if !@HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF@
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stddef.h>
/* Get va_list. */
#if __STDC__ || defined __cplusplus || defined _MSC_VER
# include <stdarg.h>
#else
# include <varargs.h>
#endif
#undef fprintf
#define fprintf libintl_fprintf
extern int fprintf (FILE *, const char *, ...);
#undef vfprintf
#define vfprintf libintl_vfprintf
extern int vfprintf (FILE *, const char *, va_list);
#undef printf
#if defined __NetBSD__ || defined __CYGWIN__ || defined __MINGW32__
/* Don't break __attribute__((format(printf,M,N))).
This redefinition is only possible because the libc in NetBSD, Cygwin,
mingw does not have a function __printf__. */
# define libintl_printf __printf__
#endif
#define printf libintl_printf
extern int printf (const char *, ...);
#undef vprintf
#define vprintf libintl_vprintf
extern int vprintf (const char *, va_list);
#undef sprintf
#define sprintf libintl_sprintf
extern int sprintf (char *, const char *, ...);
#undef vsprintf
#define vsprintf libintl_vsprintf
extern int vsprintf (char *, const char *, va_list);
#if @HAVE_SNPRINTF@
#undef snprintf
#define snprintf libintl_snprintf
extern int snprintf (char *, size_t, const char *, ...);
#undef vsnprintf
#define vsnprintf libintl_vsnprintf
extern int vsnprintf (char *, size_t, const char *, va_list);
#endif
#if @HAVE_ASPRINTF@
#undef asprintf
#define asprintf libintl_asprintf
extern int asprintf (char **, const char *, ...);
#undef vasprintf
#define vasprintf libintl_vasprintf
extern int vasprintf (char **, const char *, va_list);
#endif
#if @HAVE_WPRINTF@
#undef fwprintf
#define fwprintf libintl_fwprintf
extern int fwprintf (FILE *, const wchar_t *, ...);
#undef vfwprintf
#define vfwprintf libintl_vfwprintf
extern int vfwprintf (FILE *, const wchar_t *, va_list);
#undef wprintf
#define wprintf libintl_wprintf
extern int wprintf (const wchar_t *, ...);
#undef vwprintf
#define vwprintf libintl_vwprintf
extern int vwprintf (const wchar_t *, va_list);
#undef swprintf
#define swprintf libintl_swprintf
extern int swprintf (wchar_t *, size_t, const wchar_t *, ...);
#undef vswprintf
#define vswprintf libintl_vswprintf
extern int vswprintf (wchar_t *, size_t, const wchar_t *, va_list);
#endif
#endif
/* Support for relocatable packages. */
/* Sets the original and the current installation prefix of the package.
Relocation simply replaces a pathname starting with the original prefix
by the corresponding pathname with the current prefix instead. Both
prefixes should be directory names without trailing slash (i.e. use ""
instead of "/"). */
#define libintl_set_relocation_prefix libintl_set_relocation_prefix
extern void
libintl_set_relocation_prefix (const char *orig_prefix,
const char *curr_prefix);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* libintl.h */

132
intl/loadinfo.h
View File

@ -1,132 +0,0 @@
/* Copyright (C) 1996-1999, 2000-2003, 2005-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU C Library.
Contributed by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1996.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
USA. */
#ifndef _LOADINFO_H
#define _LOADINFO_H 1
/* Declarations of locale dependent catalog lookup functions.
Implemented in
localealias.c Possibly replace a locale name by another.
explodename.c Split a locale name into its various fields.
l10nflist.c Generate a list of filenames of possible message catalogs.
finddomain.c Find and open the relevant message catalogs.
The main function _nl_find_domain() in finddomain.c is declared
in gettextP.h.
*/
#ifndef internal_function
# define internal_function
#endif
#ifndef LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED
# define LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED
#endif
/* Tell the compiler when a conditional or integer expression is
almost always true or almost always false. */
#ifndef HAVE_BUILTIN_EXPECT
# define __builtin_expect(expr, val) (expr)
#endif
/* Separator in PATH like lists of pathnames. */
#if ((defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__) && !defined __CYGWIN__) || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
/* Win32, OS/2, DOS */
# define PATH_SEPARATOR ';'
#else
/* Unix */
# define PATH_SEPARATOR ':'
#endif
/* Encoding of locale name parts. */
#define XPG_NORM_CODESET 1
#define XPG_CODESET 2
#define XPG_TERRITORY 4
#define XPG_MODIFIER 8
struct loaded_l10nfile
{
const char *filename;
int decided;
const void *data;
struct loaded_l10nfile *next;
struct loaded_l10nfile *successor[1];
};
/* Normalize codeset name. There is no standard for the codeset
names. Normalization allows the user to use any of the common
names. The return value is dynamically allocated and has to be
freed by the caller. */
extern const char *_nl_normalize_codeset (const char *codeset,
size_t name_len);
/* Lookup a locale dependent file.
*L10NFILE_LIST denotes a pool of lookup results of locale dependent
files of the same kind, sorted in decreasing order of ->filename.
DIRLIST and DIRLIST_LEN are an argz list of directories in which to
look, containing at least one directory (i.e. DIRLIST_LEN > 0).
MASK, LANGUAGE, TERRITORY, CODESET, NORMALIZED_CODESET, MODIFIER
are the pieces of the locale name, as produced by _nl_explode_name().
FILENAME is the filename suffix.
The return value is the lookup result, either found in *L10NFILE_LIST,
or - if DO_ALLOCATE is nonzero - freshly allocated, or possibly NULL.
If the return value is non-NULL, it is added to *L10NFILE_LIST, and
its ->next field denotes the chaining inside *L10NFILE_LIST, and
furthermore its ->successor[] field contains a list of other lookup
results from which this lookup result inherits. */
extern struct loaded_l10nfile *
_nl_make_l10nflist (struct loaded_l10nfile **l10nfile_list,
const char *dirlist, size_t dirlist_len, int mask,
const char *language, const char *territory,
const char *codeset, const char *normalized_codeset,
const char *modifier,
const char *filename, int do_allocate);
/* Lookup the real locale name for a locale alias NAME, or NULL if
NAME is not a locale alias (but possibly a real locale name).
The return value is statically allocated and must not be freed. */
/* Part of the libintl ABI only for the sake of the gettext.m4 macro. */
extern LIBINTL_DLL_EXPORTED const char *_nl_expand_alias (const char *name);
/* Split a locale name NAME into its pieces: language, modifier,
territory, codeset.
NAME gets destructively modified: NUL bytes are inserted here and
there. *LANGUAGE gets assigned NAME. Each of *MODIFIER, *TERRITORY,
*CODESET gets assigned either a pointer into the old NAME string, or
NULL. *NORMALIZED_CODESET gets assigned the expanded *CODESET, if it
is different from *CODESET; this one is dynamically allocated and has
to be freed by the caller.
The return value is a bitmask, where each bit corresponds to one
filled-in value:
XPG_MODIFIER for *MODIFIER,
XPG_TERRITORY for *TERRITORY,
XPG_CODESET for *CODESET,
XPG_NORM_CODESET for *NORMALIZED_CODESET.
*/
extern int _nl_explode_name (char *name, const char **language,
const char **modifier, const char **territory,
const char **codeset,
const char **normalized_codeset);
#endif /* loadinfo.h */

1333
intl/loadmsgcat.c
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

461
intl/localcharset.c
View File

@ -1,461 +0,0 @@
/* Determine a canonical name for the current locale's character encoding.
Copyright (C) 2000-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
USA. */
/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>. */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include "localcharset.h"
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__
# define WIN32_NATIVE
#endif
#if defined __EMX__
/* Assume EMX program runs on OS/2, even if compiled under DOS. */
# define OS2
#endif
#if !defined WIN32_NATIVE
# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
# include <langinfo.h>
# else
# if 0 /* see comment below */
# include <locale.h>
# endif
# endif
# ifdef __CYGWIN__
# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
# include <windows.h>
# endif
#elif defined WIN32_NATIVE
# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
# include <windows.h>
#endif
#if defined OS2
# define INCL_DOS
# include <os2.h>
#endif
#if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE
# include "relocatable.h"
#else
# define relocate(pathname) (pathname)
#endif
/* Get LIBDIR. */
#ifndef LIBDIR
# include "configmake.h"
#endif
#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __CYGWIN__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
/* Win32, Cygwin, OS/2, DOS */
# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\')
#endif
#ifndef DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR
# define DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR '/'
#endif
#ifndef ISSLASH
# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR)
#endif
#if HAVE_DECL_GETC_UNLOCKED
# undef getc
# define getc getc_unlocked
#endif
/* The following static variable is declared 'volatile' to avoid a
possible multithread problem in the function get_charset_aliases. If we
are running in a threaded environment, and if two threads initialize
'charset_aliases' simultaneously, both will produce the same value,
and everything will be ok if the two assignments to 'charset_aliases'
are atomic. But I don't know what will happen if the two assignments mix. */
#if __STDC__ != 1
# define volatile /* empty */
#endif
/* Pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file, if it has already been
read, else NULL. Its format is:
ALIAS_1 '\0' CANONICAL_1 '\0' ... ALIAS_n '\0' CANONICAL_n '\0' '\0' */
static const char * volatile charset_aliases;
/* Return a pointer to the contents of the charset.alias file. */
static const char *
get_charset_aliases (void)
{
const char *cp;
cp = charset_aliases;
if (cp == NULL)
{
#if !(defined VMS || defined WIN32_NATIVE || defined __CYGWIN__)
FILE *fp;
const char *dir;
const char *base = "charset.alias";
char *file_name;
/* Make it possible to override the charset.alias location. This is
necessary for running the testsuite before "make install". */
dir = getenv ("CHARSETALIASDIR");
if (dir == NULL || dir[0] == '\0')
dir = relocate (LIBDIR);
/* Concatenate dir and base into freshly allocated file_name. */
{
size_t dir_len = strlen (dir);
size_t base_len = strlen (base);
int add_slash = (dir_len > 0 && !ISSLASH (dir[dir_len - 1]));
file_name = (char *) malloc (dir_len + add_slash + base_len + 1);
if (file_name != NULL)
{
memcpy (file_name, dir, dir_len);
if (add_slash)
file_name[dir_len] = DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR;
memcpy (file_name + dir_len + add_slash, base, base_len + 1);
}
}
if (file_name == NULL || (fp = fopen (file_name, "r")) == NULL)
/* Out of memory or file not found, treat it as empty. */
cp = "";
else
{
/* Parse the file's contents. */
char *res_ptr = NULL;
size_t res_size = 0;
for (;;)
{
int c;
char buf1[50+1];
char buf2[50+1];
size_t l1, l2;
char *old_res_ptr;
c = getc (fp);
if (c == EOF)
break;
if (c == '\n' || c == ' ' || c == '\t')
continue;
if (c == '#')
{
/* Skip comment, to end of line. */
do
c = getc (fp);
while (!(c == EOF || c == '\n'));
if (c == EOF)
break;
continue;
}
ungetc (c, fp);
if (fscanf (fp, "%50s %50s", buf1, buf2) < 2)
break;
l1 = strlen (buf1);
l2 = strlen (buf2);
old_res_ptr = res_ptr;
if (res_size == 0)
{
res_size = l1 + 1 + l2 + 1;
res_ptr = (char *) malloc (res_size + 1);
}
else
{
res_size += l1 + 1 + l2 + 1;
res_ptr = (char *) realloc (res_ptr, res_size + 1);
}
if (res_ptr == NULL)
{
/* Out of memory. */
res_size = 0;
if (old_res_ptr != NULL)
free (old_res_ptr);
break;
}
strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1) - (l1 + 1), buf1);
strcpy (res_ptr + res_size - (l2 + 1), buf2);
}
fclose (fp);
if (res_size == 0)
cp = "";
else
{
*(res_ptr + res_size) = '\0';
cp = res_ptr;
}
}
if (file_name != NULL)
free (file_name);
#else
# if defined VMS
/* To avoid the troubles of an extra file charset.alias_vms in the
sources of many GNU packages, simply inline the aliases here. */
/* The list of encodings is taken from the OpenVMS 7.3-1 documentation
"Compaq C Run-Time Library Reference Manual for OpenVMS systems"
section 10.7 "Handling Different Character Sets". */
cp = "ISO8859-1" "\0" "ISO-8859-1" "\0"
"ISO8859-2" "\0" "ISO-8859-2" "\0"
"ISO8859-5" "\0" "ISO-8859-5" "\0"
"ISO8859-7" "\0" "ISO-8859-7" "\0"
"ISO8859-8" "\0" "ISO-8859-8" "\0"
"ISO8859-9" "\0" "ISO-8859-9" "\0"
/* Japanese */
"eucJP" "\0" "EUC-JP" "\0"
"SJIS" "\0" "SHIFT_JIS" "\0"
"DECKANJI" "\0" "DEC-KANJI" "\0"
"SDECKANJI" "\0" "EUC-JP" "\0"
/* Chinese */
"eucTW" "\0" "EUC-TW" "\0"
"DECHANYU" "\0" "DEC-HANYU" "\0"
"DECHANZI" "\0" "GB2312" "\0"
/* Korean */
"DECKOREAN" "\0" "EUC-KR" "\0";
# endif
# if defined WIN32_NATIVE || defined __CYGWIN__
/* To avoid the troubles of installing a separate file in the same
directory as the DLL and of retrieving the DLL's directory at
runtime, simply inline the aliases here. */
cp = "CP936" "\0" "GBK" "\0"
"CP1361" "\0" "JOHAB" "\0"
"CP20127" "\0" "ASCII" "\0"
"CP20866" "\0" "KOI8-R" "\0"
"CP20936" "\0" "GB2312" "\0"
"CP21866" "\0" "KOI8-RU" "\0"
"CP28591" "\0" "ISO-8859-1" "\0"
"CP28592" "\0" "ISO-8859-2" "\0"
"CP28593" "\0" "ISO-8859-3" "\0"
"CP28594" "\0" "ISO-8859-4" "\0"
"CP28595" "\0" "ISO-8859-5" "\0"
"CP28596" "\0" "ISO-8859-6" "\0"
"CP28597" "\0" "ISO-8859-7" "\0"
"CP28598" "\0" "ISO-8859-8" "\0"
"CP28599" "\0" "ISO-8859-9" "\0"
"CP28605" "\0" "ISO-8859-15" "\0"
"CP38598" "\0" "ISO-8859-8" "\0"
"CP51932" "\0" "EUC-JP" "\0"
"CP51936" "\0" "GB2312" "\0"
"CP51949" "\0" "EUC-KR" "\0"
"CP51950" "\0" "EUC-TW" "\0"
"CP54936" "\0" "GB18030" "\0"
"CP65001" "\0" "UTF-8" "\0";
# endif
#endif
charset_aliases = cp;
}
return cp;
}
/* Determine the current locale's character encoding, and canonicalize it
into one of the canonical names listed in config.charset.
The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated.
If the canonical name cannot be determined, the result is a non-canonical
name. */
#ifdef STATIC
STATIC
#endif
const char *
locale_charset (void)
{
const char *codeset;
const char *aliases;
#if !(defined WIN32_NATIVE || defined OS2)
# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
/* Most systems support nl_langinfo (CODESET) nowadays. */
codeset = nl_langinfo (CODESET);
# ifdef __CYGWIN__
/* Cygwin 2006 does not have locales. nl_langinfo (CODESET) always
returns "US-ASCII". As long as this is not fixed, return the suffix
of the locale name from the environment variables (if present) or
the codepage as a number. */
if (codeset != NULL && strcmp (codeset, "US-ASCII") == 0)
{
const char *locale;
static char buf[2 + 10 + 1];
locale = getenv ("LC_ALL");
if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
{
locale = getenv ("LC_CTYPE");
if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
locale = getenv ("LANG");
}
if (locale != NULL && locale[0] != '\0')
{
/* If the locale name contains an encoding after the dot, return
it. */
const char *dot = strchr (locale, '.');
if (dot != NULL)
{
const char *modifier;
dot++;
/* Look for the possible @... trailer and remove it, if any. */
modifier = strchr (dot, '@');
if (modifier == NULL)
return dot;
if (modifier - dot < sizeof (buf))
{
memcpy (buf, dot, modifier - dot);
buf [modifier - dot] = '\0';
return buf;
}
}
}
/* Woe32 has a function returning the locale's codepage as a number. */
sprintf (buf, "CP%u", GetACP ());
codeset = buf;
}
# endif
# else
/* On old systems which lack it, use setlocale or getenv. */
const char *locale = NULL;
/* But most old systems don't have a complete set of locales. Some
(like SunOS 4 or DJGPP) have only the C locale. Therefore we don't
use setlocale here; it would return "C" when it doesn't support the
locale name the user has set. */
# if 0
locale = setlocale (LC_CTYPE, NULL);
# endif
if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
{
locale = getenv ("LC_ALL");
if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
{
locale = getenv ("LC_CTYPE");
if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
locale = getenv ("LANG");
}
}
/* On some old systems, one used to set locale = "iso8859_1". On others,
you set it to "language_COUNTRY.charset". In any case, we resolve it
through the charset.alias file. */
codeset = locale;
# endif
#elif defined WIN32_NATIVE
static char buf[2 + 10 + 1];
/* Woe32 has a function returning the locale's codepage as a number. */
sprintf (buf, "CP%u", GetACP ());
codeset = buf;
#elif defined OS2
const char *locale;
static char buf[2 + 10 + 1];
ULONG cp[3];
ULONG cplen;
/* Allow user to override the codeset, as set in the operating system,
with standard language environment variables. */
locale = getenv ("LC_ALL");
if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
{
locale = getenv ("LC_CTYPE");
if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
locale = getenv ("LANG");
}
if (locale != NULL && locale[0] != '\0')
{
/* If the locale name contains an encoding after the dot, return it. */
const char *dot = strchr (locale, '.');
if (dot != NULL)
{
const char *modifier;
dot++;
/* Look for the possible @... trailer and remove it, if any. */
modifier = strchr (dot, '@');
if (modifier == NULL)
return dot;
if (modifier - dot < sizeof (buf))
{
memcpy (buf, dot, modifier - dot);
buf [modifier - dot] = '\0';
return buf;
}
}
/* Resolve through the charset.alias file. */
codeset = locale;
}
else
{
/* OS/2 has a function returning the locale's codepage as a number. */
if (DosQueryCp (sizeof (cp), cp, &cplen))
codeset = "";
else
{
sprintf (buf, "CP%u", cp[0]);
codeset = buf;
}
}
#endif
if (codeset == NULL)
/* The canonical name cannot be determined. */
codeset = "";
/* Resolve alias. */
for (aliases = get_charset_aliases ();
*aliases != '\0';
aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1, aliases += strlen (aliases) + 1)
if (strcmp (codeset, aliases) == 0
|| (aliases[0] == '*' && aliases[1] == '\0'))
{
codeset = aliases + strlen (aliases) + 1;
break;
}
/* Don't return an empty string. GNU libc and GNU libiconv interpret
the empty string as denoting "the locale's character encoding",
thus GNU libiconv would call this function a second time. */
if (codeset[0] == '\0')
codeset = "ASCII";
return codeset;
}

42
intl/localcharset.h
View File

@ -1,42 +0,0 @@
/* Determine a canonical name for the current locale's character encoding.
Copyright (C) 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of the GNU CHARSET Library.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
USA. */
#ifndef _LOCALCHARSET_H
#define _LOCALCHARSET_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Determine the current locale's character encoding, and canonicalize it
into one of the canonical names listed in config.charset.
The result must not be freed; it is statically allocated.
If the canonical name cannot be determined, the result is a non-canonical
name. */
extern const char * locale_charset (void);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* _LOCALCHARSET_H */

78
intl/locale.alias
View File

@ -1,78 +0,0 @@
# Locale name alias data base.
# Copyright (C) 1996-2001,2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
# Library General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
# USA.
# The format of this file is the same as for the corresponding file of
# the X Window System, which normally can be found in
# /usr/lib/X11/locale/locale.alias
# A single line contains two fields: an alias and a substitution value.
# All entries are case independent.
# Note: This file is far from being complete. If you have a value for
# your own site which you think might be useful for others too, share
# it with the rest of us. Send it using the `glibcbug' script to
# bugs@gnu.org.
# Packages using this file:
bokmal nb_NO.ISO-8859-1
bokmål nb_NO.ISO-8859-1
catalan ca_ES.ISO-8859-1
croatian hr_HR.ISO-8859-2
czech cs_CZ.ISO-8859-2
danish da_DK.ISO-8859-1
dansk da_DK.ISO-8859-1
deutsch de_DE.ISO-8859-1
dutch nl_NL.ISO-8859-1
eesti et_EE.ISO-8859-1
estonian et_EE.ISO-8859-1
finnish fi_FI.ISO-8859-1
français fr_FR.ISO-8859-1
french fr_FR.ISO-8859-1
galego gl_ES.ISO-8859-1
galician gl_ES.ISO-8859-1
german de_DE.ISO-8859-1
greek el_GR.ISO-8859-7
hebrew he_IL.ISO-8859-8
hrvatski hr_HR.ISO-8859-2
hungarian hu_HU.ISO-8859-2
icelandic is_IS.ISO-8859-1
italian it_IT.ISO-8859-1
japanese ja_JP.eucJP
japanese.euc ja_JP.eucJP
ja_JP ja_JP.eucJP
ja_JP.ujis ja_JP.eucJP
japanese.sjis ja_JP.SJIS
korean ko_KR.eucKR
korean.euc ko_KR.eucKR
ko_KR ko_KR.eucKR
lithuanian lt_LT.ISO-8859-13
no_NO nb_NO.ISO-8859-1
no_NO.ISO-8859-1 nb_NO.ISO-8859-1
norwegian nb_NO.ISO-8859-1
nynorsk nn_NO.ISO-8859-1
polish pl_PL.ISO-8859-2
portuguese pt_PT.ISO-8859-1
romanian ro_RO.ISO-8859-2
russian ru_RU.ISO-8859-5
slovak sk_SK.ISO-8859-2
slovene sl_SI.ISO-8859-2
slovenian sl_SI.ISO-8859-2
spanish es_ES.ISO-8859-1
swedish sv_SE.ISO-8859-1
thai th_TH.TIS-620
turkish tr_TR.ISO-8859-9

437
intl/localealias.c
View File

@ -1,437 +0,0 @@
/* Handle aliases for locale names.
Copyright (C) 1995-1999, 2000-2001, 2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
USA. */
/* Tell glibc's <string.h> to provide a prototype for mempcpy().
This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
<features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */
#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include <ctype.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE___FSETLOCKING
# include <stdio_ext.h>
#endif
#include <sys/types.h>
#ifdef __GNUC__
# undef alloca
# define alloca __builtin_alloca
# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
#else
# ifdef _MSC_VER
# include <malloc.h>
# define alloca _alloca
# else
# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC
# include <alloca.h>
# else
# ifdef _AIX
#pragma alloca
# else
# ifndef alloca
char *alloca ();
# endif
# endif
# endif
# endif
#endif
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "gettextP.h"
#if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE
# include "relocatable.h"
#else
# define relocate(pathname) (pathname)
#endif
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
#ifdef _LIBC
/* Rename the non ANSI C functions. This is required by the standard
because some ANSI C functions will require linking with this object
file and the name space must not be polluted. */
# define strcasecmp __strcasecmp
# ifndef mempcpy
# define mempcpy __mempcpy
# endif
# define HAVE_MEMPCPY 1
# define HAVE___FSETLOCKING 1
#endif
/* Handle multi-threaded applications. */
#ifdef _LIBC
# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
#else
# include "lock.h"
#endif
#ifndef internal_function
# define internal_function
#endif
/* Some optimizations for glibc. */
#ifdef _LIBC
# define FEOF(fp) feof_unlocked (fp)
# define FGETS(buf, n, fp) fgets_unlocked (buf, n, fp)
#else
# define FEOF(fp) feof (fp)
# define FGETS(buf, n, fp) fgets (buf, n, fp)
#endif
/* For those losing systems which don't have `alloca' we have to add
some additional code emulating it. */
#ifdef HAVE_ALLOCA
# define freea(p) /* nothing */
#else
# define alloca(n) malloc (n)
# define freea(p) free (p)
#endif
#if defined _LIBC_REENTRANT || HAVE_DECL_FGETS_UNLOCKED
# undef fgets
# define fgets(buf, len, s) fgets_unlocked (buf, len, s)
#endif
#if defined _LIBC_REENTRANT || HAVE_DECL_FEOF_UNLOCKED
# undef feof
# define feof(s) feof_unlocked (s)
#endif
__libc_lock_define_initialized (static, lock)
struct alias_map
{
const char *alias;
const char *value;
};
#ifndef _LIBC
# define libc_freeres_ptr(decl) decl
#endif
libc_freeres_ptr (static char *string_space);
static size_t string_space_act;
static size_t string_space_max;
libc_freeres_ptr (static struct alias_map *map);
static size_t nmap;
static size_t maxmap;
/* Prototypes for local functions. */
static size_t read_alias_file (const char *fname, int fname_len)
internal_function;
static int extend_alias_table (void);
static int alias_compare (const struct alias_map *map1,
const struct alias_map *map2);
const char *
_nl_expand_alias (const char *name)
{
static const char *locale_alias_path;
struct alias_map *retval;
const char *result = NULL;
size_t added;
__libc_lock_lock (lock);
if (locale_alias_path == NULL)
locale_alias_path = LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH;
do
{
struct alias_map item;
item.alias = name;
if (nmap > 0)
retval = (struct alias_map *) bsearch (&item, map, nmap,
sizeof (struct alias_map),
(int (*) (const void *,
const void *)
) alias_compare);
else
retval = NULL;
/* We really found an alias. Return the value. */
if (retval != NULL)
{
result = retval->value;
break;
}
/* Perhaps we can find another alias file. */
added = 0;
while (added == 0 && locale_alias_path[0] != '\0')
{
const char *start;
while (locale_alias_path[0] == PATH_SEPARATOR)
++locale_alias_path;
start = locale_alias_path;
while (locale_alias_path[0] != '\0'
&& locale_alias_path[0] != PATH_SEPARATOR)
++locale_alias_path;
if (start < locale_alias_path)
added = read_alias_file (start, locale_alias_path - start);
}
}
while (added != 0);
__libc_lock_unlock (lock);
return result;
}
static size_t
internal_function
read_alias_file (const char *fname, int fname_len)
{
FILE *fp;
char *full_fname;
size_t added;
static const char aliasfile[] = "/locale.alias";
full_fname = (char *) alloca (fname_len + sizeof aliasfile);
#ifdef HAVE_MEMPCPY
mempcpy (mempcpy (full_fname, fname, fname_len),
aliasfile, sizeof aliasfile);
#else
memcpy (full_fname, fname, fname_len);
memcpy (&full_fname[fname_len], aliasfile, sizeof aliasfile);
#endif
#ifdef _LIBC
/* Note the file is opened with cancellation in the I/O functions
disabled. */
fp = fopen (relocate (full_fname), "rc");
#else
fp = fopen (relocate (full_fname), "r");
#endif
freea (full_fname);
if (fp == NULL)
return 0;
#ifdef HAVE___FSETLOCKING
/* No threads present. */
__fsetlocking (fp, FSETLOCKING_BYCALLER);
#endif
added = 0;
while (!FEOF (fp))
{
/* It is a reasonable approach to use a fix buffer here because
a) we are only interested in the first two fields
b) these fields must be usable as file names and so must not
be that long
We avoid a multi-kilobyte buffer here since this would use up
stack space which we might not have if the program ran out of
memory. */
char buf[400];
char *alias;
char *value;
char *cp;
int complete_line;
if (FGETS (buf, sizeof buf, fp) == NULL)
/* EOF reached. */
break;
/* Determine whether the line is complete. */
complete_line = strchr (buf, '\n') != NULL;
cp = buf;
/* Ignore leading white space. */
while (isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0]))
++cp;
/* A leading '#' signals a comment line. */
if (cp[0] != '\0' && cp[0] != '#')
{
alias = cp++;
while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0]))
++cp;
/* Terminate alias name. */
if (cp[0] != '\0')
*cp++ = '\0';
/* Now look for the beginning of the value. */
while (isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0]))
++cp;
if (cp[0] != '\0')
{
value = cp++;
while (cp[0] != '\0' && !isspace ((unsigned char) cp[0]))
++cp;
/* Terminate value. */
if (cp[0] == '\n')
{
/* This has to be done to make the following test
for the end of line possible. We are looking for
the terminating '\n' which do not overwrite here. */
*cp++ = '\0';
*cp = '\n';
}
else if (cp[0] != '\0')
*cp++ = '\0';
#ifdef IN_LIBGLOCALE
/* glibc's locale.alias contains entries for ja_JP and ko_KR
that make it impossible to use a Japanese or Korean UTF-8
locale under the name "ja_JP" or "ko_KR". Ignore these
entries. */
if (strchr (alias, '_') == NULL)
#endif
{
size_t alias_len;
size_t value_len;
if (nmap >= maxmap)
if (__builtin_expect (extend_alias_table (), 0))
goto out;
alias_len = strlen (alias) + 1;
value_len = strlen (value) + 1;
if (string_space_act + alias_len + value_len > string_space_max)
{
/* Increase size of memory pool. */
size_t new_size = (string_space_max
+ (alias_len + value_len > 1024
? alias_len + value_len : 1024));
char *new_pool = (char *) realloc (string_space, new_size);
if (new_pool == NULL)
goto out;
if (__builtin_expect (string_space != new_pool, 0))
{
size_t i;
for (i = 0; i < nmap; i++)
{
map[i].alias += new_pool - string_space;
map[i].value += new_pool - string_space;
}
}
string_space = new_pool;
string_space_max = new_size;
}
map[nmap].alias = memcpy (&string_space[string_space_act],
alias, alias_len);
string_space_act += alias_len;
map[nmap].value = memcpy (&string_space[string_space_act],
value, value_len);
string_space_act += value_len;
++nmap;
++added;
}
}
}
/* Possibly not the whole line fits into the buffer. Ignore
the rest of the line. */
if (! complete_line)
do
if (FGETS (buf, sizeof buf, fp) == NULL)
/* Make sure the inner loop will be left. The outer loop
will exit at the `feof' test. */
break;
while (strchr (buf, '\n') == NULL);
}
out:
/* Should we test for ferror()? I think we have to silently ignore
errors. --drepper */
fclose (fp);
if (added > 0)
qsort (map, nmap, sizeof (struct alias_map),
(int (*) (const void *, const void *)) alias_compare);
return added;
}
static int
extend_alias_table ()
{
size_t new_size;
struct alias_map *new_map;
new_size = maxmap == 0 ? 100 : 2 * maxmap;
new_map = (struct alias_map *) realloc (map, (new_size
* sizeof (struct alias_map)));
if (new_map == NULL)
/* Simply don't extend: we don't have any more core. */
return -1;
map = new_map;
maxmap = new_size;
return 0;
}
static int
alias_compare (const struct alias_map *map1, const struct alias_map *map2)
{
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRCASECMP
return strcasecmp (map1->alias, map2->alias);
#else
const unsigned char *p1 = (const unsigned char *) map1->alias;
const unsigned char *p2 = (const unsigned char *) map2->alias;
unsigned char c1, c2;
if (p1 == p2)
return 0;
do
{
/* I know this seems to be odd but the tolower() function in
some systems libc cannot handle nonalpha characters. */
c1 = isupper (*p1) ? tolower (*p1) : *p1;
c2 = isupper (*p2) ? tolower (*p2) : *p2;
if (c1 == '\0')
break;
++p1;
++p2;
}
while (c1 == c2);
return c1 - c2;
#endif
}

1499
intl/localename.c
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

922
intl/lock.c
View File

@ -1,922 +0,0 @@
/* Locking in multithreaded situations.
Copyright (C) 2005-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
USA. */
/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2005.
Based on GCC's gthr-posix.h, gthr-posix95.h, gthr-solaris.h,
gthr-win32.h. */
#include <config.h>
#include "lock.h"
/* ========================================================================= */
#if USE_POSIX_THREADS
/* Use the POSIX threads library. */
# if PTHREAD_IN_USE_DETECTION_HARD
/* The function to be executed by a dummy thread. */
static void *
dummy_thread_func (void *arg)
{
return arg;
}
int
glthread_in_use (void)
{
static int tested;
static int result; /* 1: linked with -lpthread, 0: only with libc */
if (!tested)
{
pthread_t thread;
if (pthread_create (&thread, NULL, dummy_thread_func, NULL) != 0)
/* Thread creation failed. */
result = 0;
else
{
/* Thread creation works. */
void *retval;
if (pthread_join (thread, &retval) != 0)
abort ();
result = 1;
}
tested = 1;
}
return result;
}
# endif
/* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */
/* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */
# if HAVE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK
# if !defined PTHREAD_RWLOCK_INITIALIZER
void
glthread_rwlock_init (gl_rwlock_t *lock)
{
if (pthread_rwlock_init (&lock->rwlock, NULL) != 0)
abort ();
lock->initialized = 1;
}
void
glthread_rwlock_rdlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock)
{
if (!lock->initialized)
{
if (pthread_mutex_lock (&lock->guard) != 0)
abort ();
if (!lock->initialized)
glthread_rwlock_init (lock);
if (pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->guard) != 0)
abort ();
}
if (pthread_rwlock_rdlock (&lock->rwlock) != 0)
abort ();
}
void
glthread_rwlock_wrlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock)
{
if (!lock->initialized)
{
if (pthread_mutex_lock (&lock->guard) != 0)
abort ();
if (!lock->initialized)
glthread_rwlock_init (lock);
if (pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->guard) != 0)
abort ();
}
if (pthread_rwlock_wrlock (&lock->rwlock) != 0)
abort ();
}
void
glthread_rwlock_unlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock)
{
if (!lock->initialized)
abort ();
if (pthread_rwlock_unlock (&lock->rwlock) != 0)
abort ();
}
void
glthread_rwlock_destroy (gl_rwlock_t *lock)
{
if (!lock->initialized)
abort ();
if (pthread_rwlock_destroy (&lock->rwlock) != 0)
abort ();
lock->initialized = 0;
}
# endif
# else
void
glthread_rwlock_init (gl_rwlock_t *lock)
{
if (pthread_mutex_init (&lock->lock, NULL) != 0)
abort ();
if (pthread_cond_init (&lock->waiting_readers, NULL) != 0)
abort ();
if (pthread_cond_init (&lock->waiting_writers, NULL) != 0)
abort ();
lock->waiting_writers_count = 0;
lock->runcount = 0;
}
void
glthread_rwlock_rdlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock)
{
if (pthread_mutex_lock (&lock->lock) != 0)
abort ();
/* Test whether only readers are currently running, and whether the runcount
field will not overflow. */
/* POSIX says: "It is implementation-defined whether the calling thread
acquires the lock when a writer does not hold the lock and there are
writers blocked on the lock." Let's say, no: give the writers a higher
priority. */
while (!(lock->runcount + 1 > 0 && lock->waiting_writers_count == 0))
{
/* This thread has to wait for a while. Enqueue it among the
waiting_readers. */
if (pthread_cond_wait (&lock->waiting_readers, &lock->lock) != 0)
abort ();
}
lock->runcount++;
if (pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->lock) != 0)
abort ();
}
void
glthread_rwlock_wrlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock)
{
if (pthread_mutex_lock (&lock->lock) != 0)
abort ();
/* Test whether no readers or writers are currently running. */
while (!(lock->runcount == 0))
{
/* This thread has to wait for a while. Enqueue it among the
waiting_writers. */
lock->waiting_writers_count++;
if (pthread_cond_wait (&lock->waiting_writers, &lock->lock) != 0)
abort ();
lock->waiting_writers_count--;
}
lock->runcount--; /* runcount becomes -1 */
if (pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->lock) != 0)
abort ();
}
void
glthread_rwlock_unlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock)
{
if (pthread_mutex_lock (&lock->lock) != 0)
abort ();
if (lock->runcount < 0)
{
/* Drop a writer lock. */
if (!(lock->runcount == -1))
abort ();
lock->runcount = 0;
}
else
{
/* Drop a reader lock. */
if (!(lock->runcount > 0))
abort ();
lock->runcount--;
}
if (lock->runcount == 0)
{
/* POSIX recommends that "write locks shall take precedence over read
locks", to avoid "writer starvation". */
if (lock->waiting_writers_count > 0)
{
/* Wake up one of the waiting writers. */
if (pthread_cond_signal (&lock->waiting_writers) != 0)
abort ();
}
else
{
/* Wake up all waiting readers. */
if (pthread_cond_broadcast (&lock->waiting_readers) != 0)
abort ();
}
}
if (pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->lock) != 0)
abort ();
}
void
glthread_rwlock_destroy (gl_rwlock_t *lock)
{
if (pthread_mutex_destroy (&lock->lock) != 0)
abort ();
if (pthread_cond_destroy (&lock->waiting_readers) != 0)
abort ();
if (pthread_cond_destroy (&lock->waiting_writers) != 0)
abort ();
}
# endif
/* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */
# if HAVE_PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
# if !(defined PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER || defined PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER_NP)
void
glthread_recursive_lock_init (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock)
{
pthread_mutexattr_t attributes;
if (pthread_mutexattr_init (&attributes) != 0)
abort ();
if (pthread_mutexattr_settype (&attributes, PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE) != 0)
abort ();
if (pthread_mutex_init (&lock->recmutex, &attributes) != 0)
abort ();
if (pthread_mutexattr_destroy (&attributes) != 0)
abort ();
lock->initialized = 1;
}
void
glthread_recursive_lock_lock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock)
{
if (!lock->initialized)
{
if (pthread_mutex_lock (&lock->guard) != 0)
abort ();
if (!lock->initialized)
glthread_recursive_lock_init (lock);
if (pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->guard) != 0)
abort ();
}
if (pthread_mutex_lock (&lock->recmutex) != 0)
abort ();
}
void
glthread_recursive_lock_unlock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock)
{
if (!lock->initialized)
abort ();
if (pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->recmutex) != 0)
abort ();
}
void
glthread_recursive_lock_destroy (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock)
{
if (!lock->initialized)
abort ();
if (pthread_mutex_destroy (&lock->recmutex) != 0)
abort ();
lock->initialized = 0;
}
# endif
# else
void
glthread_recursive_lock_init (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock)
{
if (pthread_mutex_init (&lock->mutex, NULL) != 0)
abort ();
lock->owner = (pthread_t) 0;
lock->depth = 0;
}
void
glthread_recursive_lock_lock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock)
{
pthread_t self = pthread_self ();
if (lock->owner != self)
{
if (pthread_mutex_lock (&lock->mutex) != 0)
abort ();
lock->owner = self;
}
if (++(lock->depth) == 0) /* wraparound? */
abort ();
}
void
glthread_recursive_lock_unlock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock)
{
if (lock->owner != pthread_self ())
abort ();
if (lock->depth == 0)
abort ();
if (--(lock->depth) == 0)
{
lock->owner = (pthread_t) 0;
if (pthread_mutex_unlock (&lock->mutex) != 0)
abort ();
}
}
void
glthread_recursive_lock_destroy (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock)
{
if (lock->owner != (pthread_t) 0)
abort ();
if (pthread_mutex_destroy (&lock->mutex) != 0)
abort ();
}
# endif
/* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */
static const pthread_once_t fresh_once = PTHREAD_ONCE_INIT;
int
glthread_once_singlethreaded (pthread_once_t *once_control)
{
/* We don't know whether pthread_once_t is an integer type, a floating-point
type, a pointer type, or a structure type. */
char *firstbyte = (char *)once_control;
if (*firstbyte == *(const char *)&fresh_once)
{
/* First time use of once_control. Invert the first byte. */
*firstbyte = ~ *(const char *)&fresh_once;
return 1;
}
else
return 0;
}
#endif
/* ========================================================================= */
#if USE_PTH_THREADS
/* Use the GNU Pth threads library. */
/* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */
/* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */
/* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */
/* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */
void
glthread_once_call (void *arg)
{
void (**gl_once_temp_addr) (void) = (void (**) (void)) arg;
void (*initfunction) (void) = *gl_once_temp_addr;
initfunction ();
}
int
glthread_once_singlethreaded (pth_once_t *once_control)
{
/* We know that pth_once_t is an integer type. */
if (*once_control == PTH_ONCE_INIT)
{
/* First time use of once_control. Invert the marker. */
*once_control = ~ PTH_ONCE_INIT;
return 1;
}
else
return 0;
}
#endif
/* ========================================================================= */
#if USE_SOLARIS_THREADS
/* Use the old Solaris threads library. */
/* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */
/* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */
/* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */
void
glthread_recursive_lock_init (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock)
{
if (mutex_init (&lock->mutex, USYNC_THREAD, NULL) != 0)
abort ();
lock->owner = (thread_t) 0;
lock->depth = 0;
}
void
glthread_recursive_lock_lock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock)
{
thread_t self = thr_self ();
if (lock->owner != self)
{
if (mutex_lock (&lock->mutex) != 0)
abort ();
lock->owner = self;
}
if (++(lock->depth) == 0) /* wraparound? */
abort ();
}
void
glthread_recursive_lock_unlock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock)
{
if (lock->owner != thr_self ())
abort ();
if (lock->depth == 0)
abort ();
if (--(lock->depth) == 0)
{
lock->owner = (thread_t) 0;
if (mutex_unlock (&lock->mutex) != 0)
abort ();
}
}
void
glthread_recursive_lock_destroy (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock)
{
if (lock->owner != (thread_t) 0)
abort ();
if (mutex_destroy (&lock->mutex) != 0)
abort ();
}
/* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */
void
glthread_once (gl_once_t *once_control, void (*initfunction) (void))
{
if (!once_control->inited)
{
/* Use the mutex to guarantee that if another thread is already calling
the initfunction, this thread waits until it's finished. */
if (mutex_lock (&once_control->mutex) != 0)
abort ();
if (!once_control->inited)
{
once_control->inited = 1;
initfunction ();
}
if (mutex_unlock (&once_control->mutex) != 0)
abort ();
}
}
int
glthread_once_singlethreaded (gl_once_t *once_control)
{
/* We know that gl_once_t contains an integer type. */
if (!once_control->inited)
{
/* First time use of once_control. Invert the marker. */
once_control->inited = ~ 0;
return 1;
}
else
return 0;
}
#endif
/* ========================================================================= */
#if USE_WIN32_THREADS
/* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */
void
glthread_lock_init (gl_lock_t *lock)
{
InitializeCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
lock->guard.done = 1;
}
void
glthread_lock_lock (gl_lock_t *lock)
{
if (!lock->guard.done)
{
if (InterlockedIncrement (&lock->guard.started) == 0)
/* This thread is the first one to need this lock. Initialize it. */
glthread_lock_init (lock);
else
/* Yield the CPU while waiting for another thread to finish
initializing this lock. */
while (!lock->guard.done)
Sleep (0);
}
EnterCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
}
void
glthread_lock_unlock (gl_lock_t *lock)
{
if (!lock->guard.done)
abort ();
LeaveCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
}
void
glthread_lock_destroy (gl_lock_t *lock)
{
if (!lock->guard.done)
abort ();
DeleteCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
lock->guard.done = 0;
}
/* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */
static inline void
gl_waitqueue_init (gl_waitqueue_t *wq)
{
wq->array = NULL;
wq->count = 0;
wq->alloc = 0;
wq->offset = 0;
}
/* Enqueues the current thread, represented by an event, in a wait queue.
Returns INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE if an allocation failure occurs. */
static HANDLE
gl_waitqueue_add (gl_waitqueue_t *wq)
{
HANDLE event;
unsigned int index;
if (wq->count == wq->alloc)
{
unsigned int new_alloc = 2 * wq->alloc + 1;
HANDLE *new_array =
(HANDLE *) realloc (wq->array, new_alloc * sizeof (HANDLE));
if (new_array == NULL)
/* No more memory. */
return INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
/* Now is a good opportunity to rotate the array so that its contents
starts at offset 0. */
if (wq->offset > 0)
{
unsigned int old_count = wq->count;
unsigned int old_alloc = wq->alloc;
unsigned int old_offset = wq->offset;
unsigned int i;
if (old_offset + old_count > old_alloc)
{
unsigned int limit = old_offset + old_count - old_alloc;
for (i = 0; i < limit; i++)
new_array[old_alloc + i] = new_array[i];
}
for (i = 0; i < old_count; i++)
new_array[i] = new_array[old_offset + i];
wq->offset = 0;
}
wq->array = new_array;
wq->alloc = new_alloc;
}
event = CreateEvent (NULL, TRUE, FALSE, NULL);
if (event == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
/* No way to allocate an event. */
return INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
index = wq->offset + wq->count;
if (index >= wq->alloc)
index -= wq->alloc;
wq->array[index] = event;
wq->count++;
return event;
}
/* Notifies the first thread from a wait queue and dequeues it. */
static inline void
gl_waitqueue_notify_first (gl_waitqueue_t *wq)
{
SetEvent (wq->array[wq->offset + 0]);
wq->offset++;
wq->count--;
if (wq->count == 0 || wq->offset == wq->alloc)
wq->offset = 0;
}
/* Notifies all threads from a wait queue and dequeues them all. */
static inline void
gl_waitqueue_notify_all (gl_waitqueue_t *wq)
{
unsigned int i;
for (i = 0; i < wq->count; i++)
{
unsigned int index = wq->offset + i;
if (index >= wq->alloc)
index -= wq->alloc;
SetEvent (wq->array[index]);
}
wq->count = 0;
wq->offset = 0;
}
void
glthread_rwlock_init (gl_rwlock_t *lock)
{
InitializeCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
gl_waitqueue_init (&lock->waiting_readers);
gl_waitqueue_init (&lock->waiting_writers);
lock->runcount = 0;
lock->guard.done = 1;
}
void
glthread_rwlock_rdlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock)
{
if (!lock->guard.done)
{
if (InterlockedIncrement (&lock->guard.started) == 0)
/* This thread is the first one to need this lock. Initialize it. */
glthread_rwlock_init (lock);
else
/* Yield the CPU while waiting for another thread to finish
initializing this lock. */
while (!lock->guard.done)
Sleep (0);
}
EnterCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
/* Test whether only readers are currently running, and whether the runcount
field will not overflow. */
if (!(lock->runcount + 1 > 0))
{
/* This thread has to wait for a while. Enqueue it among the
waiting_readers. */
HANDLE event = gl_waitqueue_add (&lock->waiting_readers);
if (event != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
{
DWORD result;
LeaveCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
/* Wait until another thread signals this event. */
result = WaitForSingleObject (event, INFINITE);
if (result == WAIT_FAILED || result == WAIT_TIMEOUT)
abort ();
CloseHandle (event);
/* The thread which signalled the event already did the bookkeeping:
removed us from the waiting_readers, incremented lock->runcount. */
if (!(lock->runcount > 0))
abort ();
return;
}
else
{
/* Allocation failure. Weird. */
do
{
LeaveCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
Sleep (1);
EnterCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
}
while (!(lock->runcount + 1 > 0));
}
}
lock->runcount++;
LeaveCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
}
void
glthread_rwlock_wrlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock)
{
if (!lock->guard.done)
{
if (InterlockedIncrement (&lock->guard.started) == 0)
/* This thread is the first one to need this lock. Initialize it. */
glthread_rwlock_init (lock);
else
/* Yield the CPU while waiting for another thread to finish
initializing this lock. */
while (!lock->guard.done)
Sleep (0);
}
EnterCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
/* Test whether no readers or writers are currently running. */
if (!(lock->runcount == 0))
{
/* This thread has to wait for a while. Enqueue it among the
waiting_writers. */
HANDLE event = gl_waitqueue_add (&lock->waiting_writers);
if (event != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
{
DWORD result;
LeaveCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
/* Wait until another thread signals this event. */
result = WaitForSingleObject (event, INFINITE);
if (result == WAIT_FAILED || result == WAIT_TIMEOUT)
abort ();
CloseHandle (event);
/* The thread which signalled the event already did the bookkeeping:
removed us from the waiting_writers, set lock->runcount = -1. */
if (!(lock->runcount == -1))
abort ();
return;
}
else
{
/* Allocation failure. Weird. */
do
{
LeaveCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
Sleep (1);
EnterCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
}
while (!(lock->runcount == 0));
}
}
lock->runcount--; /* runcount becomes -1 */
LeaveCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
}
void
glthread_rwlock_unlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock)
{
if (!lock->guard.done)
abort ();
EnterCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
if (lock->runcount < 0)
{
/* Drop a writer lock. */
if (!(lock->runcount == -1))
abort ();
lock->runcount = 0;
}
else
{
/* Drop a reader lock. */
if (!(lock->runcount > 0))
abort ();
lock->runcount--;
}
if (lock->runcount == 0)
{
/* POSIX recommends that "write locks shall take precedence over read
locks", to avoid "writer starvation". */
if (lock->waiting_writers.count > 0)
{
/* Wake up one of the waiting writers. */
lock->runcount--;
gl_waitqueue_notify_first (&lock->waiting_writers);
}
else
{
/* Wake up all waiting readers. */
lock->runcount += lock->waiting_readers.count;
gl_waitqueue_notify_all (&lock->waiting_readers);
}
}
LeaveCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
}
void
glthread_rwlock_destroy (gl_rwlock_t *lock)
{
if (!lock->guard.done)
abort ();
if (lock->runcount != 0)
abort ();
DeleteCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
if (lock->waiting_readers.array != NULL)
free (lock->waiting_readers.array);
if (lock->waiting_writers.array != NULL)
free (lock->waiting_writers.array);
lock->guard.done = 0;
}
/* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */
void
glthread_recursive_lock_init (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock)
{
lock->owner = 0;
lock->depth = 0;
InitializeCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
lock->guard.done = 1;
}
void
glthread_recursive_lock_lock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock)
{
if (!lock->guard.done)
{
if (InterlockedIncrement (&lock->guard.started) == 0)
/* This thread is the first one to need this lock. Initialize it. */
glthread_recursive_lock_init (lock);
else
/* Yield the CPU while waiting for another thread to finish
initializing this lock. */
while (!lock->guard.done)
Sleep (0);
}
{
DWORD self = GetCurrentThreadId ();
if (lock->owner != self)
{
EnterCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
lock->owner = self;
}
if (++(lock->depth) == 0) /* wraparound? */
abort ();
}
}
void
glthread_recursive_lock_unlock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock)
{
if (lock->owner != GetCurrentThreadId ())
abort ();
if (lock->depth == 0)
abort ();
if (--(lock->depth) == 0)
{
lock->owner = 0;
LeaveCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
}
}
void
glthread_recursive_lock_destroy (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock)
{
if (lock->owner != 0)
abort ();
DeleteCriticalSection (&lock->lock);
lock->guard.done = 0;
}
/* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */
void
glthread_once (gl_once_t *once_control, void (*initfunction) (void))
{
if (once_control->inited <= 0)
{
if (InterlockedIncrement (&once_control->started) == 0)
{
/* This thread is the first one to come to this once_control. */
InitializeCriticalSection (&once_control->lock);
EnterCriticalSection (&once_control->lock);
once_control->inited = 0;
initfunction ();
once_control->inited = 1;
LeaveCriticalSection (&once_control->lock);
}
else
{
/* Undo last operation. */
InterlockedDecrement (&once_control->started);
/* Some other thread has already started the initialization.
Yield the CPU while waiting for the other thread to finish
initializing and taking the lock. */
while (once_control->inited < 0)
Sleep (0);
if (once_control->inited <= 0)
{
/* Take the lock. This blocks until the other thread has
finished calling the initfunction. */
EnterCriticalSection (&once_control->lock);
LeaveCriticalSection (&once_control->lock);
if (!(once_control->inited > 0))
abort ();
}
}
}
}
#endif
/* ========================================================================= */

833
intl/lock.h
View File

@ -1,833 +0,0 @@
/* Locking in multithreaded situations.
Copyright (C) 2005-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
USA. */
/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2005.
Based on GCC's gthr-posix.h, gthr-posix95.h, gthr-solaris.h,
gthr-win32.h. */
/* This file contains locking primitives for use with a given thread library.
It does not contain primitives for creating threads or for other
synchronization primitives.
Normal (non-recursive) locks:
Type: gl_lock_t
Declaration: gl_lock_define(extern, name)
Initializer: gl_lock_define_initialized(, name)
Initialization: gl_lock_init (name);
Taking the lock: gl_lock_lock (name);
Releasing the lock: gl_lock_unlock (name);
De-initialization: gl_lock_destroy (name);
Read-Write (non-recursive) locks:
Type: gl_rwlock_t
Declaration: gl_rwlock_define(extern, name)
Initializer: gl_rwlock_define_initialized(, name)
Initialization: gl_rwlock_init (name);
Taking the lock: gl_rwlock_rdlock (name);
gl_rwlock_wrlock (name);
Releasing the lock: gl_rwlock_unlock (name);
De-initialization: gl_rwlock_destroy (name);
Recursive locks:
Type: gl_recursive_lock_t
Declaration: gl_recursive_lock_define(extern, name)
Initializer: gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(, name)
Initialization: gl_recursive_lock_init (name);
Taking the lock: gl_recursive_lock_lock (name);
Releasing the lock: gl_recursive_lock_unlock (name);
De-initialization: gl_recursive_lock_destroy (name);
Once-only execution:
Type: gl_once_t
Initializer: gl_once_define(extern, name)
Execution: gl_once (name, initfunction);
*/
#ifndef _LOCK_H
#define _LOCK_H
/* ========================================================================= */
#if USE_POSIX_THREADS
/* Use the POSIX threads library. */
# include <pthread.h>
# include <stdlib.h>
# ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
# endif
# if PTHREAD_IN_USE_DETECTION_HARD
/* The pthread_in_use() detection needs to be done at runtime. */
# define pthread_in_use() \
glthread_in_use ()
extern int glthread_in_use (void);
# endif
# if USE_POSIX_THREADS_WEAK
/* Use weak references to the POSIX threads library. */
/* Weak references avoid dragging in external libraries if the other parts
of the program don't use them. Here we use them, because we don't want
every program that uses libintl to depend on libpthread. This assumes
that libpthread would not be loaded after libintl; i.e. if libintl is
loaded first, by an executable that does not depend on libpthread, and
then a module is dynamically loaded that depends on libpthread, libintl
will not be multithread-safe. */
/* The way to test at runtime whether libpthread is present is to test
whether a function pointer's value, such as &pthread_mutex_init, is
non-NULL. However, some versions of GCC have a bug through which, in
PIC mode, &foo != NULL always evaluates to true if there is a direct
call to foo(...) in the same function. To avoid this, we test the
address of a function in libpthread that we don't use. */
# pragma weak pthread_mutex_init
# pragma weak pthread_mutex_lock
# pragma weak pthread_mutex_unlock
# pragma weak pthread_mutex_destroy
# pragma weak pthread_rwlock_init
# pragma weak pthread_rwlock_rdlock
# pragma weak pthread_rwlock_wrlock
# pragma weak pthread_rwlock_unlock
# pragma weak pthread_rwlock_destroy
# pragma weak pthread_once
# pragma weak pthread_cond_init
# pragma weak pthread_cond_wait
# pragma weak pthread_cond_signal
# pragma weak pthread_cond_broadcast
# pragma weak pthread_cond_destroy
# pragma weak pthread_mutexattr_init
# pragma weak pthread_mutexattr_settype
# pragma weak pthread_mutexattr_destroy
# ifndef pthread_self
# pragma weak pthread_self
# endif
# if !PTHREAD_IN_USE_DETECTION_HARD
# pragma weak pthread_cancel
# define pthread_in_use() (pthread_cancel != NULL)
# endif
# else
# if !PTHREAD_IN_USE_DETECTION_HARD
# define pthread_in_use() 1
# endif
# endif
/* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */
typedef pthread_mutex_t gl_lock_t;
# define gl_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
STORAGECLASS pthread_mutex_t NAME;
# define gl_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
STORAGECLASS pthread_mutex_t NAME = gl_lock_initializer;
# define gl_lock_initializer \
PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER
# define gl_lock_init(NAME) \
if (pthread_in_use () && pthread_mutex_init (&NAME, NULL) != 0) abort ()
# define gl_lock_lock(NAME) \
if (pthread_in_use () && pthread_mutex_lock (&NAME) != 0) abort ()
# define gl_lock_unlock(NAME) \
if (pthread_in_use () && pthread_mutex_unlock (&NAME) != 0) abort ()
# define gl_lock_destroy(NAME) \
if (pthread_in_use () && pthread_mutex_destroy (&NAME) != 0) abort ()
/* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */
# if HAVE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK
# ifdef PTHREAD_RWLOCK_INITIALIZER
typedef pthread_rwlock_t gl_rwlock_t;
# define gl_rwlock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
STORAGECLASS pthread_rwlock_t NAME;
# define gl_rwlock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
STORAGECLASS pthread_rwlock_t NAME = gl_rwlock_initializer;
# define gl_rwlock_initializer \
PTHREAD_RWLOCK_INITIALIZER
# define gl_rwlock_init(NAME) \
if (pthread_in_use () && pthread_rwlock_init (&NAME, NULL) != 0) abort ()
# define gl_rwlock_rdlock(NAME) \
if (pthread_in_use () && pthread_rwlock_rdlock (&NAME) != 0) abort ()
# define gl_rwlock_wrlock(NAME) \
if (pthread_in_use () && pthread_rwlock_wrlock (&NAME) != 0) abort ()
# define gl_rwlock_unlock(NAME) \
if (pthread_in_use () && pthread_rwlock_unlock (&NAME) != 0) abort ()
# define gl_rwlock_destroy(NAME) \
if (pthread_in_use () && pthread_rwlock_destroy (&NAME) != 0) abort ()
# else
typedef struct
{
int initialized;
pthread_mutex_t guard; /* protects the initialization */
pthread_rwlock_t rwlock; /* read-write lock */
}
gl_rwlock_t;
# define gl_rwlock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
STORAGECLASS gl_rwlock_t NAME;
# define gl_rwlock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
STORAGECLASS gl_rwlock_t NAME = gl_rwlock_initializer;
# define gl_rwlock_initializer \
{ 0, PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER }
# define gl_rwlock_init(NAME) \
if (pthread_in_use ()) glthread_rwlock_init (&NAME)
# define gl_rwlock_rdlock(NAME) \
if (pthread_in_use ()) glthread_rwlock_rdlock (&NAME)
# define gl_rwlock_wrlock(NAME) \
if (pthread_in_use ()) glthread_rwlock_wrlock (&NAME)
# define gl_rwlock_unlock(NAME) \
if (pthread_in_use ()) glthread_rwlock_unlock (&NAME)
# define gl_rwlock_destroy(NAME) \
if (pthread_in_use ()) glthread_rwlock_destroy (&NAME)
extern void glthread_rwlock_init (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
extern void glthread_rwlock_rdlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
extern void glthread_rwlock_wrlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
extern void glthread_rwlock_unlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
extern void glthread_rwlock_destroy (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
# endif
# else
typedef struct
{
pthread_mutex_t lock; /* protects the remaining fields */
pthread_cond_t waiting_readers; /* waiting readers */
pthread_cond_t waiting_writers; /* waiting writers */
unsigned int waiting_writers_count; /* number of waiting writers */
int runcount; /* number of readers running, or -1 when a writer runs */
}
gl_rwlock_t;
# define gl_rwlock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
STORAGECLASS gl_rwlock_t NAME;
# define gl_rwlock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
STORAGECLASS gl_rwlock_t NAME = gl_rwlock_initializer;
# define gl_rwlock_initializer \
{ PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, PTHREAD_COND_INITIALIZER, PTHREAD_COND_INITIALIZER, 0, 0 }
# define gl_rwlock_init(NAME) \
if (pthread_in_use ()) glthread_rwlock_init (&NAME)
# define gl_rwlock_rdlock(NAME) \
if (pthread_in_use ()) glthread_rwlock_rdlock (&NAME)
# define gl_rwlock_wrlock(NAME) \
if (pthread_in_use ()) glthread_rwlock_wrlock (&NAME)
# define gl_rwlock_unlock(NAME) \
if (pthread_in_use ()) glthread_rwlock_unlock (&NAME)
# define gl_rwlock_destroy(NAME) \
if (pthread_in_use ()) glthread_rwlock_destroy (&NAME)
extern void glthread_rwlock_init (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
extern void glthread_rwlock_rdlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
extern void glthread_rwlock_wrlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
extern void glthread_rwlock_unlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
extern void glthread_rwlock_destroy (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
# endif
/* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */
# if HAVE_PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE
# if defined PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER || defined PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER_NP
typedef pthread_mutex_t gl_recursive_lock_t;
# define gl_recursive_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
STORAGECLASS pthread_mutex_t NAME;
# define gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
STORAGECLASS pthread_mutex_t NAME = gl_recursive_lock_initializer;
# ifdef PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER
# define gl_recursive_lock_initializer \
PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER
# else
# define gl_recursive_lock_initializer \
PTHREAD_RECURSIVE_MUTEX_INITIALIZER_NP
# endif
# define gl_recursive_lock_init(NAME) \
if (pthread_in_use () && pthread_mutex_init (&NAME, NULL) != 0) abort ()
# define gl_recursive_lock_lock(NAME) \
if (pthread_in_use () && pthread_mutex_lock (&NAME) != 0) abort ()
# define gl_recursive_lock_unlock(NAME) \
if (pthread_in_use () && pthread_mutex_unlock (&NAME) != 0) abort ()
# define gl_recursive_lock_destroy(NAME) \
if (pthread_in_use () && pthread_mutex_destroy (&NAME) != 0) abort ()
# else
typedef struct
{
pthread_mutex_t recmutex; /* recursive mutex */
pthread_mutex_t guard; /* protects the initialization */
int initialized;
}
gl_recursive_lock_t;
# define gl_recursive_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME;
# define gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME = gl_recursive_lock_initializer;
# define gl_recursive_lock_initializer \
{ PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, 0 }
# define gl_recursive_lock_init(NAME) \
if (pthread_in_use ()) glthread_recursive_lock_init (&NAME)
# define gl_recursive_lock_lock(NAME) \
if (pthread_in_use ()) glthread_recursive_lock_lock (&NAME)
# define gl_recursive_lock_unlock(NAME) \
if (pthread_in_use ()) glthread_recursive_lock_unlock (&NAME)
# define gl_recursive_lock_destroy(NAME) \
if (pthread_in_use ()) glthread_recursive_lock_destroy (&NAME)
extern void glthread_recursive_lock_init (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
extern void glthread_recursive_lock_lock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
extern void glthread_recursive_lock_unlock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
extern void glthread_recursive_lock_destroy (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
# endif
# else
/* Old versions of POSIX threads on Solaris did not have recursive locks.
We have to implement them ourselves. */
typedef struct
{
pthread_mutex_t mutex;
pthread_t owner;
unsigned long depth;
}
gl_recursive_lock_t;
# define gl_recursive_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME;
# define gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME = gl_recursive_lock_initializer;
# define gl_recursive_lock_initializer \
{ PTHREAD_MUTEX_INITIALIZER, (pthread_t) 0, 0 }
# define gl_recursive_lock_init(NAME) \
if (pthread_in_use ()) glthread_recursive_lock_init (&NAME)
# define gl_recursive_lock_lock(NAME) \
if (pthread_in_use ()) glthread_recursive_lock_lock (&NAME)
# define gl_recursive_lock_unlock(NAME) \
if (pthread_in_use ()) glthread_recursive_lock_unlock (&NAME)
# define gl_recursive_lock_destroy(NAME) \
if (pthread_in_use ()) glthread_recursive_lock_destroy (&NAME)
extern void glthread_recursive_lock_init (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
extern void glthread_recursive_lock_lock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
extern void glthread_recursive_lock_unlock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
extern void glthread_recursive_lock_destroy (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
# endif
/* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */
typedef pthread_once_t gl_once_t;
# define gl_once_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
STORAGECLASS pthread_once_t NAME = PTHREAD_ONCE_INIT;
# define gl_once(NAME, INITFUNCTION) \
do \
{ \
if (pthread_in_use ()) \
{ \
if (pthread_once (&NAME, INITFUNCTION) != 0) \
abort (); \
} \
else \
{ \
if (glthread_once_singlethreaded (&NAME)) \
INITFUNCTION (); \
} \
} \
while (0)
extern int glthread_once_singlethreaded (pthread_once_t *once_control);
# ifdef __cplusplus
}
# endif
#endif
/* ========================================================================= */
#if USE_PTH_THREADS
/* Use the GNU Pth threads library. */
# include <pth.h>
# include <stdlib.h>
# ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
# endif
# if USE_PTH_THREADS_WEAK
/* Use weak references to the GNU Pth threads library. */
# pragma weak pth_mutex_init
# pragma weak pth_mutex_acquire
# pragma weak pth_mutex_release
# pragma weak pth_rwlock_init
# pragma weak pth_rwlock_acquire
# pragma weak pth_rwlock_release
# pragma weak pth_once
# pragma weak pth_cancel
# define pth_in_use() (pth_cancel != NULL)
# else
# define pth_in_use() 1
# endif
/* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */
typedef pth_mutex_t gl_lock_t;
# define gl_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
STORAGECLASS pth_mutex_t NAME;
# define gl_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
STORAGECLASS pth_mutex_t NAME = gl_lock_initializer;
# define gl_lock_initializer \
PTH_MUTEX_INIT
# define gl_lock_init(NAME) \
if (pth_in_use() && !pth_mutex_init (&NAME)) abort ()
# define gl_lock_lock(NAME) \
if (pth_in_use() && !pth_mutex_acquire (&NAME, 0, NULL)) abort ()
# define gl_lock_unlock(NAME) \
if (pth_in_use() && !pth_mutex_release (&NAME)) abort ()
# define gl_lock_destroy(NAME) \
(void)(&NAME)
/* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */
typedef pth_rwlock_t gl_rwlock_t;
# define gl_rwlock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
STORAGECLASS pth_rwlock_t NAME;
# define gl_rwlock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
STORAGECLASS pth_rwlock_t NAME = gl_rwlock_initializer;
# define gl_rwlock_initializer \
PTH_RWLOCK_INIT
# define gl_rwlock_init(NAME) \
if (pth_in_use() && !pth_rwlock_init (&NAME)) abort ()
# define gl_rwlock_rdlock(NAME) \
if (pth_in_use() && !pth_rwlock_acquire (&NAME, PTH_RWLOCK_RD, 0, NULL)) abort ()
# define gl_rwlock_wrlock(NAME) \
if (pth_in_use() && !pth_rwlock_acquire (&NAME, PTH_RWLOCK_RW, 0, NULL)) abort ()
# define gl_rwlock_unlock(NAME) \
if (pth_in_use() && !pth_rwlock_release (&NAME)) abort ()
# define gl_rwlock_destroy(NAME) \
(void)(&NAME)
/* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */
/* In Pth, mutexes are recursive by default. */
typedef pth_mutex_t gl_recursive_lock_t;
# define gl_recursive_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
STORAGECLASS pth_mutex_t NAME;
# define gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
STORAGECLASS pth_mutex_t NAME = gl_recursive_lock_initializer;
# define gl_recursive_lock_initializer \
PTH_MUTEX_INIT
# define gl_recursive_lock_init(NAME) \
if (pth_in_use() && !pth_mutex_init (&NAME)) abort ()
# define gl_recursive_lock_lock(NAME) \
if (pth_in_use() && !pth_mutex_acquire (&NAME, 0, NULL)) abort ()
# define gl_recursive_lock_unlock(NAME) \
if (pth_in_use() && !pth_mutex_release (&NAME)) abort ()
# define gl_recursive_lock_destroy(NAME) \
(void)(&NAME)
/* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */
typedef pth_once_t gl_once_t;
# define gl_once_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
STORAGECLASS pth_once_t NAME = PTH_ONCE_INIT;
# define gl_once(NAME, INITFUNCTION) \
do \
{ \
if (pth_in_use ()) \
{ \
void (*gl_once_temp) (void) = INITFUNCTION; \
if (!pth_once (&NAME, glthread_once_call, &gl_once_temp)) \
abort (); \
} \
else \
{ \
if (glthread_once_singlethreaded (&NAME)) \
INITFUNCTION (); \
} \
} \
while (0)
extern void glthread_once_call (void *arg);
extern int glthread_once_singlethreaded (pth_once_t *once_control);
# ifdef __cplusplus
}
# endif
#endif
/* ========================================================================= */
#if USE_SOLARIS_THREADS
/* Use the old Solaris threads library. */
# include <thread.h>
# include <synch.h>
# include <stdlib.h>
# ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
# endif
# if USE_SOLARIS_THREADS_WEAK
/* Use weak references to the old Solaris threads library. */
# pragma weak mutex_init
# pragma weak mutex_lock
# pragma weak mutex_unlock
# pragma weak mutex_destroy
# pragma weak rwlock_init
# pragma weak rw_rdlock
# pragma weak rw_wrlock
# pragma weak rw_unlock
# pragma weak rwlock_destroy
# pragma weak thr_self
# pragma weak thr_suspend
# define thread_in_use() (thr_suspend != NULL)
# else
# define thread_in_use() 1
# endif
/* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */
typedef mutex_t gl_lock_t;
# define gl_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
STORAGECLASS mutex_t NAME;
# define gl_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
STORAGECLASS mutex_t NAME = gl_lock_initializer;
# define gl_lock_initializer \
DEFAULTMUTEX
# define gl_lock_init(NAME) \
if (thread_in_use () && mutex_init (&NAME, USYNC_THREAD, NULL) != 0) abort ()
# define gl_lock_lock(NAME) \
if (thread_in_use () && mutex_lock (&NAME) != 0) abort ()
# define gl_lock_unlock(NAME) \
if (thread_in_use () && mutex_unlock (&NAME) != 0) abort ()
# define gl_lock_destroy(NAME) \
if (thread_in_use () && mutex_destroy (&NAME) != 0) abort ()
/* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */
typedef rwlock_t gl_rwlock_t;
# define gl_rwlock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
STORAGECLASS rwlock_t NAME;
# define gl_rwlock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
STORAGECLASS rwlock_t NAME = gl_rwlock_initializer;
# define gl_rwlock_initializer \
DEFAULTRWLOCK
# define gl_rwlock_init(NAME) \
if (thread_in_use () && rwlock_init (&NAME, USYNC_THREAD, NULL) != 0) abort ()
# define gl_rwlock_rdlock(NAME) \
if (thread_in_use () && rw_rdlock (&NAME) != 0) abort ()
# define gl_rwlock_wrlock(NAME) \
if (thread_in_use () && rw_wrlock (&NAME) != 0) abort ()
# define gl_rwlock_unlock(NAME) \
if (thread_in_use () && rw_unlock (&NAME) != 0) abort ()
# define gl_rwlock_destroy(NAME) \
if (thread_in_use () && rwlock_destroy (&NAME) != 0) abort ()
/* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */
/* Old Solaris threads did not have recursive locks.
We have to implement them ourselves. */
typedef struct
{
mutex_t mutex;
thread_t owner;
unsigned long depth;
}
gl_recursive_lock_t;
# define gl_recursive_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME;
# define gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME = gl_recursive_lock_initializer;
# define gl_recursive_lock_initializer \
{ DEFAULTMUTEX, (thread_t) 0, 0 }
# define gl_recursive_lock_init(NAME) \
if (thread_in_use ()) glthread_recursive_lock_init (&NAME)
# define gl_recursive_lock_lock(NAME) \
if (thread_in_use ()) glthread_recursive_lock_lock (&NAME)
# define gl_recursive_lock_unlock(NAME) \
if (thread_in_use ()) glthread_recursive_lock_unlock (&NAME)
# define gl_recursive_lock_destroy(NAME) \
if (thread_in_use ()) glthread_recursive_lock_destroy (&NAME)
extern void glthread_recursive_lock_init (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
extern void glthread_recursive_lock_lock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
extern void glthread_recursive_lock_unlock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
extern void glthread_recursive_lock_destroy (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
/* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */
typedef struct
{
volatile int inited;
mutex_t mutex;
}
gl_once_t;
# define gl_once_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
STORAGECLASS gl_once_t NAME = { 0, DEFAULTMUTEX };
# define gl_once(NAME, INITFUNCTION) \
do \
{ \
if (thread_in_use ()) \
{ \
glthread_once (&NAME, INITFUNCTION); \
} \
else \
{ \
if (glthread_once_singlethreaded (&NAME)) \
INITFUNCTION (); \
} \
} \
while (0)
extern void glthread_once (gl_once_t *once_control, void (*initfunction) (void));
extern int glthread_once_singlethreaded (gl_once_t *once_control);
# ifdef __cplusplus
}
# endif
#endif
/* ========================================================================= */
#if USE_WIN32_THREADS
# include <windows.h>
# ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
# endif
/* We can use CRITICAL_SECTION directly, rather than the Win32 Event, Mutex,
Semaphore types, because
- we need only to synchronize inside a single process (address space),
not inter-process locking,
- we don't need to support trylock operations. (TryEnterCriticalSection
does not work on Windows 95/98/ME. Packages that need trylock usually
define their own mutex type.) */
/* There is no way to statically initialize a CRITICAL_SECTION. It needs
to be done lazily, once only. For this we need spinlocks. */
typedef struct { volatile int done; volatile long started; } gl_spinlock_t;
/* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */
typedef struct
{
gl_spinlock_t guard; /* protects the initialization */
CRITICAL_SECTION lock;
}
gl_lock_t;
# define gl_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
STORAGECLASS gl_lock_t NAME;
# define gl_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
STORAGECLASS gl_lock_t NAME = gl_lock_initializer;
# define gl_lock_initializer \
{ { 0, -1 } }
# define gl_lock_init(NAME) \
glthread_lock_init (&NAME)
# define gl_lock_lock(NAME) \
glthread_lock_lock (&NAME)
# define gl_lock_unlock(NAME) \
glthread_lock_unlock (&NAME)
# define gl_lock_destroy(NAME) \
glthread_lock_destroy (&NAME)
extern void glthread_lock_init (gl_lock_t *lock);
extern void glthread_lock_lock (gl_lock_t *lock);
extern void glthread_lock_unlock (gl_lock_t *lock);
extern void glthread_lock_destroy (gl_lock_t *lock);
/* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */
/* It is impossible to implement read-write locks using plain locks, without
introducing an extra thread dedicated to managing read-write locks.
Therefore here we need to use the low-level Event type. */
typedef struct
{
HANDLE *array; /* array of waiting threads, each represented by an event */
unsigned int count; /* number of waiting threads */
unsigned int alloc; /* length of allocated array */
unsigned int offset; /* index of first waiting thread in array */
}
gl_waitqueue_t;
typedef struct
{
gl_spinlock_t guard; /* protects the initialization */
CRITICAL_SECTION lock; /* protects the remaining fields */
gl_waitqueue_t waiting_readers; /* waiting readers */
gl_waitqueue_t waiting_writers; /* waiting writers */
int runcount; /* number of readers running, or -1 when a writer runs */
}
gl_rwlock_t;
# define gl_rwlock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
STORAGECLASS gl_rwlock_t NAME;
# define gl_rwlock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
STORAGECLASS gl_rwlock_t NAME = gl_rwlock_initializer;
# define gl_rwlock_initializer \
{ { 0, -1 } }
# define gl_rwlock_init(NAME) \
glthread_rwlock_init (&NAME)
# define gl_rwlock_rdlock(NAME) \
glthread_rwlock_rdlock (&NAME)
# define gl_rwlock_wrlock(NAME) \
glthread_rwlock_wrlock (&NAME)
# define gl_rwlock_unlock(NAME) \
glthread_rwlock_unlock (&NAME)
# define gl_rwlock_destroy(NAME) \
glthread_rwlock_destroy (&NAME)
extern void glthread_rwlock_init (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
extern void glthread_rwlock_rdlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
extern void glthread_rwlock_wrlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
extern void glthread_rwlock_unlock (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
extern void glthread_rwlock_destroy (gl_rwlock_t *lock);
/* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */
/* The Win32 documentation says that CRITICAL_SECTION already implements a
recursive lock. But we need not rely on it: It's easy to implement a
recursive lock without this assumption. */
typedef struct
{
gl_spinlock_t guard; /* protects the initialization */
DWORD owner;
unsigned long depth;
CRITICAL_SECTION lock;
}
gl_recursive_lock_t;
# define gl_recursive_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME;
# define gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
STORAGECLASS gl_recursive_lock_t NAME = gl_recursive_lock_initializer;
# define gl_recursive_lock_initializer \
{ { 0, -1 }, 0, 0 }
# define gl_recursive_lock_init(NAME) \
glthread_recursive_lock_init (&NAME)
# define gl_recursive_lock_lock(NAME) \
glthread_recursive_lock_lock (&NAME)
# define gl_recursive_lock_unlock(NAME) \
glthread_recursive_lock_unlock (&NAME)
# define gl_recursive_lock_destroy(NAME) \
glthread_recursive_lock_destroy (&NAME)
extern void glthread_recursive_lock_init (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
extern void glthread_recursive_lock_lock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
extern void glthread_recursive_lock_unlock (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
extern void glthread_recursive_lock_destroy (gl_recursive_lock_t *lock);
/* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */
typedef struct
{
volatile int inited;
volatile long started;
CRITICAL_SECTION lock;
}
gl_once_t;
# define gl_once_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
STORAGECLASS gl_once_t NAME = { -1, -1 };
# define gl_once(NAME, INITFUNCTION) \
glthread_once (&NAME, INITFUNCTION)
extern void glthread_once (gl_once_t *once_control, void (*initfunction) (void));
# ifdef __cplusplus
}
# endif
#endif
/* ========================================================================= */
#if !(USE_POSIX_THREADS || USE_PTH_THREADS || USE_SOLARIS_THREADS || USE_WIN32_THREADS)
/* Provide dummy implementation if threads are not supported. */
/* -------------------------- gl_lock_t datatype -------------------------- */
typedef int gl_lock_t;
# define gl_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME)
# define gl_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME)
# define gl_lock_init(NAME)
# define gl_lock_lock(NAME)
# define gl_lock_unlock(NAME)
/* ------------------------- gl_rwlock_t datatype ------------------------- */
typedef int gl_rwlock_t;
# define gl_rwlock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME)
# define gl_rwlock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME)
# define gl_rwlock_init(NAME)
# define gl_rwlock_rdlock(NAME)
# define gl_rwlock_wrlock(NAME)
# define gl_rwlock_unlock(NAME)
/* --------------------- gl_recursive_lock_t datatype --------------------- */
typedef int gl_recursive_lock_t;
# define gl_recursive_lock_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME)
# define gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized(STORAGECLASS, NAME)
# define gl_recursive_lock_init(NAME)
# define gl_recursive_lock_lock(NAME)
# define gl_recursive_lock_unlock(NAME)
/* -------------------------- gl_once_t datatype -------------------------- */
typedef int gl_once_t;
# define gl_once_define(STORAGECLASS, NAME) \
STORAGECLASS gl_once_t NAME = 0;
# define gl_once(NAME, INITFUNCTION) \
do \
{ \
if (NAME == 0) \
{ \
NAME = ~ 0; \
INITFUNCTION (); \
} \
} \
while (0)
#endif
/* ========================================================================= */
#endif /* _LOCK_H */

116
intl/log.c
View File

@ -1,116 +0,0 @@
/* Log file output.
Copyright (C) 2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
USA. */
/* Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
/* Handle multi-threaded applications. */
#ifdef _LIBC
# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
#else
# include "lock.h"
#endif
/* Print an ASCII string with quotes and escape sequences where needed. */
static void
print_escaped (FILE *stream, const char *str)
{
putc ('"', stream);
for (; *str != '\0'; str++)
if (*str == '\n')
{
fputs ("\\n\"", stream);
if (str[1] == '\0')
return;
fputs ("\n\"", stream);
}
else
{
if (*str == '"' || *str == '\\')
putc ('\\', stream);
putc (*str, stream);
}
putc ('"', stream);
}
static char *last_logfilename = NULL;
static FILE *last_logfile = NULL;
__libc_lock_define_initialized (static, lock)
static inline void
_nl_log_untranslated_locked (const char *logfilename, const char *domainname,
const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, int plural)
{
FILE *logfile;
/* Can we reuse the last opened logfile? */
if (last_logfilename == NULL || strcmp (logfilename, last_logfilename) != 0)
{
/* Close the last used logfile. */
if (last_logfilename != NULL)
{
if (last_logfile != NULL)
{
fclose (last_logfile);
last_logfile = NULL;
}
free (last_logfilename);
last_logfilename = NULL;
}
/* Open the logfile. */
last_logfilename = (char *) malloc (strlen (logfilename) + 1);
if (last_logfilename == NULL)
return;
strcpy (last_logfilename, logfilename);
last_logfile = fopen (logfilename, "a");
if (last_logfile == NULL)
return;
}
logfile = last_logfile;
fprintf (logfile, "domain ");
print_escaped (logfile, domainname);
fprintf (logfile, "\nmsgid ");
print_escaped (logfile, msgid1);
if (plural)
{
fprintf (logfile, "\nmsgid_plural ");
print_escaped (logfile, msgid2);
fprintf (logfile, "\nmsgstr[0] \"\"\n");
}
else
fprintf (logfile, "\nmsgstr \"\"\n");
putc ('\n', logfile);
}
/* Add to the log file an entry denoting a failed translation. */
void
_nl_log_untranslated (const char *logfilename, const char *domainname,
const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, int plural)
{
__libc_lock_lock (lock);
_nl_log_untranslated_locked (logfilename, domainname, msgid1, msgid2, plural);
__libc_lock_unlock (lock);
}

65
intl/ngettext.c
View File

@ -1,65 +0,0 @@
/* Implementation of ngettext(3) function.
Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 2000-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#ifdef _LIBC
# define __need_NULL
# include <stddef.h>
#else
# include <stdlib.h> /* Just for NULL. */
#endif
#include "gettextP.h"
#ifdef _LIBC
# include <libintl.h>
#else
# include "libgnuintl.h"
#endif
#include <locale.h>
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
#ifdef _LIBC
# define NGETTEXT __ngettext
# define DCNGETTEXT __dcngettext
#else
# define NGETTEXT libintl_ngettext
# define DCNGETTEXT libintl_dcngettext
#endif
/* Look up MSGID in the current default message catalog for the current
LC_MESSAGES locale. If not found, returns MSGID itself (the default
text). */
char *
NGETTEXT (const char *msgid1, const char *msgid2, unsigned long int n)
{
return DCNGETTEXT (NULL, msgid1, msgid2, n, LC_MESSAGES);
}
#ifdef _LIBC
/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
weak_alias (__ngettext, ngettext);
#endif

98
intl/os2compat.c
View File

@ -1,98 +0,0 @@
/* OS/2 compatibility functions.
Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
USA. */
#define OS2_AWARE
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
#include <config.h>
#endif
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include <sys/param.h>
/* A version of getenv() that works from DLLs */
extern unsigned long DosScanEnv (const unsigned char *pszName, unsigned char **ppszValue);
char *
_nl_getenv (const char *name)
{
unsigned char *value;
if (DosScanEnv (name, &value))
return NULL;
else
return value;
}
/* A fixed size buffer. */
char libintl_nl_default_dirname[MAXPATHLEN+1];
char *_nlos2_libdir = NULL;
char *_nlos2_localealiaspath = NULL;
char *_nlos2_localedir = NULL;
static __attribute__((constructor)) void
nlos2_initialize ()
{
char *root = getenv ("UNIXROOT");
char *gnulocaledir = getenv ("GNULOCALEDIR");
_nlos2_libdir = gnulocaledir;
if (!_nlos2_libdir)
{
if (root)
{
size_t sl = strlen (root);
_nlos2_libdir = (char *) malloc (sl + strlen (LIBDIR) + 1);
memcpy (_nlos2_libdir, root, sl);
memcpy (_nlos2_libdir + sl, LIBDIR, strlen (LIBDIR) + 1);
}
else
_nlos2_libdir = LIBDIR;
}
_nlos2_localealiaspath = gnulocaledir;
if (!_nlos2_localealiaspath)
{
if (root)
{
size_t sl = strlen (root);
_nlos2_localealiaspath = (char *) malloc (sl + strlen (LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH) + 1);
memcpy (_nlos2_localealiaspath, root, sl);
memcpy (_nlos2_localealiaspath + sl, LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH, strlen (LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH) + 1);
}
else
_nlos2_localealiaspath = LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH;
}
_nlos2_localedir = gnulocaledir;
if (!_nlos2_localedir)
{
if (root)
{
size_t sl = strlen (root);
_nlos2_localedir = (char *) malloc (sl + strlen (LOCALEDIR) + 1);
memcpy (_nlos2_localedir, root, sl);
memcpy (_nlos2_localedir + sl, LOCALEDIR, strlen (LOCALEDIR) + 1);
}
else
_nlos2_localedir = LOCALEDIR;
}
if (strlen (_nlos2_localedir) <= MAXPATHLEN)
strcpy (libintl_nl_default_dirname, _nlos2_localedir);
}

46
intl/os2compat.h
View File

@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
/* OS/2 compatibility defines.
This file is intended to be included from config.h
Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
USA. */
/* When included from os2compat.h we need all the original definitions */
#ifndef OS2_AWARE
#undef LIBDIR
#define LIBDIR _nlos2_libdir
extern char *_nlos2_libdir;
#undef LOCALEDIR
#define LOCALEDIR _nlos2_localedir
extern char *_nlos2_localedir;
#undef LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH
#define LOCALE_ALIAS_PATH _nlos2_localealiaspath
extern char *_nlos2_localealiaspath;
#endif
#undef HAVE_STRCASECMP
#define HAVE_STRCASECMP 1
#define strcasecmp stricmp
#define strncasecmp strnicmp
/* We have our own getenv() which works even if library is compiled as DLL */
#define getenv _nl_getenv
/* Older versions of gettext used -1 as the value of LC_MESSAGES */
#define LC_MESSAGES_COMPAT (-1)

26
intl/osdep.c
View File

@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
/* OS dependent parts of libintl.
Copyright (C) 2001-2002, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
USA. */
#if defined __CYGWIN__
# include "intl-exports.c"
#elif defined __EMX__
# include "os2compat.c"
#else
/* Avoid AIX compiler warning. */
typedef int dummy;
#endif

154
intl/plural-exp.c
View File

@ -1,154 +0,0 @@
/* Expression parsing for plural form selection.
Copyright (C) 2000-2001, 2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include <ctype.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "plural-exp.h"
#if (defined __GNUC__ && !(__APPLE_CC__ > 1)) \
|| (defined __STDC_VERSION__ && __STDC_VERSION__ >= 199901L)
/* These structs are the constant expression for the germanic plural
form determination. It represents the expression "n != 1". */
static const struct expression plvar =
{
.nargs = 0,
.operation = var,
};
static const struct expression plone =
{
.nargs = 0,
.operation = num,
.val =
{
.num = 1
}
};
struct expression GERMANIC_PLURAL =
{
.nargs = 2,
.operation = not_equal,
.val =
{
.args =
{
[0] = (struct expression *) &plvar,
[1] = (struct expression *) &plone
}
}
};
# define INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL()
#else
/* For compilers without support for ISO C 99 struct/union initializers:
Initialization at run-time. */
static struct expression plvar;
static struct expression plone;
struct expression GERMANIC_PLURAL;
static void
init_germanic_plural ()
{
if (plone.val.num == 0)
{
plvar.nargs = 0;
plvar.operation = var;
plone.nargs = 0;
plone.operation = num;
plone.val.num = 1;
GERMANIC_PLURAL.nargs = 2;
GERMANIC_PLURAL.operation = not_equal;
GERMANIC_PLURAL.val.args[0] = &plvar;
GERMANIC_PLURAL.val.args[1] = &plone;
}
}
# define INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL() init_germanic_plural ()
#endif
void
internal_function
EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION (const char *nullentry, struct expression **pluralp,
unsigned long int *npluralsp)
{
if (nullentry != NULL)
{
const char *plural;
const char *nplurals;
plural = strstr (nullentry, "plural=");
nplurals = strstr (nullentry, "nplurals=");
if (plural == NULL || nplurals == NULL)
goto no_plural;
else
{
char *endp;
unsigned long int n;
struct parse_args args;
/* First get the number. */
nplurals += 9;
while (*nplurals != '\0' && isspace ((unsigned char) *nplurals))
++nplurals;
if (!(*nplurals >= '0' && *nplurals <= '9'))
goto no_plural;
#if defined HAVE_STRTOUL || defined _LIBC
n = strtoul (nplurals, &endp, 10);
#else
for (endp = nplurals, n = 0; *endp >= '0' && *endp <= '9'; endp++)
n = n * 10 + (*endp - '0');
#endif
if (nplurals == endp)
goto no_plural;
*npluralsp = n;
/* Due to the restrictions bison imposes onto the interface of the
scanner function we have to put the input string and the result
passed up from the parser into the same structure which address
is passed down to the parser. */
plural += 7;
args.cp = plural;
if (PLURAL_PARSE (&args) != 0)
goto no_plural;
*pluralp = args.res;
}
}
else
{
/* By default we are using the Germanic form: singular form only
for `one', the plural form otherwise. Yes, this is also what
English is using since English is a Germanic language. */
no_plural:
INIT_GERMANIC_PLURAL ();
*pluralp = &GERMANIC_PLURAL;
*npluralsp = 2;
}
}

118
intl/plural-exp.h
View File

@ -1,118 +0,0 @@
/* Expression parsing and evaluation for plural form selection.
Copyright (C) 2000-2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
USA. */
#ifndef _PLURAL_EXP_H
#define _PLURAL_EXP_H
#ifndef internal_function
# define internal_function
#endif
#ifndef attribute_hidden
# define attribute_hidden
#endif
/* This is the representation of the expressions to determine the
plural form. */
struct expression
{
int nargs; /* Number of arguments. */
enum operator
{
/* Without arguments: */
var, /* The variable "n". */
num, /* Decimal number. */
/* Unary operators: */
lnot, /* Logical NOT. */
/* Binary operators: */
mult, /* Multiplication. */
divide, /* Division. */
module, /* Modulo operation. */
plus, /* Addition. */
minus, /* Subtraction. */
less_than, /* Comparison. */
greater_than, /* Comparison. */
less_or_equal, /* Comparison. */
greater_or_equal, /* Comparison. */
equal, /* Comparison for equality. */
not_equal, /* Comparison for inequality. */
land, /* Logical AND. */
lor, /* Logical OR. */
/* Ternary operators: */
qmop /* Question mark operator. */
} operation;
union
{
unsigned long int num; /* Number value for `num'. */
struct expression *args[3]; /* Up to three arguments. */
} val;
};
/* This is the data structure to pass information to the parser and get
the result in a thread-safe way. */
struct parse_args
{
const char *cp;
struct expression *res;
};
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. This source code is used
1. in the GNU C Library library,
2. in the GNU libintl library,
3. in the GNU gettext tools.
The function names in each situation must be different, to allow for
binary incompatible changes in 'struct expression'. Furthermore,
1. in the GNU C Library library, the names have a __ prefix,
2.+3. in the GNU libintl library and in the GNU gettext tools, the names
must follow ANSI C and not start with __.
So we have to distinguish the three cases. */
#ifdef _LIBC
# define FREE_EXPRESSION __gettext_free_exp
# define PLURAL_PARSE __gettextparse
# define GERMANIC_PLURAL __gettext_germanic_plural
# define EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION __gettext_extract_plural
#elif defined (IN_LIBINTL)
# define FREE_EXPRESSION libintl_gettext_free_exp
# define PLURAL_PARSE libintl_gettextparse
# define GERMANIC_PLURAL libintl_gettext_germanic_plural
# define EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION libintl_gettext_extract_plural
#else
# define FREE_EXPRESSION free_plural_expression
# define PLURAL_PARSE parse_plural_expression
# define GERMANIC_PLURAL germanic_plural
# define EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION extract_plural_expression
#endif
extern void FREE_EXPRESSION (struct expression *exp)
internal_function;
extern int PLURAL_PARSE (void *arg);
extern struct expression GERMANIC_PLURAL attribute_hidden;
extern void EXTRACT_PLURAL_EXPRESSION (const char *nullentry,
struct expression **pluralp,
unsigned long int *npluralsp)
internal_function;
#if !defined (_LIBC) && !defined (IN_LIBINTL) && !defined (IN_LIBGLOCALE)
extern unsigned long int plural_eval (struct expression *pexp,
unsigned long int n);
#endif
#endif /* _PLURAL_EXP_H */

1943
intl/plural.c
View File

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff

383
intl/plural.y
View File

@ -1,383 +0,0 @@
%{
/* Expression parsing for plural form selection.
Copyright (C) 2000-2001, 2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 2000.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
USA. */
/* For bison < 2.0, the bison generated parser uses alloca. AIX 3 forces us
to put this declaration at the beginning of the file. The declaration in
bison's skeleton file comes too late. This must come before <config.h>
because <config.h> may include arbitrary system headers.
This can go away once the AM_INTL_SUBDIR macro requires bison >= 2.0. */
#if defined _AIX && !defined __GNUC__
#pragma alloca
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "plural-exp.h"
/* The main function generated by the parser is called __gettextparse,
but we want it to be called PLURAL_PARSE. */
#ifndef _LIBC
# define __gettextparse PLURAL_PARSE
#endif
#define YYLEX_PARAM &((struct parse_args *) arg)->cp
#define YYPARSE_PARAM arg
%}
%pure_parser
%expect 7
%union {
unsigned long int num;
enum operator op;
struct expression *exp;
}
%{
/* Prototypes for local functions. */
static int yylex (YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp);
static void yyerror (const char *str);
/* Allocation of expressions. */
static struct expression *
new_exp (int nargs, enum operator op, struct expression * const *args)
{
int i;
struct expression *newp;
/* If any of the argument could not be malloc'ed, just return NULL. */
for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
if (args[i] == NULL)
goto fail;
/* Allocate a new expression. */
newp = (struct expression *) malloc (sizeof (*newp));
if (newp != NULL)
{
newp->nargs = nargs;
newp->operation = op;
for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
newp->val.args[i] = args[i];
return newp;
}
fail:
for (i = nargs - 1; i >= 0; i--)
FREE_EXPRESSION (args[i]);
return NULL;
}
static inline struct expression *
new_exp_0 (enum operator op)
{
return new_exp (0, op, NULL);
}
static inline struct expression *
new_exp_1 (enum operator op, struct expression *right)
{
struct expression *args[1];
args[0] = right;
return new_exp (1, op, args);
}
static struct expression *
new_exp_2 (enum operator op, struct expression *left, struct expression *right)
{
struct expression *args[2];
args[0] = left;
args[1] = right;
return new_exp (2, op, args);
}
static inline struct expression *
new_exp_3 (enum operator op, struct expression *bexp,
struct expression *tbranch, struct expression *fbranch)
{
struct expression *args[3];
args[0] = bexp;
args[1] = tbranch;
args[2] = fbranch;
return new_exp (3, op, args);
}
%}
/* This declares that all operators have the same associativity and the
precedence order as in C. See [Harbison, Steele: C, A Reference Manual].
There is no unary minus and no bitwise operators.
Operators with the same syntactic behaviour have been merged into a single
token, to save space in the array generated by bison. */
%right '?' /* ? */
%left '|' /* || */
%left '&' /* && */
%left EQUOP2 /* == != */
%left CMPOP2 /* < > <= >= */
%left ADDOP2 /* + - */
%left MULOP2 /* * / % */
%right '!' /* ! */
%token <op> EQUOP2 CMPOP2 ADDOP2 MULOP2
%token <num> NUMBER
%type <exp> exp
%%
start: exp
{
if ($1 == NULL)
YYABORT;
((struct parse_args *) arg)->res = $1;
}
;
exp: exp '?' exp ':' exp
{
$$ = new_exp_3 (qmop, $1, $3, $5);
}
| exp '|' exp
{
$$ = new_exp_2 (lor, $1, $3);
}
| exp '&' exp
{
$$ = new_exp_2 (land, $1, $3);
}
| exp EQUOP2 exp
{
$$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
}
| exp CMPOP2 exp
{
$$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
}
| exp ADDOP2 exp
{
$$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
}
| exp MULOP2 exp
{
$$ = new_exp_2 ($2, $1, $3);
}
| '!' exp
{
$$ = new_exp_1 (lnot, $2);
}
| 'n'
{
$$ = new_exp_0 (var);
}
| NUMBER
{
if (($$ = new_exp_0 (num)) != NULL)
$$->val.num = $1;
}
| '(' exp ')'
{
$$ = $2;
}
;
%%
void
internal_function
FREE_EXPRESSION (struct expression *exp)
{
if (exp == NULL)
return;
/* Handle the recursive case. */
switch (exp->nargs)
{
case 3:
FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[2]);
/* FALLTHROUGH */
case 2:
FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[1]);
/* FALLTHROUGH */
case 1:
FREE_EXPRESSION (exp->val.args[0]);
/* FALLTHROUGH */
default:
break;
}
free (exp);
}
static int
yylex (YYSTYPE *lval, const char **pexp)
{
const char *exp = *pexp;
int result;
while (1)
{
if (exp[0] == '\0')
{
*pexp = exp;
return YYEOF;
}
if (exp[0] != ' ' && exp[0] != '\t')
break;
++exp;
}
result = *exp++;
switch (result)
{
case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4':
case '5': case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9':
{
unsigned long int n = result - '0';
while (exp[0] >= '0' && exp[0] <= '9')
{
n *= 10;
n += exp[0] - '0';
++exp;
}
lval->num = n;
result = NUMBER;
}
break;
case '=':
if (exp[0] == '=')
{
++exp;
lval->op = equal;
result = EQUOP2;
}
else
result = YYERRCODE;
break;
case '!':
if (exp[0] == '=')
{
++exp;
lval->op = not_equal;
result = EQUOP2;
}
break;
case '&':
case '|':
if (exp[0] == result)
++exp;
else
result = YYERRCODE;
break;
case '<':
if (exp[0] == '=')
{
++exp;
lval->op = less_or_equal;
}
else
lval->op = less_than;
result = CMPOP2;
break;
case '>':
if (exp[0] == '=')
{
++exp;
lval->op = greater_or_equal;
}
else
lval->op = greater_than;
result = CMPOP2;
break;
case '*':
lval->op = mult;
result = MULOP2;
break;
case '/':
lval->op = divide;
result = MULOP2;
break;
case '%':
lval->op = module;
result = MULOP2;
break;
case '+':
lval->op = plus;
result = ADDOP2;
break;
case '-':
lval->op = minus;
result = ADDOP2;
break;
case 'n':
case '?':
case ':':
case '(':
case ')':
/* Nothing, just return the character. */
break;
case ';':
case '\n':
case '\0':
/* Be safe and let the user call this function again. */
--exp;
result = YYEOF;
break;
default:
result = YYERRCODE;
#if YYDEBUG != 0
--exp;
#endif
break;
}
*pexp = exp;
return result;
}
static void
yyerror (const char *str)
{
/* Do nothing. We don't print error messages here. */
}

142
intl/printf-args.c
View File

@ -1,142 +0,0 @@
/* Decomposed printf argument list.
Copyright (C) 1999, 2002-2003, 2005-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
USA. */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include "printf-args.h"
#ifdef STATIC
STATIC
#endif
int
printf_fetchargs (va_list args, arguments *a)
{
size_t i;
argument *ap;
for (i = 0, ap = &a->arg[0]; i < a->count; i++, ap++)
switch (ap->type)
{
case TYPE_SCHAR:
ap->a.a_schar = va_arg (args, /*signed char*/ int);
break;
case TYPE_UCHAR:
ap->a.a_uchar = va_arg (args, /*unsigned char*/ int);
break;
case TYPE_SHORT:
ap->a.a_short = va_arg (args, /*short*/ int);
break;
case TYPE_USHORT:
ap->a.a_ushort = va_arg (args, /*unsigned short*/ int);
break;
case TYPE_INT:
ap->a.a_int = va_arg (args, int);
break;
case TYPE_UINT:
ap->a.a_uint = va_arg (args, unsigned int);
break;
case TYPE_LONGINT:
ap->a.a_longint = va_arg (args, long int);
break;
case TYPE_ULONGINT:
ap->a.a_ulongint = va_arg (args, unsigned long int);
break;
#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
case TYPE_LONGLONGINT:
ap->a.a_longlongint = va_arg (args, long long int);
break;
case TYPE_ULONGLONGINT:
ap->a.a_ulonglongint = va_arg (args, unsigned long long int);
break;
#endif
case TYPE_DOUBLE:
ap->a.a_double = va_arg (args, double);
break;
#ifdef HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
case TYPE_LONGDOUBLE:
ap->a.a_longdouble = va_arg (args, long double);
break;
#endif
case TYPE_CHAR:
ap->a.a_char = va_arg (args, int);
break;
#ifdef HAVE_WINT_T
case TYPE_WIDE_CHAR:
/* Although ISO C 99 7.24.1.(2) says that wint_t is "unchanged by
default argument promotions", this is not the case in mingw32,
where wint_t is 'unsigned short'. */
ap->a.a_wide_char =
(sizeof (wint_t) < sizeof (int)
? va_arg (args, int)
: va_arg (args, wint_t));
break;
#endif
case TYPE_STRING:
ap->a.a_string = va_arg (args, const char *);
/* A null pointer is an invalid argument for "%s", but in practice
it occurs quite frequently in printf statements that produce
debug output. Use a fallback in this case. */
if (ap->a.a_string == NULL)
ap->a.a_string = "(NULL)";
break;
#ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_T
case TYPE_WIDE_STRING:
ap->a.a_wide_string = va_arg (args, const wchar_t *);
/* A null pointer is an invalid argument for "%ls", but in practice
it occurs quite frequently in printf statements that produce
debug output. Use a fallback in this case. */
if (ap->a.a_wide_string == NULL)
{
static const wchar_t wide_null_string[] =
{
(wchar_t)'(',
(wchar_t)'N', (wchar_t)'U', (wchar_t)'L', (wchar_t)'L',
(wchar_t)')',
(wchar_t)0
};
ap->a.a_wide_string = wide_null_string;
}
break;
#endif
case TYPE_POINTER:
ap->a.a_pointer = va_arg (args, void *);
break;
case TYPE_COUNT_SCHAR_POINTER:
ap->a.a_count_schar_pointer = va_arg (args, signed char *);
break;
case TYPE_COUNT_SHORT_POINTER:
ap->a.a_count_short_pointer = va_arg (args, short *);
break;
case TYPE_COUNT_INT_POINTER:
ap->a.a_count_int_pointer = va_arg (args, int *);
break;
case TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER:
ap->a.a_count_longint_pointer = va_arg (args, long int *);
break;
#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
case TYPE_COUNT_LONGLONGINT_POINTER:
ap->a.a_count_longlongint_pointer = va_arg (args, long long int *);
break;
#endif
default:
/* Unknown type. */
return -1;
}
return 0;
}

137
intl/printf-args.h
View File

@ -1,137 +0,0 @@
/* Decomposed printf argument list.
Copyright (C) 1999, 2002-2003, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
USA. */
#ifndef _PRINTF_ARGS_H
#define _PRINTF_ARGS_H
/* Get size_t. */
#include <stddef.h>
/* Get wchar_t. */
#ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_T
# include <stddef.h>
#endif
/* Get wint_t. */
#ifdef HAVE_WINT_T
# include <wchar.h>
#endif
/* Get va_list. */
#include <stdarg.h>
/* Argument types */
typedef enum
{
TYPE_NONE,
TYPE_SCHAR,
TYPE_UCHAR,
TYPE_SHORT,
TYPE_USHORT,
TYPE_INT,
TYPE_UINT,
TYPE_LONGINT,
TYPE_ULONGINT,
#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
TYPE_LONGLONGINT,
TYPE_ULONGLONGINT,
#endif
TYPE_DOUBLE,
#ifdef HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
TYPE_LONGDOUBLE,
#endif
TYPE_CHAR,
#ifdef HAVE_WINT_T
TYPE_WIDE_CHAR,
#endif
TYPE_STRING,
#ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_T
TYPE_WIDE_STRING,
#endif
TYPE_POINTER,
TYPE_COUNT_SCHAR_POINTER,
TYPE_COUNT_SHORT_POINTER,
TYPE_COUNT_INT_POINTER,
TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER
#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
, TYPE_COUNT_LONGLONGINT_POINTER
#endif
} arg_type;
/* Polymorphic argument */
typedef struct
{
arg_type type;
union
{
signed char a_schar;
unsigned char a_uchar;
short a_short;
unsigned short a_ushort;
int a_int;
unsigned int a_uint;
long int a_longint;
unsigned long int a_ulongint;
#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
long long int a_longlongint;
unsigned long long int a_ulonglongint;
#endif
float a_float;
double a_double;
#ifdef HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
long double a_longdouble;
#endif
int a_char;
#ifdef HAVE_WINT_T
wint_t a_wide_char;
#endif
const char* a_string;
#ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_T
const wchar_t* a_wide_string;
#endif
void* a_pointer;
signed char * a_count_schar_pointer;
short * a_count_short_pointer;
int * a_count_int_pointer;
long int * a_count_longint_pointer;
#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
long long int * a_count_longlongint_pointer;
#endif
}
a;
}
argument;
typedef struct
{
size_t count;
argument *arg;
}
arguments;
/* Fetch the arguments, putting them into a. */
#ifdef STATIC
STATIC
#else
extern
#endif
int printf_fetchargs (va_list args, arguments *a);
#endif /* _PRINTF_ARGS_H */

544
intl/printf-parse.c
View File

@ -1,544 +0,0 @@
/* Formatted output to strings.
Copyright (C) 1999-2000, 2002-2003, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
USA. */
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
# include "wprintf-parse.h"
#else
# include "printf-parse.h"
#endif
/* Get size_t, NULL. */
#include <stddef.h>
/* Get intmax_t. */
#if HAVE_STDINT_H_WITH_UINTMAX
# include <stdint.h>
#endif
#if HAVE_INTTYPES_H_WITH_UINTMAX
# include <inttypes.h>
#endif
/* malloc(), realloc(), free(). */
#include <stdlib.h>
/* Checked size_t computations. */
#include "xsize.h"
#if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
# define PRINTF_PARSE wprintf_parse
# define CHAR_T wchar_t
# define DIRECTIVE wchar_t_directive
# define DIRECTIVES wchar_t_directives
#else
# define PRINTF_PARSE printf_parse
# define CHAR_T char
# define DIRECTIVE char_directive
# define DIRECTIVES char_directives
#endif
#ifdef STATIC
STATIC
#endif
int
PRINTF_PARSE (const CHAR_T *format, DIRECTIVES *d, arguments *a)
{
const CHAR_T *cp = format; /* pointer into format */
size_t arg_posn = 0; /* number of regular arguments consumed */
size_t d_allocated; /* allocated elements of d->dir */
size_t a_allocated; /* allocated elements of a->arg */
size_t max_width_length = 0;
size_t max_precision_length = 0;
d->count = 0;
d_allocated = 1;
d->dir = malloc (d_allocated * sizeof (DIRECTIVE));
if (d->dir == NULL)
/* Out of memory. */
return -1;
a->count = 0;
a_allocated = 0;
a->arg = NULL;
#define REGISTER_ARG(_index_,_type_) \
{ \
size_t n = (_index_); \
if (n >= a_allocated) \
{ \
size_t memory_size; \
argument *memory; \
\
a_allocated = xtimes (a_allocated, 2); \
if (a_allocated <= n) \
a_allocated = xsum (n, 1); \
memory_size = xtimes (a_allocated, sizeof (argument)); \
if (size_overflow_p (memory_size)) \
/* Overflow, would lead to out of memory. */ \
goto error; \
memory = (a->arg \
? realloc (a->arg, memory_size) \
: malloc (memory_size)); \
if (memory == NULL) \
/* Out of memory. */ \
goto error; \
a->arg = memory; \
} \
while (a->count <= n) \
a->arg[a->count++].type = TYPE_NONE; \
if (a->arg[n].type == TYPE_NONE) \
a->arg[n].type = (_type_); \
else if (a->arg[n].type != (_type_)) \
/* Ambiguous type for positional argument. */ \
goto error; \
}
while (*cp != '\0')
{
CHAR_T c = *cp++;
if (c == '%')
{
size_t arg_index = ARG_NONE;
DIRECTIVE *dp = &d->dir[d->count];/* pointer to next directive */
/* Initialize the next directive. */
dp->dir_start = cp - 1;
dp->flags = 0;
dp->width_start = NULL;
dp->width_end = NULL;
dp->width_arg_index = ARG_NONE;
dp->precision_start = NULL;
dp->precision_end = NULL;
dp->precision_arg_index = ARG_NONE;
dp->arg_index = ARG_NONE;
/* Test for positional argument. */
if (*cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9')
{
const CHAR_T *np;
for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
;
if (*np == '$')
{
size_t n = 0;
for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
n = xsum (xtimes (n, 10), *np - '0');
if (n == 0)
/* Positional argument 0. */
goto error;
if (size_overflow_p (n))
/* n too large, would lead to out of memory later. */
goto error;
arg_index = n - 1;
cp = np + 1;
}
}
/* Read the flags. */
for (;;)
{
if (*cp == '\'')
{
dp->flags |= FLAG_GROUP;
cp++;
}
else if (*cp == '-')
{
dp->flags |= FLAG_LEFT;
cp++;
}
else if (*cp == '+')
{
dp->flags |= FLAG_SHOWSIGN;
cp++;
}
else if (*cp == ' ')
{
dp->flags |= FLAG_SPACE;
cp++;
}
else if (*cp == '#')
{
dp->flags |= FLAG_ALT;
cp++;
}
else if (*cp == '0')
{
dp->flags |= FLAG_ZERO;
cp++;
}
else
break;
}
/* Parse the field width. */
if (*cp == '*')
{
dp->width_start = cp;
cp++;
dp->width_end = cp;
if (max_width_length < 1)
max_width_length = 1;
/* Test for positional argument. */
if (*cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9')
{
const CHAR_T *np;
for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
;
if (*np == '$')
{
size_t n = 0;
for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
n = xsum (xtimes (n, 10), *np - '0');
if (n == 0)
/* Positional argument 0. */
goto error;
if (size_overflow_p (n))
/* n too large, would lead to out of memory later. */
goto error;
dp->width_arg_index = n - 1;
cp = np + 1;
}
}
if (dp->width_arg_index == ARG_NONE)
{
dp->width_arg_index = arg_posn++;
if (dp->width_arg_index == ARG_NONE)
/* arg_posn wrapped around. */
goto error;
}
REGISTER_ARG (dp->width_arg_index, TYPE_INT);
}
else if (*cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9')
{
size_t width_length;
dp->width_start = cp;
for (; *cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9'; cp++)
;
dp->width_end = cp;
width_length = dp->width_end - dp->width_start;
if (max_width_length < width_length)
max_width_length = width_length;
}
/* Parse the precision. */
if (*cp == '.')
{
cp++;
if (*cp == '*')
{
dp->precision_start = cp - 1;
cp++;
dp->precision_end = cp;
if (max_precision_length < 2)
max_precision_length = 2;
/* Test for positional argument. */
if (*cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9')
{
const CHAR_T *np;
for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
;
if (*np == '$')
{
size_t n = 0;
for (np = cp; *np >= '0' && *np <= '9'; np++)
n = xsum (xtimes (n, 10), *np - '0');
if (n == 0)
/* Positional argument 0. */
goto error;
if (size_overflow_p (n))
/* n too large, would lead to out of memory
later. */
goto error;
dp->precision_arg_index = n - 1;
cp = np + 1;
}
}
if (dp->precision_arg_index == ARG_NONE)
{
dp->precision_arg_index = arg_posn++;
if (dp->precision_arg_index == ARG_NONE)
/* arg_posn wrapped around. */
goto error;
}
REGISTER_ARG (dp->precision_arg_index, TYPE_INT);
}
else
{
size_t precision_length;
dp->precision_start = cp - 1;
for (; *cp >= '0' && *cp <= '9'; cp++)
;
dp->precision_end = cp;
precision_length = dp->precision_end - dp->precision_start;
if (max_precision_length < precision_length)
max_precision_length = precision_length;
}
}
{
arg_type type;
/* Parse argument type/size specifiers. */
{
int flags = 0;
for (;;)
{
if (*cp == 'h')
{
flags |= (1 << (flags & 1));
cp++;
}
else if (*cp == 'L')
{
flags |= 4;
cp++;
}
else if (*cp == 'l')
{
flags += 8;
cp++;
}
#ifdef HAVE_INTMAX_T
else if (*cp == 'j')
{
if (sizeof (intmax_t) > sizeof (long))
{
/* intmax_t = long long */
flags += 16;
}
else if (sizeof (intmax_t) > sizeof (int))
{
/* intmax_t = long */
flags += 8;
}
cp++;
}
#endif
else if (*cp == 'z' || *cp == 'Z')
{
/* 'z' is standardized in ISO C 99, but glibc uses 'Z'
because the warning facility in gcc-2.95.2 understands
only 'Z' (see gcc-2.95.2/gcc/c-common.c:1784). */
if (sizeof (size_t) > sizeof (long))
{
/* size_t = long long */
flags += 16;
}
else if (sizeof (size_t) > sizeof (int))
{
/* size_t = long */
flags += 8;
}
cp++;
}
else if (*cp == 't')
{
if (sizeof (ptrdiff_t) > sizeof (long))
{
/* ptrdiff_t = long long */
flags += 16;
}
else if (sizeof (ptrdiff_t) > sizeof (int))
{
/* ptrdiff_t = long */
flags += 8;
}
cp++;
}
else
break;
}
/* Read the conversion character. */
c = *cp++;
switch (c)
{
case 'd': case 'i':
#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
/* If 'long long' exists and is larger than 'long': */
if (flags >= 16 || (flags & 4))
type = TYPE_LONGLONGINT;
else
#endif
/* If 'long long' exists and is the same as 'long', we parse
"lld" into TYPE_LONGINT. */
if (flags >= 8)
type = TYPE_LONGINT;
else if (flags & 2)
type = TYPE_SCHAR;
else if (flags & 1)
type = TYPE_SHORT;
else
type = TYPE_INT;
break;
case 'o': case 'u': case 'x': case 'X':
#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
/* If 'long long' exists and is larger than 'long': */
if (flags >= 16 || (flags & 4))
type = TYPE_ULONGLONGINT;
else
#endif
/* If 'unsigned long long' exists and is the same as
'unsigned long', we parse "llu" into TYPE_ULONGINT. */
if (flags >= 8)
type = TYPE_ULONGINT;
else if (flags & 2)
type = TYPE_UCHAR;
else if (flags & 1)
type = TYPE_USHORT;
else
type = TYPE_UINT;
break;
case 'f': case 'F': case 'e': case 'E': case 'g': case 'G':
case 'a': case 'A':
#ifdef HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
if (flags >= 16 || (flags & 4))
type = TYPE_LONGDOUBLE;
else
#endif
type = TYPE_DOUBLE;
break;
case 'c':
if (flags >= 8)
#ifdef HAVE_WINT_T
type = TYPE_WIDE_CHAR;
#else
goto error;
#endif
else
type = TYPE_CHAR;
break;
#ifdef HAVE_WINT_T
case 'C':
type = TYPE_WIDE_CHAR;
c = 'c';
break;
#endif
case 's':
if (flags >= 8)
#ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_T
type = TYPE_WIDE_STRING;
#else
goto error;
#endif
else
type = TYPE_STRING;
break;
#ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_T
case 'S':
type = TYPE_WIDE_STRING;
c = 's';
break;
#endif
case 'p':
type = TYPE_POINTER;
break;
case 'n':
#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
/* If 'long long' exists and is larger than 'long': */
if (flags >= 16 || (flags & 4))
type = TYPE_COUNT_LONGLONGINT_POINTER;
else
#endif
/* If 'long long' exists and is the same as 'long', we parse
"lln" into TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER. */
if (flags >= 8)
type = TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER;
else if (flags & 2)
type = TYPE_COUNT_SCHAR_POINTER;
else if (flags & 1)
type = TYPE_COUNT_SHORT_POINTER;
else
type = TYPE_COUNT_INT_POINTER;
break;
case '%':
type = TYPE_NONE;
break;
default:
/* Unknown conversion character. */
goto error;
}
}
if (type != TYPE_NONE)
{
dp->arg_index = arg_index;
if (dp->arg_index == ARG_NONE)
{
dp->arg_index = arg_posn++;
if (dp->arg_index == ARG_NONE)
/* arg_posn wrapped around. */
goto error;
}
REGISTER_ARG (dp->arg_index, type);
}
dp->conversion = c;
dp->dir_end = cp;
}
d->count++;
if (d->count >= d_allocated)
{
size_t memory_size;
DIRECTIVE *memory;
d_allocated = xtimes (d_allocated, 2);
memory_size = xtimes (d_allocated, sizeof (DIRECTIVE));
if (size_overflow_p (memory_size))
/* Overflow, would lead to out of memory. */
goto error;
memory = realloc (d->dir, memory_size);
if (memory == NULL)
/* Out of memory. */
goto error;
d->dir = memory;
}
}
}
d->dir[d->count].dir_start = cp;
d->max_width_length = max_width_length;
d->max_precision_length = max_precision_length;
return 0;
error:
if (a->arg)
free (a->arg);
if (d->dir)
free (d->dir);
return -1;
}
#undef DIRECTIVES
#undef DIRECTIVE
#undef CHAR_T
#undef PRINTF_PARSE

75
intl/printf-parse.h
View File

@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
/* Parse printf format string.
Copyright (C) 1999, 2002-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
USA. */
#ifndef _PRINTF_PARSE_H
#define _PRINTF_PARSE_H
#include "printf-args.h"
/* Flags */
#define FLAG_GROUP 1 /* ' flag */
#define FLAG_LEFT 2 /* - flag */
#define FLAG_SHOWSIGN 4 /* + flag */
#define FLAG_SPACE 8 /* space flag */
#define FLAG_ALT 16 /* # flag */
#define FLAG_ZERO 32
/* arg_index value indicating that no argument is consumed. */
#define ARG_NONE (~(size_t)0)
/* A parsed directive. */
typedef struct
{
const char* dir_start;
const char* dir_end;
int flags;
const char* width_start;
const char* width_end;
size_t width_arg_index;
const char* precision_start;
const char* precision_end;
size_t precision_arg_index;
char conversion; /* d i o u x X f e E g G c s p n U % but not C S */
size_t arg_index;
}
char_directive;
/* A parsed format string. */
typedef struct
{
size_t count;
char_directive *dir;
size_t max_width_length;
size_t max_precision_length;
}
char_directives;
/* Parses the format string. Fills in the number N of directives, and fills
in directives[0], ..., directives[N-1], and sets directives[N].dir_start
to the end of the format string. Also fills in the arg_type fields of the
arguments and the needed count of arguments. */
#ifdef STATIC
STATIC
#else
extern
#endif
int printf_parse (const char *format, char_directives *d, arguments *a);
#endif /* _PRINTF_PARSE_H */

422
intl/printf.c
View File

@ -1,422 +0,0 @@
/* Formatted output to strings, using POSIX/XSI format strings with positions.
Copyright (C) 2003, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2003.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#ifdef __GNUC__
# define alloca __builtin_alloca
# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
#else
# ifdef _MSC_VER
# include <malloc.h>
# define alloca _alloca
# else
# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC
# include <alloca.h>
# else
# ifdef _AIX
#pragma alloca
# else
# ifndef alloca
char *alloca ();
# endif
# endif
# endif
# endif
#endif
#include <stdio.h>
#if !HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF
#include <errno.h>
#include <limits.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
/* Some systems, like OSF/1 4.0 and Woe32, don't have EOVERFLOW. */
#ifndef EOVERFLOW
# define EOVERFLOW E2BIG
#endif
/* When building a DLL, we must export some functions. Note that because
the functions are only defined for binary backward compatibility, we
don't need to use __declspec(dllimport) in any case. */
#if defined _MSC_VER && BUILDING_DLL
# define DLL_EXPORTED __declspec(dllexport)
#else
# define DLL_EXPORTED
#endif
#define STATIC static
/* This needs to be consistent with libgnuintl.h.in. */
#if defined __NetBSD__ || defined __CYGWIN__ || defined __MINGW32__
/* Don't break __attribute__((format(printf,M,N))).
This redefinition is only possible because the libc in NetBSD, Cygwin,
mingw does not have a function __printf__. */
# define libintl_printf __printf__
#endif
/* Define auxiliary functions declared in "printf-args.h". */
#include "printf-args.c"
/* Define auxiliary functions declared in "printf-parse.h". */
#include "printf-parse.c"
/* Define functions declared in "vasnprintf.h". */
#define vasnprintf libintl_vasnprintf
#include "vasnprintf.c"
#if 0 /* not needed */
#define asnprintf libintl_asnprintf
#include "asnprintf.c"
#endif
DLL_EXPORTED
int
libintl_vfprintf (FILE *stream, const char *format, va_list args)
{
if (strchr (format, '$') == NULL)
return vfprintf (stream, format, args);
else
{
size_t length;
char *result = libintl_vasnprintf (NULL, &length, format, args);
int retval = -1;
if (result != NULL)
{
size_t written = fwrite (result, 1, length, stream);
free (result);
if (written == length)
{
if (length > INT_MAX)
errno = EOVERFLOW;
else
retval = length;
}
}
return retval;
}
}
DLL_EXPORTED
int
libintl_fprintf (FILE *stream, const char *format, ...)
{
va_list args;
int retval;
va_start (args, format);
retval = libintl_vfprintf (stream, format, args);
va_end (args);
return retval;
}
DLL_EXPORTED
int
libintl_vprintf (const char *format, va_list args)
{
return libintl_vfprintf (stdout, format, args);
}
DLL_EXPORTED
int
libintl_printf (const char *format, ...)
{
va_list args;
int retval;
va_start (args, format);
retval = libintl_vprintf (format, args);
va_end (args);
return retval;
}
DLL_EXPORTED
int
libintl_vsprintf (char *resultbuf, const char *format, va_list args)
{
if (strchr (format, '$') == NULL)
return vsprintf (resultbuf, format, args);
else
{
size_t length = (size_t) ~0 / (4 * sizeof (char));
char *result = libintl_vasnprintf (resultbuf, &length, format, args);
if (result != resultbuf)
{
free (result);
return -1;
}
if (length > INT_MAX)
{
errno = EOVERFLOW;
return -1;
}
else
return length;
}
}
DLL_EXPORTED
int
libintl_sprintf (char *resultbuf, const char *format, ...)
{
va_list args;
int retval;
va_start (args, format);
retval = libintl_vsprintf (resultbuf, format, args);
va_end (args);
return retval;
}
#if HAVE_SNPRINTF
# if HAVE_DECL__SNPRINTF
/* Windows. */
# define system_vsnprintf _vsnprintf
# else
/* Unix. */
# define system_vsnprintf vsnprintf
# endif
DLL_EXPORTED
int
libintl_vsnprintf (char *resultbuf, size_t length, const char *format, va_list args)
{
if (strchr (format, '$') == NULL)
return system_vsnprintf (resultbuf, length, format, args);
else
{
size_t maxlength = length;
char *result = libintl_vasnprintf (resultbuf, &length, format, args);
if (result != resultbuf)
{
if (maxlength > 0)
{
size_t pruned_length =
(length < maxlength ? length : maxlength - 1);
memcpy (resultbuf, result, pruned_length);
resultbuf[pruned_length] = '\0';
}
free (result);
}
if (length > INT_MAX)
{
errno = EOVERFLOW;
return -1;
}
else
return length;
}
}
DLL_EXPORTED
int
libintl_snprintf (char *resultbuf, size_t length, const char *format, ...)
{
va_list args;
int retval;
va_start (args, format);
retval = libintl_vsnprintf (resultbuf, length, format, args);
va_end (args);
return retval;
}
#endif
#if HAVE_ASPRINTF
DLL_EXPORTED
int
libintl_vasprintf (char **resultp, const char *format, va_list args)
{
size_t length;
char *result = libintl_vasnprintf (NULL, &length, format, args);
if (result == NULL)
return -1;
if (length > INT_MAX)
{
free (result);
errno = EOVERFLOW;
return -1;
}
*resultp = result;
return length;
}
DLL_EXPORTED
int
libintl_asprintf (char **resultp, const char *format, ...)
{
va_list args;
int retval;
va_start (args, format);
retval = libintl_vasprintf (resultp, format, args);
va_end (args);
return retval;
}
#endif
#if HAVE_FWPRINTF
#include <wchar.h>
#define WIDE_CHAR_VERSION 1
/* Define auxiliary functions declared in "wprintf-parse.h". */
#include "printf-parse.c"
/* Define functions declared in "vasnprintf.h". */
#define vasnwprintf libintl_vasnwprintf
#include "vasnprintf.c"
#if 0 /* not needed */
#define asnwprintf libintl_asnwprintf
#include "asnprintf.c"
#endif
# if HAVE_DECL__SNWPRINTF
/* Windows. */
# define system_vswprintf _vsnwprintf
# else
/* Unix. */
# define system_vswprintf vswprintf
# endif
DLL_EXPORTED
int
libintl_vfwprintf (FILE *stream, const wchar_t *format, va_list args)
{
if (wcschr (format, '$') == NULL)
return vfwprintf (stream, format, args);
else
{
size_t length;
wchar_t *result = libintl_vasnwprintf (NULL, &length, format, args);
int retval = -1;
if (result != NULL)
{
size_t i;
for (i = 0; i < length; i++)
if (fputwc (result[i], stream) == WEOF)
break;
free (result);
if (i == length)
{
if (length > INT_MAX)
errno = EOVERFLOW;
else
retval = length;
}
}
return retval;
}
}
DLL_EXPORTED
int
libintl_fwprintf (FILE *stream, const wchar_t *format, ...)
{
va_list args;
int retval;
va_start (args, format);
retval = libintl_vfwprintf (stream, format, args);
va_end (args);
return retval;
}
DLL_EXPORTED
int
libintl_vwprintf (const wchar_t *format, va_list args)
{
return libintl_vfwprintf (stdout, format, args);
}
DLL_EXPORTED
int
libintl_wprintf (const wchar_t *format, ...)
{
va_list args;
int retval;
va_start (args, format);
retval = libintl_vwprintf (format, args);
va_end (args);
return retval;
}
DLL_EXPORTED
int
libintl_vswprintf (wchar_t *resultbuf, size_t length, const wchar_t *format, va_list args)
{
if (wcschr (format, '$') == NULL)
return system_vswprintf (resultbuf, length, format, args);
else
{
size_t maxlength = length;
wchar_t *result = libintl_vasnwprintf (resultbuf, &length, format, args);
if (result != resultbuf)
{
if (maxlength > 0)
{
size_t pruned_length =
(length < maxlength ? length : maxlength - 1);
memcpy (resultbuf, result, pruned_length * sizeof (wchar_t));
resultbuf[pruned_length] = 0;
}
free (result);
/* Unlike vsnprintf, which has to return the number of character that
would have been produced if the resultbuf had been sufficiently
large, the vswprintf function has to return a negative value if
the resultbuf was not sufficiently large. */
if (length >= maxlength)
return -1;
}
if (length > INT_MAX)
{
errno = EOVERFLOW;
return -1;
}
else
return length;
}
}
DLL_EXPORTED
int
libintl_swprintf (wchar_t *resultbuf, size_t length, const wchar_t *format, ...)
{
va_list args;
int retval;
va_start (args, format);
retval = libintl_vswprintf (resultbuf, length, format, args);
va_end (args);
return retval;
}
#endif
#endif

31
intl/ref-add.sin
View File

@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
# Add this package to a list of references stored in a text file.
#
# Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
# Library General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
# USA.
#
# Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>.
#
/^# Packages using this file: / {
s/# Packages using this file://
ta
:a
s/ @PACKAGE@ / @PACKAGE@ /
tb
s/ $/ @PACKAGE@ /
:b
s/^/# Packages using this file:/
}

26
intl/ref-del.sin
View File

@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
# Remove this package from a list of references stored in a text file.
#
# Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
# under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
# by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
# Library General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
# License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
# Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
# USA.
#
# Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>.
#
/^# Packages using this file: / {
s/# Packages using this file://
s/ @PACKAGE@ / /
s/^/# Packages using this file:/
}

468
intl/relocatable.c
View File

@ -1,468 +0,0 @@
/* Provide relocatable packages.
Copyright (C) 2003-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2003.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
USA. */
/* Tell glibc's <stdio.h> to provide a prototype for getline().
This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
<features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */
#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
#endif
#include <config.h>
/* Specification. */
#include "relocatable.h"
#if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdio.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#ifdef NO_XMALLOC
# define xmalloc malloc
#else
# include "xalloc.h"
#endif
#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __CYGWIN__
# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
# include <windows.h>
#endif
#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBCHARSET
# include <libcharset.h>
#endif
#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBICONV && HAVE_ICONV
# include <iconv.h>
#endif
#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBINTL && ENABLE_NLS
# include <libintl.h>
#endif
/* Faked cheap 'bool'. */
#undef bool
#undef false
#undef true
#define bool int
#define false 0
#define true 1
/* Pathname support.
ISSLASH(C) tests whether C is a directory separator character.
IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) tests whether P contains a directory specification.
*/
#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __CYGWIN__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
/* Win32, Cygwin, OS/2, DOS */
# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\')
# define HAS_DEVICE(P) \
((((P)[0] >= 'A' && (P)[0] <= 'Z') || ((P)[0] >= 'a' && (P)[0] <= 'z')) \
&& (P)[1] == ':')
# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) \
(strchr (P, '/') != NULL || strchr (P, '\\') != NULL || HAS_DEVICE (P))
# define FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(P) (HAS_DEVICE (P) ? 2 : 0)
#else
/* Unix */
# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/')
# define IS_PATH_WITH_DIR(P) (strchr (P, '/') != NULL)
# define FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(P) 0
#endif
/* Original installation prefix. */
static char *orig_prefix;
static size_t orig_prefix_len;
/* Current installation prefix. */
static char *curr_prefix;
static size_t curr_prefix_len;
/* These prefixes do not end in a slash. Anything that will be concatenated
to them must start with a slash. */
/* Sets the original and the current installation prefix of this module.
Relocation simply replaces a pathname starting with the original prefix
by the corresponding pathname with the current prefix instead. Both
prefixes should be directory names without trailing slash (i.e. use ""
instead of "/"). */
static void
set_this_relocation_prefix (const char *orig_prefix_arg,
const char *curr_prefix_arg)
{
if (orig_prefix_arg != NULL && curr_prefix_arg != NULL
/* Optimization: if orig_prefix and curr_prefix are equal, the
relocation is a nop. */
&& strcmp (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg) != 0)
{
/* Duplicate the argument strings. */
char *memory;
orig_prefix_len = strlen (orig_prefix_arg);
curr_prefix_len = strlen (curr_prefix_arg);
memory = (char *) xmalloc (orig_prefix_len + 1 + curr_prefix_len + 1);
#ifdef NO_XMALLOC
if (memory != NULL)
#endif
{
memcpy (memory, orig_prefix_arg, orig_prefix_len + 1);
orig_prefix = memory;
memory += orig_prefix_len + 1;
memcpy (memory, curr_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_len + 1);
curr_prefix = memory;
return;
}
}
orig_prefix = NULL;
curr_prefix = NULL;
/* Don't worry about wasted memory here - this function is usually only
called once. */
}
/* Sets the original and the current installation prefix of the package.
Relocation simply replaces a pathname starting with the original prefix
by the corresponding pathname with the current prefix instead. Both
prefixes should be directory names without trailing slash (i.e. use ""
instead of "/"). */
void
set_relocation_prefix (const char *orig_prefix_arg, const char *curr_prefix_arg)
{
set_this_relocation_prefix (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg);
/* Now notify all dependent libraries. */
#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBCHARSET
libcharset_set_relocation_prefix (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg);
#endif
#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBICONV && HAVE_ICONV && _LIBICONV_VERSION >= 0x0109
libiconv_set_relocation_prefix (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg);
#endif
#if DEPENDS_ON_LIBINTL && ENABLE_NLS && defined libintl_set_relocation_prefix
libintl_set_relocation_prefix (orig_prefix_arg, curr_prefix_arg);
#endif
}
#if !defined IN_LIBRARY || (defined PIC && defined INSTALLDIR)
/* Convenience function:
Computes the current installation prefix, based on the original
installation prefix, the original installation directory of a particular
file, and the current pathname of this file. Returns NULL upon failure. */
#ifdef IN_LIBRARY
#define compute_curr_prefix local_compute_curr_prefix
static
#endif
const char *
compute_curr_prefix (const char *orig_installprefix,
const char *orig_installdir,
const char *curr_pathname)
{
const char *curr_installdir;
const char *rel_installdir;
if (curr_pathname == NULL)
return NULL;
/* Determine the relative installation directory, relative to the prefix.
This is simply the difference between orig_installprefix and
orig_installdir. */
if (strncmp (orig_installprefix, orig_installdir, strlen (orig_installprefix))
!= 0)
/* Shouldn't happen - nothing should be installed outside $(prefix). */
return NULL;
rel_installdir = orig_installdir + strlen (orig_installprefix);
/* Determine the current installation directory. */
{
const char *p_base = curr_pathname + FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (curr_pathname);
const char *p = curr_pathname + strlen (curr_pathname);
char *q;
while (p > p_base)
{
p--;
if (ISSLASH (*p))
break;
}
q = (char *) xmalloc (p - curr_pathname + 1);
#ifdef NO_XMALLOC
if (q == NULL)
return NULL;
#endif
memcpy (q, curr_pathname, p - curr_pathname);
q[p - curr_pathname] = '\0';
curr_installdir = q;
}
/* Compute the current installation prefix by removing the trailing
rel_installdir from it. */
{
const char *rp = rel_installdir + strlen (rel_installdir);
const char *cp = curr_installdir + strlen (curr_installdir);
const char *cp_base =
curr_installdir + FILE_SYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (curr_installdir);
while (rp > rel_installdir && cp > cp_base)
{
bool same = false;
const char *rpi = rp;
const char *cpi = cp;
while (rpi > rel_installdir && cpi > cp_base)
{
rpi--;
cpi--;
if (ISSLASH (*rpi) || ISSLASH (*cpi))
{
if (ISSLASH (*rpi) && ISSLASH (*cpi))
same = true;
break;
}
/* Do case-insensitive comparison if the filesystem is always or
often case-insensitive. It's better to accept the comparison
if the difference is only in case, rather than to fail. */
#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __CYGWIN__ || defined __EMX__ || defined __DJGPP__
/* Win32, Cygwin, OS/2, DOS - case insignificant filesystem */
if ((*rpi >= 'a' && *rpi <= 'z' ? *rpi - 'a' + 'A' : *rpi)
!= (*cpi >= 'a' && *cpi <= 'z' ? *cpi - 'a' + 'A' : *cpi))
break;
#else
if (*rpi != *cpi)
break;
#endif
}
if (!same)
break;
/* The last pathname component was the same. opi and cpi now point
to the slash before it. */
rp = rpi;
cp = cpi;
}
if (rp > rel_installdir)
/* Unexpected: The curr_installdir does not end with rel_installdir. */
return NULL;
{
size_t curr_prefix_len = cp - curr_installdir;
char *curr_prefix;
curr_prefix = (char *) xmalloc (curr_prefix_len + 1);
#ifdef NO_XMALLOC
if (curr_prefix == NULL)
return NULL;
#endif
memcpy (curr_prefix, curr_installdir, curr_prefix_len);
curr_prefix[curr_prefix_len] = '\0';
return curr_prefix;
}
}
}
#endif /* !IN_LIBRARY || PIC */
#if defined PIC && defined INSTALLDIR
/* Full pathname of shared library, or NULL. */
static char *shared_library_fullname;
#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __CYGWIN__
/* Determine the full pathname of the shared library when it is loaded. */
BOOL WINAPI
DllMain (HINSTANCE module_handle, DWORD event, LPVOID reserved)
{
(void) reserved;
if (event == DLL_PROCESS_ATTACH)
{
/* The DLL is being loaded into an application's address range. */
static char location[MAX_PATH];
if (!GetModuleFileName (module_handle, location, sizeof (location)))
/* Shouldn't happen. */
return FALSE;
if (!IS_PATH_WITH_DIR (location))
/* Shouldn't happen. */
return FALSE;
{
#if defined __CYGWIN__
/* On Cygwin, we need to convert paths coming from Win32 system calls
to the Unix-like slashified notation. */
static char location_as_posix_path[2 * MAX_PATH];
/* There's no error return defined for cygwin_conv_to_posix_path.
See cygwin-api/func-cygwin-conv-to-posix-path.html.
Does it overflow the buffer of expected size MAX_PATH or does it
truncate the path? I don't know. Let's catch both. */
cygwin_conv_to_posix_path (location, location_as_posix_path);
location_as_posix_path[MAX_PATH - 1] = '\0';
if (strlen (location_as_posix_path) >= MAX_PATH - 1)
/* A sign of buffer overflow or path truncation. */
return FALSE;
shared_library_fullname = strdup (location_as_posix_path);
#else
shared_library_fullname = strdup (location);
#endif
}
}
return TRUE;
}
#else /* Unix except Cygwin */
static void
find_shared_library_fullname ()
{
#if defined __linux__ && __GLIBC__ >= 2
/* Linux has /proc/self/maps. glibc 2 has the getline() function. */
FILE *fp;
/* Open the current process' maps file. It describes one VMA per line. */
fp = fopen ("/proc/self/maps", "r");
if (fp)
{
unsigned long address = (unsigned long) &find_shared_library_fullname;
for (;;)
{
unsigned long start, end;
int c;
if (fscanf (fp, "%lx-%lx", &start, &end) != 2)
break;
if (address >= start && address <= end - 1)
{
/* Found it. Now see if this line contains a filename. */
while (c = getc (fp), c != EOF && c != '\n' && c != '/')
continue;
if (c == '/')
{
size_t size;
int len;
ungetc (c, fp);
shared_library_fullname = NULL; size = 0;
len = getline (&shared_library_fullname, &size, fp);
if (len >= 0)
{
/* Success: filled shared_library_fullname. */
if (len > 0 && shared_library_fullname[len - 1] == '\n')
shared_library_fullname[len - 1] = '\0';
}
}
break;
}
while (c = getc (fp), c != EOF && c != '\n')
continue;
}
fclose (fp);
}
#endif
}
#endif /* (WIN32 or Cygwin) / (Unix except Cygwin) */
/* Return the full pathname of the current shared library.
Return NULL if unknown.
Guaranteed to work only on Linux, Cygwin and Woe32. */
static char *
get_shared_library_fullname ()
{
#if !(defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __CYGWIN__)
static bool tried_find_shared_library_fullname;
if (!tried_find_shared_library_fullname)
{
find_shared_library_fullname ();
tried_find_shared_library_fullname = true;
}
#endif
return shared_library_fullname;
}
#endif /* PIC */
/* Returns the pathname, relocated according to the current installation
directory. */
const char *
relocate (const char *pathname)
{
#if defined PIC && defined INSTALLDIR
static int initialized;
/* Initialization code for a shared library. */
if (!initialized)
{
/* At this point, orig_prefix and curr_prefix likely have already been
set through the main program's set_program_name_and_installdir
function. This is sufficient in the case that the library has
initially been installed in the same orig_prefix. But we can do
better, to also cover the cases that 1. it has been installed
in a different prefix before being moved to orig_prefix and (later)
to curr_prefix, 2. unlike the program, it has not moved away from
orig_prefix. */
const char *orig_installprefix = INSTALLPREFIX;
const char *orig_installdir = INSTALLDIR;
const char *curr_prefix_better;
curr_prefix_better =
compute_curr_prefix (orig_installprefix, orig_installdir,
get_shared_library_fullname ());
if (curr_prefix_better == NULL)
curr_prefix_better = curr_prefix;
set_relocation_prefix (orig_installprefix, curr_prefix_better);
initialized = 1;
}
#endif
/* Note: It is not necessary to perform case insensitive comparison here,
even for DOS-like filesystems, because the pathname argument was
typically created from the same Makefile variable as orig_prefix came
from. */
if (orig_prefix != NULL && curr_prefix != NULL
&& strncmp (pathname, orig_prefix, orig_prefix_len) == 0)
{
if (pathname[orig_prefix_len] == '\0')
/* pathname equals orig_prefix. */
return curr_prefix;
if (ISSLASH (pathname[orig_prefix_len]))
{
/* pathname starts with orig_prefix. */
const char *pathname_tail = &pathname[orig_prefix_len];
char *result =
(char *) xmalloc (curr_prefix_len + strlen (pathname_tail) + 1);
#ifdef NO_XMALLOC
if (result != NULL)
#endif
{
memcpy (result, curr_prefix, curr_prefix_len);
strcpy (result + curr_prefix_len, pathname_tail);
return result;
}
}
}
/* Nothing to relocate. */
return pathname;
}
#endif

79
intl/relocatable.h
View File

@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
/* Provide relocatable packages.
Copyright (C) 2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2003.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
USA. */
#ifndef _RELOCATABLE_H
#define _RELOCATABLE_H
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* This can be enabled through the configure --enable-relocatable option. */
#if ENABLE_RELOCATABLE
/* When building a DLL, we must export some functions. Note that because
this is a private .h file, we don't need to use __declspec(dllimport)
in any case. */
#if HAVE_VISIBILITY && BUILDING_DLL
# define RELOCATABLE_DLL_EXPORTED __attribute__((__visibility__("default")))
#elif defined _MSC_VER && BUILDING_DLL
# define RELOCATABLE_DLL_EXPORTED __declspec(dllexport)
#else
# define RELOCATABLE_DLL_EXPORTED
#endif
/* Sets the original and the current installation prefix of the package.
Relocation simply replaces a pathname starting with the original prefix
by the corresponding pathname with the current prefix instead. Both
prefixes should be directory names without trailing slash (i.e. use ""
instead of "/"). */
extern RELOCATABLE_DLL_EXPORTED void
set_relocation_prefix (const char *orig_prefix,
const char *curr_prefix);
/* Returns the pathname, relocated according to the current installation
directory. */
extern const char * relocate (const char *pathname);
/* Memory management: relocate() leaks memory, because it has to construct
a fresh pathname. If this is a problem because your program calls
relocate() frequently, think about caching the result. */
/* Convenience function:
Computes the current installation prefix, based on the original
installation prefix, the original installation directory of a particular
file, and the current pathname of this file. Returns NULL upon failure. */
extern const char * compute_curr_prefix (const char *orig_installprefix,
const char *orig_installdir,
const char *curr_pathname);
#else
/* By default, we use the hardwired pathnames. */
#define relocate(pathname) (pathname)
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* _RELOCATABLE_H */

141
intl/textdomain.c
View File

@ -1,141 +0,0 @@
/* Implementation of the textdomain(3) function.
Copyright (C) 1995-1998, 2000-2003, 2005-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <string.h>
#include "gettextP.h"
#ifdef _LIBC
# include <libintl.h>
#else
# include "libgnuintl.h"
#endif
/* Handle multi-threaded applications. */
#ifdef _LIBC
# include <bits/libc-lock.h>
# define gl_rwlock_define __libc_rwlock_define
# define gl_rwlock_wrlock __libc_rwlock_wrlock
# define gl_rwlock_unlock __libc_rwlock_unlock
#else
# include "lock.h"
#endif
/* The internal variables in the standalone libintl.a must have different
names than the internal variables in GNU libc, otherwise programs
using libintl.a cannot be linked statically. */
#if !defined _LIBC
# define _nl_default_default_domain libintl_nl_default_default_domain
# define _nl_current_default_domain libintl_nl_current_default_domain
#endif
/* @@ end of prolog @@ */
/* Name of the default text domain. */
extern const char _nl_default_default_domain[] attribute_hidden;
/* Default text domain in which entries for gettext(3) are to be found. */
extern const char *_nl_current_default_domain attribute_hidden;
/* Names for the libintl functions are a problem. They must not clash
with existing names and they should follow ANSI C. But this source
code is also used in GNU C Library where the names have a __
prefix. So we have to make a difference here. */
#ifdef _LIBC
# define TEXTDOMAIN __textdomain
# ifndef strdup
# define strdup(str) __strdup (str)
# endif
#else
# define TEXTDOMAIN libintl_textdomain
#endif
/* Lock variable to protect the global data in the gettext implementation. */
gl_rwlock_define (extern, _nl_state_lock attribute_hidden)
/* Set the current default message catalog to DOMAINNAME.
If DOMAINNAME is null, return the current default.
If DOMAINNAME is "", reset to the default of "messages". */
char *
TEXTDOMAIN (const char *domainname)
{
char *new_domain;
char *old_domain;
/* A NULL pointer requests the current setting. */
if (domainname == NULL)
return (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
gl_rwlock_wrlock (_nl_state_lock);
old_domain = (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
/* If domain name is the null string set to default domain "messages". */
if (domainname[0] == '\0'
|| strcmp (domainname, _nl_default_default_domain) == 0)
{
_nl_current_default_domain = _nl_default_default_domain;
new_domain = (char *) _nl_current_default_domain;
}
else if (strcmp (domainname, old_domain) == 0)
/* This can happen and people will use it to signal that some
environment variable changed. */
new_domain = old_domain;
else
{
/* If the following malloc fails `_nl_current_default_domain'
will be NULL. This value will be returned and so signals we
are out of core. */
#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRDUP
new_domain = strdup (domainname);
#else
size_t len = strlen (domainname) + 1;
new_domain = (char *) malloc (len);
if (new_domain != NULL)
memcpy (new_domain, domainname, len);
#endif
if (new_domain != NULL)
_nl_current_default_domain = new_domain;
}
/* We use this possibility to signal a change of the loaded catalogs
since this is most likely the case and there is no other easy we
to do it. Do it only when the call was successful. */
if (new_domain != NULL)
{
++_nl_msg_cat_cntr;
if (old_domain != new_domain && old_domain != _nl_default_default_domain)
free (old_domain);
}
gl_rwlock_unlock (_nl_state_lock);
return new_domain;
}
#ifdef _LIBC
/* Alias for function name in GNU C Library. */
weak_alias (__textdomain, textdomain);
#endif

890
intl/vasnprintf.c
View File

@ -1,890 +0,0 @@
/* vsprintf with automatic memory allocation.
Copyright (C) 1999, 2002-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
USA. */
/* Tell glibc's <stdio.h> to provide a prototype for snprintf().
This must come before <config.h> because <config.h> may include
<features.h>, and once <features.h> has been included, it's too late. */
#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
# define _GNU_SOURCE 1
#endif
#include <config.h>
#ifndef IN_LIBINTL
# include <alloca.h>
#endif
/* Specification. */
#if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
# include "vasnwprintf.h"
#else
# include "vasnprintf.h"
#endif
#include <stdio.h> /* snprintf(), sprintf() */
#include <stdlib.h> /* abort(), malloc(), realloc(), free() */
#include <string.h> /* memcpy(), strlen() */
#include <errno.h> /* errno */
#include <limits.h> /* CHAR_BIT */
#include <float.h> /* DBL_MAX_EXP, LDBL_MAX_EXP */
#if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
# include "wprintf-parse.h"
#else
# include "printf-parse.h"
#endif
/* Checked size_t computations. */
#include "xsize.h"
#ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_T
# ifdef HAVE_WCSLEN
# define local_wcslen wcslen
# else
/* Solaris 2.5.1 has wcslen() in a separate library libw.so. To avoid
a dependency towards this library, here is a local substitute.
Define this substitute only once, even if this file is included
twice in the same compilation unit. */
# ifndef local_wcslen_defined
# define local_wcslen_defined 1
static size_t
local_wcslen (const wchar_t *s)
{
const wchar_t *ptr;
for (ptr = s; *ptr != (wchar_t) 0; ptr++)
;
return ptr - s;
}
# endif
# endif
#endif
#if WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
# define VASNPRINTF vasnwprintf
# define CHAR_T wchar_t
# define DIRECTIVE wchar_t_directive
# define DIRECTIVES wchar_t_directives
# define PRINTF_PARSE wprintf_parse
# define USE_SNPRINTF 1
# if HAVE_DECL__SNWPRINTF
/* On Windows, the function swprintf() has a different signature than
on Unix; we use the _snwprintf() function instead. */
# define SNPRINTF _snwprintf
# else
/* Unix. */
# define SNPRINTF swprintf
# endif
#else
# define VASNPRINTF vasnprintf
# define CHAR_T char
# define DIRECTIVE char_directive
# define DIRECTIVES char_directives
# define PRINTF_PARSE printf_parse
# define USE_SNPRINTF (HAVE_DECL__SNPRINTF || HAVE_SNPRINTF)
# if HAVE_DECL__SNPRINTF
/* Windows. */
# define SNPRINTF _snprintf
# else
/* Unix. */
# define SNPRINTF snprintf
# endif
#endif
CHAR_T *
VASNPRINTF (CHAR_T *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const CHAR_T *format, va_list args)
{
DIRECTIVES d;
arguments a;
if (PRINTF_PARSE (format, &d, &a) < 0)
{
errno = EINVAL;
return NULL;
}
#define CLEANUP() \
free (d.dir); \
if (a.arg) \
free (a.arg);
if (printf_fetchargs (args, &a) < 0)
{
CLEANUP ();
errno = EINVAL;
return NULL;
}
{
size_t buf_neededlength;
CHAR_T *buf;
CHAR_T *buf_malloced;
const CHAR_T *cp;
size_t i;
DIRECTIVE *dp;
/* Output string accumulator. */
CHAR_T *result;
size_t allocated;
size_t length;
/* Allocate a small buffer that will hold a directive passed to
sprintf or snprintf. */
buf_neededlength =
xsum4 (7, d.max_width_length, d.max_precision_length, 6);
#if HAVE_ALLOCA
if (buf_neededlength < 4000 / sizeof (CHAR_T))
{
buf = (CHAR_T *) alloca (buf_neededlength * sizeof (CHAR_T));
buf_malloced = NULL;
}
else
#endif
{
size_t buf_memsize = xtimes (buf_neededlength, sizeof (CHAR_T));
if (size_overflow_p (buf_memsize))
goto out_of_memory_1;
buf = (CHAR_T *) malloc (buf_memsize);
if (buf == NULL)
goto out_of_memory_1;
buf_malloced = buf;
}
if (resultbuf != NULL)
{
result = resultbuf;
allocated = *lengthp;
}
else
{
result = NULL;
allocated = 0;
}
length = 0;
/* Invariants:
result is either == resultbuf or == NULL or malloc-allocated.
If length > 0, then result != NULL. */
/* Ensures that allocated >= needed. Aborts through a jump to
out_of_memory if needed is SIZE_MAX or otherwise too big. */
#define ENSURE_ALLOCATION(needed) \
if ((needed) > allocated) \
{ \
size_t memory_size; \
CHAR_T *memory; \
\
allocated = (allocated > 0 ? xtimes (allocated, 2) : 12); \
if ((needed) > allocated) \
allocated = (needed); \
memory_size = xtimes (allocated, sizeof (CHAR_T)); \
if (size_overflow_p (memory_size)) \
goto out_of_memory; \
if (result == resultbuf || result == NULL) \
memory = (CHAR_T *) malloc (memory_size); \
else \
memory = (CHAR_T *) realloc (result, memory_size); \
if (memory == NULL) \
goto out_of_memory; \
if (result == resultbuf && length > 0) \
memcpy (memory, result, length * sizeof (CHAR_T)); \
result = memory; \
}
for (cp = format, i = 0, dp = &d.dir[0]; ; cp = dp->dir_end, i++, dp++)
{
if (cp != dp->dir_start)
{
size_t n = dp->dir_start - cp;
size_t augmented_length = xsum (length, n);
ENSURE_ALLOCATION (augmented_length);
memcpy (result + length, cp, n * sizeof (CHAR_T));
length = augmented_length;
}
if (i == d.count)
break;
/* Execute a single directive. */
if (dp->conversion == '%')
{
size_t augmented_length;
if (!(dp->arg_index == ARG_NONE))
abort ();
augmented_length = xsum (length, 1);
ENSURE_ALLOCATION (augmented_length);
result[length] = '%';
length = augmented_length;
}
else
{
if (!(dp->arg_index != ARG_NONE))
abort ();
if (dp->conversion == 'n')
{
switch (a.arg[dp->arg_index].type)
{
case TYPE_COUNT_SCHAR_POINTER:
*a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_count_schar_pointer = length;
break;
case TYPE_COUNT_SHORT_POINTER:
*a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_count_short_pointer = length;
break;
case TYPE_COUNT_INT_POINTER:
*a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_count_int_pointer = length;
break;
case TYPE_COUNT_LONGINT_POINTER:
*a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_count_longint_pointer = length;
break;
#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
case TYPE_COUNT_LONGLONGINT_POINTER:
*a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_count_longlongint_pointer = length;
break;
#endif
default:
abort ();
}
}
else
{
arg_type type = a.arg[dp->arg_index].type;
CHAR_T *p;
unsigned int prefix_count;
int prefixes[2];
#if !USE_SNPRINTF
size_t tmp_length;
CHAR_T tmpbuf[700];
CHAR_T *tmp;
/* Allocate a temporary buffer of sufficient size for calling
sprintf. */
{
size_t width;
size_t precision;
width = 0;
if (dp->width_start != dp->width_end)
{
if (dp->width_arg_index != ARG_NONE)
{
int arg;
if (!(a.arg[dp->width_arg_index].type == TYPE_INT))
abort ();
arg = a.arg[dp->width_arg_index].a.a_int;
width = (arg < 0 ? (unsigned int) (-arg) : arg);
}
else
{
const CHAR_T *digitp = dp->width_start;
do
width = xsum (xtimes (width, 10), *digitp++ - '0');
while (digitp != dp->width_end);
}
}
precision = 6;
if (dp->precision_start != dp->precision_end)
{
if (dp->precision_arg_index != ARG_NONE)
{
int arg;
if (!(a.arg[dp->precision_arg_index].type == TYPE_INT))
abort ();
arg = a.arg[dp->precision_arg_index].a.a_int;
precision = (arg < 0 ? 0 : arg);
}
else
{
const CHAR_T *digitp = dp->precision_start + 1;
precision = 0;
while (digitp != dp->precision_end)
precision = xsum (xtimes (precision, 10), *digitp++ - '0');
}
}
switch (dp->conversion)
{
case 'd': case 'i': case 'u':
# ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
if (type == TYPE_LONGLONGINT || type == TYPE_ULONGLONGINT)
tmp_length =
(unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned long long) * CHAR_BIT
* 0.30103 /* binary -> decimal */
)
+ 1; /* turn floor into ceil */
else
# endif
if (type == TYPE_LONGINT || type == TYPE_ULONGINT)
tmp_length =
(unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned long) * CHAR_BIT
* 0.30103 /* binary -> decimal */
)
+ 1; /* turn floor into ceil */
else
tmp_length =
(unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned int) * CHAR_BIT
* 0.30103 /* binary -> decimal */
)
+ 1; /* turn floor into ceil */
if (tmp_length < precision)
tmp_length = precision;
/* Multiply by 2, as an estimate for FLAG_GROUP. */
tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, tmp_length);
/* Add 1, to account for a leading sign. */
tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, 1);
break;
case 'o':
# ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
if (type == TYPE_LONGLONGINT || type == TYPE_ULONGLONGINT)
tmp_length =
(unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned long long) * CHAR_BIT
* 0.333334 /* binary -> octal */
)
+ 1; /* turn floor into ceil */
else
# endif
if (type == TYPE_LONGINT || type == TYPE_ULONGINT)
tmp_length =
(unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned long) * CHAR_BIT
* 0.333334 /* binary -> octal */
)
+ 1; /* turn floor into ceil */
else
tmp_length =
(unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned int) * CHAR_BIT
* 0.333334 /* binary -> octal */
)
+ 1; /* turn floor into ceil */
if (tmp_length < precision)
tmp_length = precision;
/* Add 1, to account for a leading sign. */
tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, 1);
break;
case 'x': case 'X':
# ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
if (type == TYPE_LONGLONGINT || type == TYPE_ULONGLONGINT)
tmp_length =
(unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned long long) * CHAR_BIT
* 0.25 /* binary -> hexadecimal */
)
+ 1; /* turn floor into ceil */
else
# endif
if (type == TYPE_LONGINT || type == TYPE_ULONGINT)
tmp_length =
(unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned long) * CHAR_BIT
* 0.25 /* binary -> hexadecimal */
)
+ 1; /* turn floor into ceil */
else
tmp_length =
(unsigned int) (sizeof (unsigned int) * CHAR_BIT
* 0.25 /* binary -> hexadecimal */
)
+ 1; /* turn floor into ceil */
if (tmp_length < precision)
tmp_length = precision;
/* Add 2, to account for a leading sign or alternate form. */
tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, 2);
break;
case 'f': case 'F':
# ifdef HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
if (type == TYPE_LONGDOUBLE)
tmp_length =
(unsigned int) (LDBL_MAX_EXP
* 0.30103 /* binary -> decimal */
* 2 /* estimate for FLAG_GROUP */
)
+ 1 /* turn floor into ceil */
+ 10; /* sign, decimal point etc. */
else
# endif
tmp_length =
(unsigned int) (DBL_MAX_EXP
* 0.30103 /* binary -> decimal */
* 2 /* estimate for FLAG_GROUP */
)
+ 1 /* turn floor into ceil */
+ 10; /* sign, decimal point etc. */
tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, precision);
break;
case 'e': case 'E': case 'g': case 'G':
case 'a': case 'A':
tmp_length =
12; /* sign, decimal point, exponent etc. */
tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, precision);
break;
case 'c':
# if defined HAVE_WINT_T && !WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
if (type == TYPE_WIDE_CHAR)
tmp_length = MB_CUR_MAX;
else
# endif
tmp_length = 1;
break;
case 's':
# ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_T
if (type == TYPE_WIDE_STRING)
{
tmp_length =
local_wcslen (a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_wide_string);
# if !WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
tmp_length = xtimes (tmp_length, MB_CUR_MAX);
# endif
}
else
# endif
tmp_length = strlen (a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_string);
break;
case 'p':
tmp_length =
(unsigned int) (sizeof (void *) * CHAR_BIT
* 0.25 /* binary -> hexadecimal */
)
+ 1 /* turn floor into ceil */
+ 2; /* account for leading 0x */
break;
default:
abort ();
}
if (tmp_length < width)
tmp_length = width;
tmp_length = xsum (tmp_length, 1); /* account for trailing NUL */
}
if (tmp_length <= sizeof (tmpbuf) / sizeof (CHAR_T))
tmp = tmpbuf;
else
{
size_t tmp_memsize = xtimes (tmp_length, sizeof (CHAR_T));
if (size_overflow_p (tmp_memsize))
/* Overflow, would lead to out of memory. */
goto out_of_memory;
tmp = (CHAR_T *) malloc (tmp_memsize);
if (tmp == NULL)
/* Out of memory. */
goto out_of_memory;
}
#endif
/* Construct the format string for calling snprintf or
sprintf. */
p = buf;
*p++ = '%';
if (dp->flags & FLAG_GROUP)
*p++ = '\'';
if (dp->flags & FLAG_LEFT)
*p++ = '-';
if (dp->flags & FLAG_SHOWSIGN)
*p++ = '+';
if (dp->flags & FLAG_SPACE)
*p++ = ' ';
if (dp->flags & FLAG_ALT)
*p++ = '#';
if (dp->flags & FLAG_ZERO)
*p++ = '0';
if (dp->width_start != dp->width_end)
{
size_t n = dp->width_end - dp->width_start;
memcpy (p, dp->width_start, n * sizeof (CHAR_T));
p += n;
}
if (dp->precision_start != dp->precision_end)
{
size_t n = dp->precision_end - dp->precision_start;
memcpy (p, dp->precision_start, n * sizeof (CHAR_T));
p += n;
}
switch (type)
{
#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
case TYPE_LONGLONGINT:
case TYPE_ULONGLONGINT:
*p++ = 'l';
/*FALLTHROUGH*/
#endif
case TYPE_LONGINT:
case TYPE_ULONGINT:
#ifdef HAVE_WINT_T
case TYPE_WIDE_CHAR:
#endif
#ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_T
case TYPE_WIDE_STRING:
#endif
*p++ = 'l';
break;
#ifdef HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
case TYPE_LONGDOUBLE:
*p++ = 'L';
break;
#endif
default:
break;
}
*p = dp->conversion;
#if USE_SNPRINTF
p[1] = '%';
p[2] = 'n';
p[3] = '\0';
#else
p[1] = '\0';
#endif
/* Construct the arguments for calling snprintf or sprintf. */
prefix_count = 0;
if (dp->width_arg_index != ARG_NONE)
{
if (!(a.arg[dp->width_arg_index].type == TYPE_INT))
abort ();
prefixes[prefix_count++] = a.arg[dp->width_arg_index].a.a_int;
}
if (dp->precision_arg_index != ARG_NONE)
{
if (!(a.arg[dp->precision_arg_index].type == TYPE_INT))
abort ();
prefixes[prefix_count++] = a.arg[dp->precision_arg_index].a.a_int;
}
#if USE_SNPRINTF
/* Prepare checking whether snprintf returns the count
via %n. */
ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, 1));
result[length] = '\0';
#endif
for (;;)
{
size_t maxlen;
int count;
int retcount;
maxlen = allocated - length;
count = -1;
retcount = 0;
#if USE_SNPRINTF
# define SNPRINTF_BUF(arg) \
switch (prefix_count) \
{ \
case 0: \
retcount = SNPRINTF (result + length, maxlen, buf, \
arg, &count); \
break; \
case 1: \
retcount = SNPRINTF (result + length, maxlen, buf, \
prefixes[0], arg, &count); \
break; \
case 2: \
retcount = SNPRINTF (result + length, maxlen, buf, \
prefixes[0], prefixes[1], arg, \
&count); \
break; \
default: \
abort (); \
}
#else
# define SNPRINTF_BUF(arg) \
switch (prefix_count) \
{ \
case 0: \
count = sprintf (tmp, buf, arg); \
break; \
case 1: \
count = sprintf (tmp, buf, prefixes[0], arg); \
break; \
case 2: \
count = sprintf (tmp, buf, prefixes[0], prefixes[1],\
arg); \
break; \
default: \
abort (); \
}
#endif
switch (type)
{
case TYPE_SCHAR:
{
int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_schar;
SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
}
break;
case TYPE_UCHAR:
{
unsigned int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_uchar;
SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
}
break;
case TYPE_SHORT:
{
int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_short;
SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
}
break;
case TYPE_USHORT:
{
unsigned int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_ushort;
SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
}
break;
case TYPE_INT:
{
int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_int;
SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
}
break;
case TYPE_UINT:
{
unsigned int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_uint;
SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
}
break;
case TYPE_LONGINT:
{
long int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_longint;
SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
}
break;
case TYPE_ULONGINT:
{
unsigned long int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_ulongint;
SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
}
break;
#ifdef HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT
case TYPE_LONGLONGINT:
{
long long int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_longlongint;
SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
}
break;
case TYPE_ULONGLONGINT:
{
unsigned long long int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_ulonglongint;
SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
}
break;
#endif
case TYPE_DOUBLE:
{
double arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_double;
SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
}
break;
#ifdef HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE
case TYPE_LONGDOUBLE:
{
long double arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_longdouble;
SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
}
break;
#endif
case TYPE_CHAR:
{
int arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_char;
SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
}
break;
#ifdef HAVE_WINT_T
case TYPE_WIDE_CHAR:
{
wint_t arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_wide_char;
SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
}
break;
#endif
case TYPE_STRING:
{
const char *arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_string;
SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
}
break;
#ifdef HAVE_WCHAR_T
case TYPE_WIDE_STRING:
{
const wchar_t *arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_wide_string;
SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
}
break;
#endif
case TYPE_POINTER:
{
void *arg = a.arg[dp->arg_index].a.a_pointer;
SNPRINTF_BUF (arg);
}
break;
default:
abort ();
}
#if USE_SNPRINTF
/* Portability: Not all implementations of snprintf()
are ISO C 99 compliant. Determine the number of
bytes that snprintf() has produced or would have
produced. */
if (count >= 0)
{
/* Verify that snprintf() has NUL-terminated its
result. */
if (count < maxlen && result[length + count] != '\0')
abort ();
/* Portability hack. */
if (retcount > count)
count = retcount;
}
else
{
/* snprintf() doesn't understand the '%n'
directive. */
if (p[1] != '\0')
{
/* Don't use the '%n' directive; instead, look
at the snprintf() return value. */
p[1] = '\0';
continue;
}
else
{
/* Look at the snprintf() return value. */
if (retcount < 0)
{
/* HP-UX 10.20 snprintf() is doubly deficient:
It doesn't understand the '%n' directive,
*and* it returns -1 (rather than the length
that would have been required) when the
buffer is too small. */
size_t bigger_need =
xsum (xtimes (allocated, 2), 12);
ENSURE_ALLOCATION (bigger_need);
continue;
}
else
count = retcount;
}
}
#endif
/* Attempt to handle failure. */
if (count < 0)
{
if (!(result == resultbuf || result == NULL))
free (result);
if (buf_malloced != NULL)
free (buf_malloced);
CLEANUP ();
errno = EINVAL;
return NULL;
}
#if !USE_SNPRINTF
if (count >= tmp_length)
/* tmp_length was incorrectly calculated - fix the
code above! */
abort ();
#endif
/* Make room for the result. */
if (count >= maxlen)
{
/* Need at least count bytes. But allocate
proportionally, to avoid looping eternally if
snprintf() reports a too small count. */
size_t n =
xmax (xsum (length, count), xtimes (allocated, 2));
ENSURE_ALLOCATION (n);
#if USE_SNPRINTF
continue;
#endif
}
#if USE_SNPRINTF
/* The snprintf() result did fit. */
#else
/* Append the sprintf() result. */
memcpy (result + length, tmp, count * sizeof (CHAR_T));
if (tmp != tmpbuf)
free (tmp);
#endif
length += count;
break;
}
}
}
}
/* Add the final NUL. */
ENSURE_ALLOCATION (xsum (length, 1));
result[length] = '\0';
if (result != resultbuf && length + 1 < allocated)
{
/* Shrink the allocated memory if possible. */
CHAR_T *memory;
memory = (CHAR_T *) realloc (result, (length + 1) * sizeof (CHAR_T));
if (memory != NULL)
result = memory;
}
if (buf_malloced != NULL)
free (buf_malloced);
CLEANUP ();
*lengthp = length;
/* Note that we can produce a big string of a length > INT_MAX. POSIX
says that snprintf() fails with errno = EOVERFLOW in this case, but
that's only because snprintf() returns an 'int'. This function does
not have this limitation. */
return result;
out_of_memory:
if (!(result == resultbuf || result == NULL))
free (result);
if (buf_malloced != NULL)
free (buf_malloced);
out_of_memory_1:
CLEANUP ();
errno = ENOMEM;
return NULL;
}
}
#undef SNPRINTF
#undef USE_SNPRINTF
#undef PRINTF_PARSE
#undef DIRECTIVES
#undef DIRECTIVE
#undef CHAR_T
#undef VASNPRINTF

78
intl/vasnprintf.h
View File

@ -1,78 +0,0 @@
/* vsprintf with automatic memory allocation.
Copyright (C) 2002-2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
USA. */
#ifndef _VASNPRINTF_H
#define _VASNPRINTF_H
/* Get va_list. */
#include <stdarg.h>
/* Get size_t. */
#include <stddef.h>
#ifndef __attribute__
/* This feature is available in gcc versions 2.5 and later. */
# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 5) || __STRICT_ANSI__
# define __attribute__(Spec) /* empty */
# endif
/* The __-protected variants of `format' and `printf' attributes
are accepted by gcc versions 2.6.4 (effectively 2.7) and later. */
# if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 7)
# define __format__ format
# define __printf__ printf
# endif
#endif
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Write formatted output to a string dynamically allocated with malloc().
You can pass a preallocated buffer for the result in RESULTBUF and its
size in *LENGTHP; otherwise you pass RESULTBUF = NULL.
If successful, return the address of the string (this may be = RESULTBUF
if no dynamic memory allocation was necessary) and set *LENGTHP to the
number of resulting bytes, excluding the trailing NUL. Upon error, set
errno and return NULL.
When dynamic memory allocation occurs, the preallocated buffer is left
alone (with possibly modified contents). This makes it possible to use
a statically allocated or stack-allocated buffer, like this:
char buf[100];
size_t len = sizeof (buf);
char *output = vasnprintf (buf, &len, format, args);
if (output == NULL)
... error handling ...;
else
{
... use the output string ...;
if (output != buf)
free (output);
}
*/
extern char * asnprintf (char *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const char *format, ...)
__attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 4)));
extern char * vasnprintf (char *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const char *format, va_list args)
__attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 0)));
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* _VASNPRINTF_H */

46
intl/vasnwprintf.h
View File

@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
/* vswprintf with automatic memory allocation.
Copyright (C) 2002-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
USA. */
#ifndef _VASNWPRINTF_H
#define _VASNWPRINTF_H
/* Get va_list. */
#include <stdarg.h>
/* Get wchar_t, size_t. */
#include <stddef.h>
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif
/* Write formatted output to a string dynamically allocated with malloc().
You can pass a preallocated buffer for the result in RESULTBUF and its
size in *LENGTHP; otherwise you pass RESULTBUF = NULL.
If successful, return the address of the string (this may be = RESULTBUF
if no dynamic memory allocation was necessary) and set *LENGTHP to the
number of resulting bytes, excluding the trailing NUL. Upon error, set
errno and return NULL. */
extern wchar_t * asnwprintf (wchar_t *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const wchar_t *format, ...);
extern wchar_t * vasnwprintf (wchar_t *resultbuf, size_t *lengthp, const wchar_t *format, va_list args);
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif /* _VASNWPRINTF_H */

26
intl/version.c
View File

@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
/* libintl library version.
Copyright (C) 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
USA. */
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
# include <config.h>
#endif
#include "libgnuintl.h"
/* Version number: (major<<16) + (minor<<8) + subminor */
int libintl_version = LIBINTL_VERSION;

75
intl/wprintf-parse.h
View File

@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
/* Parse printf format string.
Copyright (C) 1999, 2002-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
USA. */
#ifndef _WPRINTF_PARSE_H
#define _WPRINTF_PARSE_H
#include "printf-args.h"
/* Flags */
#define FLAG_GROUP 1 /* ' flag */
#define FLAG_LEFT 2 /* - flag */
#define FLAG_SHOWSIGN 4 /* + flag */
#define FLAG_SPACE 8 /* space flag */
#define FLAG_ALT 16 /* # flag */
#define FLAG_ZERO 32
/* arg_index value indicating that no argument is consumed. */
#define ARG_NONE (~(size_t)0)
/* A parsed directive. */
typedef struct
{
const wchar_t* dir_start;
const wchar_t* dir_end;
int flags;
const wchar_t* width_start;
const wchar_t* width_end;
size_t width_arg_index;
const wchar_t* precision_start;
const wchar_t* precision_end;
size_t precision_arg_index;
wchar_t conversion; /* d i o u x X f e E g G c s p n U % but not C S */
size_t arg_index;
}
wchar_t_directive;
/* A parsed format string. */
typedef struct
{
size_t count;
wchar_t_directive *dir;
size_t max_width_length;
size_t max_precision_length;
}
wchar_t_directives;
/* Parses the format string. Fills in the number N of directives, and fills
in directives[0], ..., directives[N-1], and sets directives[N].dir_start
to the end of the format string. Also fills in the arg_type fields of the
arguments and the needed count of arguments. */
#ifdef STATIC
STATIC
#else
extern
#endif
int wprintf_parse (const wchar_t *format, wchar_t_directives *d, arguments *a);
#endif /* _WPRINTF_PARSE_H */

109
intl/xsize.h
View File

@ -1,109 +0,0 @@
/* xsize.h -- Checked size_t computations.
Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU
Library General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301,
USA. */
#ifndef _XSIZE_H
#define _XSIZE_H
/* Get size_t. */
#include <stddef.h>
/* Get SIZE_MAX. */
#include <limits.h>
#if HAVE_STDINT_H
# include <stdint.h>
#endif
/* The size of memory objects is often computed through expressions of
type size_t. Example:
void* p = malloc (header_size + n * element_size).
These computations can lead to overflow. When this happens, malloc()
returns a piece of memory that is way too small, and the program then
crashes while attempting to fill the memory.
To avoid this, the functions and macros in this file check for overflow.
The convention is that SIZE_MAX represents overflow.
malloc (SIZE_MAX) is not guaranteed to fail -- think of a malloc
implementation that uses mmap --, it's recommended to use size_overflow_p()
or size_in_bounds_p() before invoking malloc().
The example thus becomes:
size_t size = xsum (header_size, xtimes (n, element_size));
void *p = (size_in_bounds_p (size) ? malloc (size) : NULL);
*/
/* Convert an arbitrary value >= 0 to type size_t. */
#define xcast_size_t(N) \
((N) <= SIZE_MAX ? (size_t) (N) : SIZE_MAX)
/* Sum of two sizes, with overflow check. */
static inline size_t
#if __GNUC__ >= 3
__attribute__ ((__pure__))
#endif
xsum (size_t size1, size_t size2)
{
size_t sum = size1 + size2;
return (sum >= size1 ? sum : SIZE_MAX);
}
/* Sum of three sizes, with overflow check. */
static inline size_t
#if __GNUC__ >= 3
__attribute__ ((__pure__))
#endif
xsum3 (size_t size1, size_t size2, size_t size3)
{
return xsum (xsum (size1, size2), size3);
}
/* Sum of four sizes, with overflow check. */
static inline size_t
#if __GNUC__ >= 3
__attribute__ ((__pure__))
#endif
xsum4 (size_t size1, size_t size2, size_t size3, size_t size4)
{
return xsum (xsum (xsum (size1, size2), size3), size4);
}
/* Maximum of two sizes, with overflow check. */
static inline size_t
#if __GNUC__ >= 3
__attribute__ ((__pure__))
#endif
xmax (size_t size1, size_t size2)
{
/* No explicit check is needed here, because for any n:
max (SIZE_MAX, n) == SIZE_MAX and max (n, SIZE_MAX) == SIZE_MAX. */
return (size1 >= size2 ? size1 : size2);
}
/* Multiplication of a count with an element size, with overflow check.
The count must be >= 0 and the element size must be > 0.
This is a macro, not an inline function, so that it works correctly even
when N is of a wider tupe and N > SIZE_MAX. */
#define xtimes(N, ELSIZE) \
((N) <= SIZE_MAX / (ELSIZE) ? (size_t) (N) * (ELSIZE) : SIZE_MAX)
/* Check for overflow. */
#define size_overflow_p(SIZE) \
((SIZE) == SIZE_MAX)
/* Check against overflow. */
#define size_in_bounds_p(SIZE) \
((SIZE) != SIZE_MAX)
#endif /* _XSIZE_H */

2
m4/Makefile.am
View File

@ -1 +1 @@
EXTRA_DIST = codeset.m4 gettext.m4 glibc21.m4 iconv.m4 intdiv0.m4 intmax.m4 inttypes.m4 inttypes_h.m4 inttypes-pri.m4 isc-posix.m4 lcmessage.m4 lib-ld.m4 lib-link.m4 lib-prefix.m4 longdouble.m4 longlong.m4 nls.m4 po.m4 printf-posix.m4 progtest.m4 signed.m4 size_max.m4 stdint_h.m4 uintmax_t.m4 ulonglong.m4 wchar_t.m4 wint_t.m4 xsize.m4
EXTRA_DIST = iconv.m4 po.m4

21
m4/codeset.m4
View File

@ -1,21 +0,0 @@
# codeset.m4 serial 2 (gettext-0.16)
dnl Copyright (C) 2000-2002, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
dnl From Bruno Haible.
AC_DEFUN([AM_LANGINFO_CODESET],
[
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for nl_langinfo and CODESET], am_cv_langinfo_codeset,
[AC_TRY_LINK([#include <langinfo.h>],
[char* cs = nl_langinfo(CODESET); return !cs;],
am_cv_langinfo_codeset=yes,
am_cv_langinfo_codeset=no)
])
if test $am_cv_langinfo_codeset = yes; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET, 1,
[Define if you have <langinfo.h> and nl_langinfo(CODESET).])
fi
])

419
m4/gettext.m4
View File

@ -1,419 +0,0 @@
# gettext.m4 serial 59 (gettext-0.16.1)
dnl Copyright (C) 1995-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
dnl
dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under
dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public
dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext
dnl functionality.
dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered
dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU
dnl gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License.
dnl They are *not* in the public domain.
dnl Authors:
dnl Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995-2000.
dnl Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>, 2000-2006.
dnl Macro to add for using GNU gettext.
dnl Usage: AM_GNU_GETTEXT([INTLSYMBOL], [NEEDSYMBOL], [INTLDIR]).
dnl INTLSYMBOL can be one of 'external', 'no-libtool', 'use-libtool'. The
dnl default (if it is not specified or empty) is 'no-libtool'.
dnl INTLSYMBOL should be 'external' for packages with no intl directory,
dnl and 'no-libtool' or 'use-libtool' for packages with an intl directory.
dnl If INTLSYMBOL is 'use-libtool', then a libtool library
dnl $(top_builddir)/intl/libintl.la will be created (shared and/or static,
dnl depending on --{enable,disable}-{shared,static} and on the presence of
dnl AM-DISABLE-SHARED). If INTLSYMBOL is 'no-libtool', a static library
dnl $(top_builddir)/intl/libintl.a will be created.
dnl If NEEDSYMBOL is specified and is 'need-ngettext', then GNU gettext
dnl implementations (in libc or libintl) without the ngettext() function
dnl will be ignored. If NEEDSYMBOL is specified and is
dnl 'need-formatstring-macros', then GNU gettext implementations that don't
dnl support the ISO C 99 <inttypes.h> formatstring macros will be ignored.
dnl INTLDIR is used to find the intl libraries. If empty,
dnl the value `$(top_builddir)/intl/' is used.
dnl
dnl The result of the configuration is one of three cases:
dnl 1) GNU gettext, as included in the intl subdirectory, will be compiled
dnl and used.
dnl Catalog format: GNU --> install in $(datadir)
dnl Catalog extension: .mo after installation, .gmo in source tree
dnl 2) GNU gettext has been found in the system's C library.
dnl Catalog format: GNU --> install in $(datadir)
dnl Catalog extension: .mo after installation, .gmo in source tree
dnl 3) No internationalization, always use English msgid.
dnl Catalog format: none
dnl Catalog extension: none
dnl If INTLSYMBOL is 'external', only cases 2 and 3 can occur.
dnl The use of .gmo is historical (it was needed to avoid overwriting the
dnl GNU format catalogs when building on a platform with an X/Open gettext),
dnl but we keep it in order not to force irrelevant filename changes on the
dnl maintainers.
dnl
AC_DEFUN([AM_GNU_GETTEXT],
[
dnl Argument checking.
ifelse([$1], [], , [ifelse([$1], [external], , [ifelse([$1], [no-libtool], , [ifelse([$1], [use-libtool], ,
[errprint([ERROR: invalid first argument to AM_GNU_GETTEXT
])])])])])
ifelse([$2], [], , [ifelse([$2], [need-ngettext], , [ifelse([$2], [need-formatstring-macros], ,
[errprint([ERROR: invalid second argument to AM_GNU_GETTEXT
])])])])
define([gt_included_intl],
ifelse([$1], [external],
ifdef([AM_GNU_GETTEXT_][INTL_SUBDIR], [yes], [no]),
[yes]))
define([gt_libtool_suffix_prefix], ifelse([$1], [use-libtool], [l], []))
gt_NEEDS_INIT
AM_GNU_GETTEXT_NEED([$2])
AC_REQUIRE([AM_PO_SUBDIRS])dnl
ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [
AC_REQUIRE([AM_INTL_SUBDIR])dnl
])
dnl Prerequisites of AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY.
AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX])
AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH])
dnl Sometimes libintl requires libiconv, so first search for libiconv.
dnl Ideally we would do this search only after the
dnl if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then
dnl if { eval "gt_val=\$$gt_func_gnugettext_libc"; test "$gt_val" != "yes"; }; then
dnl tests. But if configure.in invokes AM_ICONV after AM_GNU_GETTEXT
dnl the configure script would need to contain the same shell code
dnl again, outside any 'if'. There are two solutions:
dnl - Invoke AM_ICONV_LINKFLAGS_BODY here, outside any 'if'.
dnl - Control the expansions in more detail using AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE.
dnl Since AC_PROVIDE_IFELSE is only in autoconf >= 2.52 and not
dnl documented, we avoid it.
ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, , [
AC_REQUIRE([AM_ICONV_LINKFLAGS_BODY])
])
dnl Sometimes, on MacOS X, libintl requires linking with CoreFoundation.
gt_INTL_MACOSX
dnl Set USE_NLS.
AC_REQUIRE([AM_NLS])
ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [
BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=no
USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=no
])
LIBINTL=
LTLIBINTL=
POSUB=
dnl Add a version number to the cache macros.
case " $gt_needs " in
*" need-formatstring-macros "*) gt_api_version=3 ;;
*" need-ngettext "*) gt_api_version=2 ;;
*) gt_api_version=1 ;;
esac
gt_func_gnugettext_libc="gt_cv_func_gnugettext${gt_api_version}_libc"
gt_func_gnugettext_libintl="gt_cv_func_gnugettext${gt_api_version}_libintl"
dnl If we use NLS figure out what method
if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then
gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext=no
ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether included gettext is requested])
AC_ARG_WITH(included-gettext,
[ --with-included-gettext use the GNU gettext library included here],
nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=$withval,
nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=no)
AC_MSG_RESULT($nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext)
nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext="$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext"
if test "$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext" != "yes"; then
])
dnl User does not insist on using GNU NLS library. Figure out what
dnl to use. If GNU gettext is available we use this. Else we have
dnl to fall back to GNU NLS library.
if test $gt_api_version -ge 3; then
gt_revision_test_code='
#ifndef __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION
#define __GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(major) ((major) == 0 ? 0 : -1)
#endif
changequote(,)dnl
typedef int array [2 * (__GNU_GETTEXT_SUPPORTED_REVISION(0) >= 1) - 1];
changequote([,])dnl
'
else
gt_revision_test_code=
fi
if test $gt_api_version -ge 2; then
gt_expression_test_code=' + * ngettext ("", "", 0)'
else
gt_expression_test_code=
fi
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for GNU gettext in libc], [$gt_func_gnugettext_libc],
[AC_TRY_LINK([#include <libintl.h>
$gt_revision_test_code
extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
extern int *_nl_domain_bindings;],
[bindtextdomain ("", "");
return * gettext ("")$gt_expression_test_code + _nl_msg_cat_cntr + *_nl_domain_bindings],
[eval "$gt_func_gnugettext_libc=yes"],
[eval "$gt_func_gnugettext_libc=no"])])
if { eval "gt_val=\$$gt_func_gnugettext_libc"; test "$gt_val" != "yes"; }; then
dnl Sometimes libintl requires libiconv, so first search for libiconv.
ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, , [
AM_ICONV_LINK
])
dnl Search for libintl and define LIBINTL, LTLIBINTL and INCINTL
dnl accordingly. Don't use AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([intl],[iconv])
dnl because that would add "-liconv" to LIBINTL and LTLIBINTL
dnl even if libiconv doesn't exist.
AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([intl])
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for GNU gettext in libintl],
[$gt_func_gnugettext_libintl],
[gt_save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS"
CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS $INCINTL"
gt_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
LIBS="$LIBS $LIBINTL"
dnl Now see whether libintl exists and does not depend on libiconv.
AC_TRY_LINK([#include <libintl.h>
$gt_revision_test_code
extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
extern
#ifdef __cplusplus
"C"
#endif
const char *_nl_expand_alias (const char *);],
[bindtextdomain ("", "");
return * gettext ("")$gt_expression_test_code + _nl_msg_cat_cntr + *_nl_expand_alias ("")],
[eval "$gt_func_gnugettext_libintl=yes"],
[eval "$gt_func_gnugettext_libintl=no"])
dnl Now see whether libintl exists and depends on libiconv.
if { eval "gt_val=\$$gt_func_gnugettext_libintl"; test "$gt_val" != yes; } && test -n "$LIBICONV"; then
LIBS="$LIBS $LIBICONV"
AC_TRY_LINK([#include <libintl.h>
$gt_revision_test_code
extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
extern
#ifdef __cplusplus
"C"
#endif
const char *_nl_expand_alias (const char *);],
[bindtextdomain ("", "");
return * gettext ("")$gt_expression_test_code + _nl_msg_cat_cntr + *_nl_expand_alias ("")],
[LIBINTL="$LIBINTL $LIBICONV"
LTLIBINTL="$LTLIBINTL $LTLIBICONV"
eval "$gt_func_gnugettext_libintl=yes"
])
fi
CPPFLAGS="$gt_save_CPPFLAGS"
LIBS="$gt_save_LIBS"])
fi
dnl If an already present or preinstalled GNU gettext() is found,
dnl use it. But if this macro is used in GNU gettext, and GNU
dnl gettext is already preinstalled in libintl, we update this
dnl libintl. (Cf. the install rule in intl/Makefile.in.)
if { eval "gt_val=\$$gt_func_gnugettext_libc"; test "$gt_val" = "yes"; } \
|| { { eval "gt_val=\$$gt_func_gnugettext_libintl"; test "$gt_val" = "yes"; } \
&& test "$PACKAGE" != gettext-runtime \
&& test "$PACKAGE" != gettext-tools; }; then
gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext=yes
else
dnl Reset the values set by searching for libintl.
LIBINTL=
LTLIBINTL=
INCINTL=
fi
ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [
if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" != "yes"; then
dnl GNU gettext is not found in the C library.
dnl Fall back on included GNU gettext library.
nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext=yes
fi
fi
if test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then
dnl Mark actions used to generate GNU NLS library.
BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
LIBINTL="ifelse([$3],[],\${top_builddir}/intl,[$3])/libintl.[]gt_libtool_suffix_prefix[]a $LIBICONV $LIBTHREAD"
LTLIBINTL="ifelse([$3],[],\${top_builddir}/intl,[$3])/libintl.[]gt_libtool_suffix_prefix[]a $LTLIBICONV $LTLIBTHREAD"
LIBS=`echo " $LIBS " | sed -e 's/ -lintl / /' -e 's/^ //' -e 's/ $//'`
fi
CATOBJEXT=
if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes" \
|| test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then
dnl Mark actions to use GNU gettext tools.
CATOBJEXT=.gmo
fi
])
if test -n "$INTL_MACOSX_LIBS"; then
if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes" \
|| test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then
dnl Some extra flags are needed during linking.
LIBINTL="$LIBINTL $INTL_MACOSX_LIBS"
LTLIBINTL="$LTLIBINTL $INTL_MACOSX_LIBS"
fi
fi
if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes" \
|| test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then
AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_NLS, 1,
[Define to 1 if translation of program messages to the user's native language
is requested.])
else
USE_NLS=no
fi
fi
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to use NLS])
AC_MSG_RESULT([$USE_NLS])
if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then
AC_MSG_CHECKING([where the gettext function comes from])
if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes"; then
if { eval "gt_val=\$$gt_func_gnugettext_libintl"; test "$gt_val" = "yes"; }; then
gt_source="external libintl"
else
gt_source="libc"
fi
else
gt_source="included intl directory"
fi
AC_MSG_RESULT([$gt_source])
fi
if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then
if test "$gt_use_preinstalled_gnugettext" = "yes"; then
if { eval "gt_val=\$$gt_func_gnugettext_libintl"; test "$gt_val" = "yes"; }; then
AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to link with libintl])
AC_MSG_RESULT([$LIBINTL])
AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR([CPPFLAGS], [$INCINTL])
fi
dnl For backward compatibility. Some packages may be using this.
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETTEXT, 1,
[Define if the GNU gettext() function is already present or preinstalled.])
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_DCGETTEXT, 1,
[Define if the GNU dcgettext() function is already present or preinstalled.])
fi
dnl We need to process the po/ directory.
POSUB=po
fi
ifelse(gt_included_intl, yes, [
dnl If this is used in GNU gettext we have to set BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL
dnl to 'yes' because some of the testsuite requires it.
if test "$PACKAGE" = gettext-runtime || test "$PACKAGE" = gettext-tools; then
BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
fi
dnl Make all variables we use known to autoconf.
AC_SUBST(BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL)
AC_SUBST(USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL)
AC_SUBST(CATOBJEXT)
dnl For backward compatibility. Some configure.ins may be using this.
nls_cv_header_intl=
nls_cv_header_libgt=
dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this.
DATADIRNAME=share
AC_SUBST(DATADIRNAME)
dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this.
INSTOBJEXT=.mo
AC_SUBST(INSTOBJEXT)
dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this.
GENCAT=gencat
AC_SUBST(GENCAT)
dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this.
INTLOBJS=
if test "$USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL" = yes; then
INTLOBJS="\$(GETTOBJS)"
fi
AC_SUBST(INTLOBJS)
dnl Enable libtool support if the surrounding package wishes it.
INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX=gt_libtool_suffix_prefix
AC_SUBST(INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX)
])
dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this.
INTLLIBS="$LIBINTL"
AC_SUBST(INTLLIBS)
dnl Make all documented variables known to autoconf.
AC_SUBST(LIBINTL)
AC_SUBST(LTLIBINTL)
AC_SUBST(POSUB)
])
dnl Checks for special options needed on MacOS X.
dnl Defines INTL_MACOSX_LIBS.
AC_DEFUN([gt_INTL_MACOSX],
[
dnl Check for API introduced in MacOS X 10.2.
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for CFPreferencesCopyAppValue],
gt_cv_func_CFPreferencesCopyAppValue,
[gt_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
LIBS="$LIBS -Wl,-framework -Wl,CoreFoundation"
AC_TRY_LINK([#include <CoreFoundation/CFPreferences.h>],
[CFPreferencesCopyAppValue(NULL, NULL)],
[gt_cv_func_CFPreferencesCopyAppValue=yes],
[gt_cv_func_CFPreferencesCopyAppValue=no])
LIBS="$gt_save_LIBS"])
if test $gt_cv_func_CFPreferencesCopyAppValue = yes; then
AC_DEFINE([HAVE_CFPREFERENCESCOPYAPPVALUE], 1,
[Define to 1 if you have the MacOS X function CFPreferencesCopyAppValue in the CoreFoundation framework.])
fi
dnl Check for API introduced in MacOS X 10.3.
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for CFLocaleCopyCurrent], gt_cv_func_CFLocaleCopyCurrent,
[gt_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
LIBS="$LIBS -Wl,-framework -Wl,CoreFoundation"
AC_TRY_LINK([#include <CoreFoundation/CFLocale.h>], [CFLocaleCopyCurrent();],
[gt_cv_func_CFLocaleCopyCurrent=yes],
[gt_cv_func_CFLocaleCopyCurrent=no])
LIBS="$gt_save_LIBS"])
if test $gt_cv_func_CFLocaleCopyCurrent = yes; then
AC_DEFINE([HAVE_CFLOCALECOPYCURRENT], 1,
[Define to 1 if you have the MacOS X function CFLocaleCopyCurrent in the CoreFoundation framework.])
fi
INTL_MACOSX_LIBS=
if test $gt_cv_func_CFPreferencesCopyAppValue = yes || test $gt_cv_func_CFLocaleCopyCurrent = yes; then
INTL_MACOSX_LIBS="-Wl,-framework -Wl,CoreFoundation"
fi
AC_SUBST([INTL_MACOSX_LIBS])
])
dnl gt_NEEDS_INIT ensures that the gt_needs variable is initialized.
m4_define([gt_NEEDS_INIT],
[
m4_divert_text([DEFAULTS], [gt_needs=])
m4_define([gt_NEEDS_INIT], [])
])
dnl Usage: AM_GNU_GETTEXT_NEED([NEEDSYMBOL])
AC_DEFUN([AM_GNU_GETTEXT_NEED],
[
m4_divert_text([INIT_PREPARE], [gt_needs="$gt_needs $1"])
])
dnl Usage: AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION([gettext-version])
AC_DEFUN([AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION], [])

30
m4/glibc2.m4
View File

@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
# glibc2.m4 serial 1
dnl Copyright (C) 2000-2002, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# Test for the GNU C Library, version 2.0 or newer.
# From Bruno Haible.
AC_DEFUN([gt_GLIBC2],
[
AC_CACHE_CHECK(whether we are using the GNU C Library 2 or newer,
ac_cv_gnu_library_2,
[AC_EGREP_CPP([Lucky GNU user],
[
#include <features.h>
#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
#if (__GLIBC__ >= 2)
Lucky GNU user
#endif
#endif
],
ac_cv_gnu_library_2=yes,
ac_cv_gnu_library_2=no)
]
)
AC_SUBST(GLIBC2)
GLIBC2="$ac_cv_gnu_library_2"
]
)

30
m4/glibc21.m4
View File

@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
# glibc21.m4 serial 3
dnl Copyright (C) 2000-2002, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# Test for the GNU C Library, version 2.1 or newer.
# From Bruno Haible.
AC_DEFUN([gl_GLIBC21],
[
AC_CACHE_CHECK(whether we are using the GNU C Library 2.1 or newer,
ac_cv_gnu_library_2_1,
[AC_EGREP_CPP([Lucky GNU user],
[
#include <features.h>
#ifdef __GNU_LIBRARY__
#if (__GLIBC__ == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ >= 1) || (__GLIBC__ > 2)
Lucky GNU user
#endif
#endif
],
ac_cv_gnu_library_2_1=yes,
ac_cv_gnu_library_2_1=no)
]
)
AC_SUBST(GLIBC21)
GLIBC21="$ac_cv_gnu_library_2_1"
]
)

143
m4/iconv.m4
View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
# iconv.m4 serial AM4 (gettext-0.11.3)
dnl Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# iconv.m4 serial 11 (gettext-0.18.1)
dnl Copyright (C) 2000-2002, 2007-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
@ -21,6 +21,7 @@ AC_DEFUN([AM_ICONV_LINK],
[
dnl Some systems have iconv in libc, some have it in libiconv (OSF/1 and
dnl those with the standalone portable GNU libiconv installed).
AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST]) dnl for cross-compiles
dnl Search for libiconv and define LIBICONV, LTLIBICONV and INCICONV
dnl accordingly.
@ -33,7 +34,7 @@ AC_DEFUN([AM_ICONV_LINK],
am_save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS"
AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR([CPPFLAGS], [$INCICONV])
AC_CACHE_CHECK(for iconv, am_cv_func_iconv, [
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for iconv], [am_cv_func_iconv], [
am_cv_func_iconv="no, consider installing GNU libiconv"
am_cv_lib_iconv=no
AC_TRY_LINK([#include <stdlib.h>
@ -41,7 +42,7 @@ AC_DEFUN([AM_ICONV_LINK],
[iconv_t cd = iconv_open("","");
iconv(cd,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL);
iconv_close(cd);],
am_cv_func_iconv=yes)
[am_cv_func_iconv=yes])
if test "$am_cv_func_iconv" != yes; then
am_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
LIBS="$LIBS $LIBICONV"
@ -50,13 +51,110 @@ AC_DEFUN([AM_ICONV_LINK],
[iconv_t cd = iconv_open("","");
iconv(cd,NULL,NULL,NULL,NULL);
iconv_close(cd);],
am_cv_lib_iconv=yes
am_cv_func_iconv=yes)
[am_cv_lib_iconv=yes]
[am_cv_func_iconv=yes])
LIBS="$am_save_LIBS"
fi
])
if test "$am_cv_func_iconv" = yes; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_ICONV, 1, [Define if you have the iconv() function.])
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for working iconv], [am_cv_func_iconv_works], [
dnl This tests against bugs in AIX 5.1, HP-UX 11.11, Solaris 10.
am_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
if test $am_cv_lib_iconv = yes; then
LIBS="$LIBS $LIBICONV"
fi
AC_TRY_RUN([
#include <iconv.h>
#include <string.h>
int main ()
{
/* Test against AIX 5.1 bug: Failures are not distinguishable from successful
returns. */
{
iconv_t cd_utf8_to_88591 = iconv_open ("ISO8859-1", "UTF-8");
if (cd_utf8_to_88591 != (iconv_t)(-1))
{
static const char input[] = "\342\202\254"; /* EURO SIGN */
char buf[10];
const char *inptr = input;
size_t inbytesleft = strlen (input);
char *outptr = buf;
size_t outbytesleft = sizeof (buf);
size_t res = iconv (cd_utf8_to_88591,
(char **) &inptr, &inbytesleft,
&outptr, &outbytesleft);
if (res == 0)
return 1;
}
}
/* Test against Solaris 10 bug: Failures are not distinguishable from
successful returns. */
{
iconv_t cd_ascii_to_88591 = iconv_open ("ISO8859-1", "646");
if (cd_ascii_to_88591 != (iconv_t)(-1))
{
static const char input[] = "\263";
char buf[10];
const char *inptr = input;
size_t inbytesleft = strlen (input);
char *outptr = buf;
size_t outbytesleft = sizeof (buf);
size_t res = iconv (cd_ascii_to_88591,
(char **) &inptr, &inbytesleft,
&outptr, &outbytesleft);
if (res == 0)
return 1;
}
}
#if 0 /* This bug could be worked around by the caller. */
/* Test against HP-UX 11.11 bug: Positive return value instead of 0. */
{
iconv_t cd_88591_to_utf8 = iconv_open ("utf8", "iso88591");
if (cd_88591_to_utf8 != (iconv_t)(-1))
{
static const char input[] = "\304rger mit b\366sen B\374bchen ohne Augenma\337";
char buf[50];
const char *inptr = input;
size_t inbytesleft = strlen (input);
char *outptr = buf;
size_t outbytesleft = sizeof (buf);
size_t res = iconv (cd_88591_to_utf8,
(char **) &inptr, &inbytesleft,
&outptr, &outbytesleft);
if ((int)res > 0)
return 1;
}
}
#endif
/* Test against HP-UX 11.11 bug: No converter from EUC-JP to UTF-8 is
provided. */
if (/* Try standardized names. */
iconv_open ("UTF-8", "EUC-JP") == (iconv_t)(-1)
/* Try IRIX, OSF/1 names. */
&& iconv_open ("UTF-8", "eucJP") == (iconv_t)(-1)
/* Try AIX names. */
&& iconv_open ("UTF-8", "IBM-eucJP") == (iconv_t)(-1)
/* Try HP-UX names. */
&& iconv_open ("utf8", "eucJP") == (iconv_t)(-1))
return 1;
return 0;
}], [am_cv_func_iconv_works=yes], [am_cv_func_iconv_works=no],
[case "$host_os" in
aix* | hpux*) am_cv_func_iconv_works="guessing no" ;;
*) am_cv_func_iconv_works="guessing yes" ;;
esac])
LIBS="$am_save_LIBS"
])
case "$am_cv_func_iconv_works" in
*no) am_func_iconv=no am_cv_lib_iconv=no ;;
*) am_func_iconv=yes ;;
esac
else
am_func_iconv=no am_cv_lib_iconv=no
fi
if test "$am_func_iconv" = yes; then
AC_DEFINE([HAVE_ICONV], [1],
[Define if you have the iconv() function and it works.])
fi
if test "$am_cv_lib_iconv" = yes; then
AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to link with libiconv])
@ -68,16 +166,31 @@ AC_DEFUN([AM_ICONV_LINK],
LIBICONV=
LTLIBICONV=
fi
AC_SUBST(LIBICONV)
AC_SUBST(LTLIBICONV)
AC_SUBST([LIBICONV])
AC_SUBST([LTLIBICONV])
])
AC_DEFUN([AM_ICONV],
dnl Define AM_ICONV using AC_DEFUN_ONCE for Autoconf >= 2.64, in order to
dnl avoid warnings like
dnl "warning: AC_REQUIRE: `AM_ICONV' was expanded before it was required".
dnl This is tricky because of the way 'aclocal' is implemented:
dnl - It requires defining an auxiliary macro whose name ends in AC_DEFUN.
dnl Otherwise aclocal's initial scan pass would miss the macro definition.
dnl - It requires a line break inside the AC_DEFUN_ONCE and AC_DEFUN expansions.
dnl Otherwise aclocal would emit many "Use of uninitialized value $1"
dnl warnings.
m4_define([gl_iconv_AC_DEFUN],
m4_version_prereq([2.64],
[[AC_DEFUN_ONCE(
[$1], [$2])]],
[[AC_DEFUN(
[$1], [$2])]]))
gl_iconv_AC_DEFUN([AM_ICONV],
[
AM_ICONV_LINK
if test "$am_cv_func_iconv" = yes; then
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for iconv declaration])
AC_CACHE_VAL(am_cv_proto_iconv, [
AC_CACHE_VAL([am_cv_proto_iconv], [
AC_TRY_COMPILE([
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <iconv.h>
@ -90,12 +203,12 @@ size_t iconv (iconv_t cd, char * *inbuf, size_t *inbytesleft, char * *outbuf, si
#else
size_t iconv();
#endif
], [], am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1="", am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1="const")
], [], [am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1=""], [am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1="const"])
am_cv_proto_iconv="extern size_t iconv (iconv_t cd, $am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1 char * *inbuf, size_t *inbytesleft, char * *outbuf, size_t *outbytesleft);"])
am_cv_proto_iconv=`echo "[$]am_cv_proto_iconv" | tr -s ' ' | sed -e 's/( /(/'`
AC_MSG_RESULT([$]{ac_t:-
}[$]am_cv_proto_iconv)
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(ICONV_CONST, $am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1,
AC_MSG_RESULT([
$am_cv_proto_iconv])
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([ICONV_CONST], [$am_cv_proto_iconv_arg1],
[Define as const if the declaration of iconv() needs const.])
fi
])

70
m4/intdiv0.m4
View File

@ -1,70 +0,0 @@
# intdiv0.m4 serial 1 (gettext-0.11.3)
dnl Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
dnl From Bruno Haible.
AC_DEFUN([gt_INTDIV0],
[
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether integer division by zero raises SIGFPE],
gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe,
[
AC_TRY_RUN([
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <signal.h>
static void
#ifdef __cplusplus
sigfpe_handler (int sig)
#else
sigfpe_handler (sig) int sig;
#endif
{
/* Exit with code 0 if SIGFPE, with code 1 if any other signal. */
exit (sig != SIGFPE);
}
int x = 1;
int y = 0;
int z;
int nan;
int main ()
{
signal (SIGFPE, sigfpe_handler);
/* IRIX and AIX (when "xlc -qcheck" is used) yield signal SIGTRAP. */
#if (defined (__sgi) || defined (_AIX)) && defined (SIGTRAP)
signal (SIGTRAP, sigfpe_handler);
#endif
/* Linux/SPARC yields signal SIGILL. */
#if defined (__sparc__) && defined (__linux__)
signal (SIGILL, sigfpe_handler);
#endif
z = x / y;
nan = y / y;
exit (1);
}
], gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe=yes, gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe=no,
[
# Guess based on the CPU.
case "$host_cpu" in
alpha* | i[34567]86 | m68k | s390*)
gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe="guessing yes";;
*)
gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe="guessing no";;
esac
])
])
case "$gt_cv_int_divbyzero_sigfpe" in
*yes) value=1;;
*) value=0;;
esac
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(INTDIV0_RAISES_SIGFPE, $value,
[Define if integer division by zero raises signal SIGFPE.])
])

260
m4/intl.m4
View File

@ -1,260 +0,0 @@
# intl.m4 serial 3 (gettext-0.16)
dnl Copyright (C) 1995-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
dnl
dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under
dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public
dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext
dnl functionality.
dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered
dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU
dnl gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License.
dnl They are *not* in the public domain.
dnl Authors:
dnl Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995-2000.
dnl Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>, 2000-2006.
AC_PREREQ(2.52)
dnl Checks for all prerequisites of the intl subdirectory,
dnl except for INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX (and possibly LIBTOOL), INTLOBJS,
dnl USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL, BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL.
AC_DEFUN([AM_INTL_SUBDIR],
[
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_INSTALL])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MKDIR_P])dnl defined by autoconf
dnl AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_MKDIR_P])dnl defined by automake (obsolete)
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([gt_GLIBC2])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_RANLIB])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([gl_VISIBILITY])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([gt_INTL_SUBDIR_CORE])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_LONG_LONG_INT])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([gt_TYPE_LONGDOUBLE])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([gt_TYPE_WCHAR_T])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([gt_TYPE_WINT_T])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([gl_AC_HEADER_INTTYPES_H])
AC_REQUIRE([gt_TYPE_INTMAX_T])
AC_REQUIRE([gt_PRINTF_POSIX])
AC_REQUIRE([gl_GLIBC21])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([gl_XSIZE])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([gt_INTL_MACOSX])dnl
AC_CHECK_TYPE([ptrdiff_t], ,
[AC_DEFINE([ptrdiff_t], [long],
[Define as the type of the result of subtracting two pointers, if the system doesn't define it.])
])
AC_CHECK_HEADERS([stddef.h stdlib.h string.h])
AC_CHECK_FUNCS([asprintf fwprintf putenv setenv setlocale snprintf wcslen])
dnl Use the _snprintf function only if it is declared (because on NetBSD it
dnl is defined as a weak alias of snprintf; we prefer to use the latter).
gt_CHECK_DECL(_snprintf, [#include <stdio.h>])
gt_CHECK_DECL(_snwprintf, [#include <stdio.h>])
dnl Use the *_unlocked functions only if they are declared.
dnl (because some of them were defined without being declared in Solaris
dnl 2.5.1 but were removed in Solaris 2.6, whereas we want binaries built
dnl on Solaris 2.5.1 to run on Solaris 2.6).
dnl Don't use AC_CHECK_DECLS because it isn't supported in autoconf-2.13.
gt_CHECK_DECL(getc_unlocked, [#include <stdio.h>])
case $gt_cv_func_printf_posix in
*yes) HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF=1 ;;
*) HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF=0 ;;
esac
AC_SUBST([HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF])
if test "$ac_cv_func_asprintf" = yes; then
HAVE_ASPRINTF=1
else
HAVE_ASPRINTF=0
fi
AC_SUBST([HAVE_ASPRINTF])
if test "$ac_cv_func_snprintf" = yes; then
HAVE_SNPRINTF=1
else
HAVE_SNPRINTF=0
fi
AC_SUBST([HAVE_SNPRINTF])
if test "$ac_cv_func_wprintf" = yes; then
HAVE_WPRINTF=1
else
HAVE_WPRINTF=0
fi
AC_SUBST([HAVE_WPRINTF])
AM_LANGINFO_CODESET
gt_LC_MESSAGES
dnl Compilation on mingw and Cygwin needs special Makefile rules, because
dnl 1. when we install a shared library, we must arrange to export
dnl auxiliary pointer variables for every exported variable,
dnl 2. when we install a shared library and a static library simultaneously,
dnl the include file specifies __declspec(dllimport) and therefore we
dnl must arrange to define the auxiliary pointer variables for the
dnl exported variables _also_ in the static library.
if test "$enable_shared" = yes; then
case "$host_os" in
cygwin*) is_woe32dll=yes ;;
*) is_woe32dll=no ;;
esac
else
is_woe32dll=no
fi
WOE32DLL=$is_woe32dll
AC_SUBST([WOE32DLL])
dnl Rename some macros and functions used for locking.
AH_BOTTOM([
#define __libc_lock_t gl_lock_t
#define __libc_lock_define gl_lock_define
#define __libc_lock_define_initialized gl_lock_define_initialized
#define __libc_lock_init gl_lock_init
#define __libc_lock_lock gl_lock_lock
#define __libc_lock_unlock gl_lock_unlock
#define __libc_lock_recursive_t gl_recursive_lock_t
#define __libc_lock_define_recursive gl_recursive_lock_define
#define __libc_lock_define_initialized_recursive gl_recursive_lock_define_initialized
#define __libc_lock_init_recursive gl_recursive_lock_init
#define __libc_lock_lock_recursive gl_recursive_lock_lock
#define __libc_lock_unlock_recursive gl_recursive_lock_unlock
#define glthread_in_use libintl_thread_in_use
#define glthread_lock_init libintl_lock_init
#define glthread_lock_lock libintl_lock_lock
#define glthread_lock_unlock libintl_lock_unlock
#define glthread_lock_destroy libintl_lock_destroy
#define glthread_rwlock_init libintl_rwlock_init
#define glthread_rwlock_rdlock libintl_rwlock_rdlock
#define glthread_rwlock_wrlock libintl_rwlock_wrlock
#define glthread_rwlock_unlock libintl_rwlock_unlock
#define glthread_rwlock_destroy libintl_rwlock_destroy
#define glthread_recursive_lock_init libintl_recursive_lock_init
#define glthread_recursive_lock_lock libintl_recursive_lock_lock
#define glthread_recursive_lock_unlock libintl_recursive_lock_unlock
#define glthread_recursive_lock_destroy libintl_recursive_lock_destroy
#define glthread_once libintl_once
#define glthread_once_call libintl_once_call
#define glthread_once_singlethreaded libintl_once_singlethreaded
])
])
dnl Checks for the core files of the intl subdirectory:
dnl dcigettext.c
dnl eval-plural.h
dnl explodename.c
dnl finddomain.c
dnl gettextP.h
dnl gmo.h
dnl hash-string.h hash-string.c
dnl l10nflist.c
dnl libgnuintl.h.in (except the *printf stuff)
dnl loadinfo.h
dnl loadmsgcat.c
dnl localealias.c
dnl log.c
dnl plural-exp.h plural-exp.c
dnl plural.y
dnl Used by libglocale.
AC_DEFUN([gt_INTL_SUBDIR_CORE],
[
AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_INLINE])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_SIZE_T])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([gl_AC_HEADER_STDINT_H])
AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_ALLOCA])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_MMAP])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([gt_INTDIV0])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([gl_AC_TYPE_UINTMAX_T])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([gt_INTTYPES_PRI])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([gl_LOCK])dnl
AC_TRY_LINK(
[int foo (int a) { a = __builtin_expect (a, 10); return a == 10 ? 0 : 1; }],
[],
[AC_DEFINE([HAVE_BUILTIN_EXPECT], 1,
[Define to 1 if the compiler understands __builtin_expect.])])
AC_CHECK_HEADERS([argz.h inttypes.h limits.h unistd.h sys/param.h])
AC_CHECK_FUNCS([getcwd getegid geteuid getgid getuid mempcpy munmap \
stpcpy strcasecmp strdup strtoul tsearch argz_count argz_stringify \
argz_next __fsetlocking])
dnl Use the *_unlocked functions only if they are declared.
dnl (because some of them were defined without being declared in Solaris
dnl 2.5.1 but were removed in Solaris 2.6, whereas we want binaries built
dnl on Solaris 2.5.1 to run on Solaris 2.6).
dnl Don't use AC_CHECK_DECLS because it isn't supported in autoconf-2.13.
gt_CHECK_DECL(feof_unlocked, [#include <stdio.h>])
gt_CHECK_DECL(fgets_unlocked, [#include <stdio.h>])
AM_ICONV
dnl glibc >= 2.4 has a NL_LOCALE_NAME macro when _GNU_SOURCE is defined,
dnl and a _NL_LOCALE_NAME macro always.
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for NL_LOCALE_NAME macro], gt_cv_nl_locale_name,
[AC_TRY_LINK([#include <langinfo.h>
#include <locale.h>],
[char* cs = nl_langinfo(_NL_LOCALE_NAME(LC_MESSAGES));],
gt_cv_nl_locale_name=yes,
gt_cv_nl_locale_name=no)
])
if test $gt_cv_nl_locale_name = yes; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_NL_LOCALE_NAME, 1,
[Define if you have <langinfo.h> and it defines the NL_LOCALE_NAME macro if _GNU_SOURCE is defined.])
fi
dnl intl/plural.c is generated from intl/plural.y. It requires bison,
dnl because plural.y uses bison specific features. It requires at least
dnl bison-1.26 because earlier versions generate a plural.c that doesn't
dnl compile.
dnl bison is only needed for the maintainer (who touches plural.y). But in
dnl order to avoid separate Makefiles or --enable-maintainer-mode, we put
dnl the rule in general Makefile. Now, some people carelessly touch the
dnl files or have a broken "make" program, hence the plural.c rule will
dnl sometimes fire. To avoid an error, defines BISON to ":" if it is not
dnl present or too old.
AC_CHECK_PROGS([INTLBISON], [bison])
if test -z "$INTLBISON"; then
ac_verc_fail=yes
else
dnl Found it, now check the version.
AC_MSG_CHECKING([version of bison])
changequote(<<,>>)dnl
ac_prog_version=`$INTLBISON --version 2>&1 | sed -n 's/^.*GNU Bison.* \([0-9]*\.[0-9.]*\).*$/\1/p'`
case $ac_prog_version in
'') ac_prog_version="v. ?.??, bad"; ac_verc_fail=yes;;
1.2[6-9]* | 1.[3-9][0-9]* | [2-9].*)
changequote([,])dnl
ac_prog_version="$ac_prog_version, ok"; ac_verc_fail=no;;
*) ac_prog_version="$ac_prog_version, bad"; ac_verc_fail=yes;;
esac
AC_MSG_RESULT([$ac_prog_version])
fi
if test $ac_verc_fail = yes; then
INTLBISON=:
fi
])
dnl gt_CHECK_DECL(FUNC, INCLUDES)
dnl Check whether a function is declared.
AC_DEFUN([gt_CHECK_DECL],
[
AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether $1 is declared], ac_cv_have_decl_$1,
[AC_TRY_COMPILE([$2], [
#ifndef $1
char *p = (char *) $1;
#endif
], ac_cv_have_decl_$1=yes, ac_cv_have_decl_$1=no)])
if test $ac_cv_have_decl_$1 = yes; then
gt_value=1
else
gt_value=0
fi
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([HAVE_DECL_]translit($1, [a-z], [A-Z]), [$gt_value],
[Define to 1 if you have the declaration of `$1', and to 0 if you don't.])
])

19
m4/intldir.m4
View File

@ -1,19 +0,0 @@
# intldir.m4 serial 1 (gettext-0.16)
dnl Copyright (C) 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
dnl
dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under
dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public
dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext
dnl functionality.
dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered
dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU
dnl gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License.
dnl They are *not* in the public domain.
AC_PREREQ(2.52)
dnl Tells the AM_GNU_GETTEXT macro to consider an intl/ directory.
AC_DEFUN([AM_GNU_GETTEXT_INTL_SUBDIR], [])

33
m4/intmax.m4
View File

@ -1,33 +0,0 @@
# intmax.m4 serial 3 (gettext-0.16)
dnl Copyright (C) 2002-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
dnl From Bruno Haible.
dnl Test whether the system has the 'intmax_t' type, but don't attempt to
dnl find a replacement if it is lacking.
AC_DEFUN([gt_TYPE_INTMAX_T],
[
AC_REQUIRE([gl_AC_HEADER_INTTYPES_H])
AC_REQUIRE([gl_AC_HEADER_STDINT_H])
AC_CACHE_CHECK(for intmax_t, gt_cv_c_intmax_t,
[AC_TRY_COMPILE([
#include <stddef.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#if HAVE_STDINT_H_WITH_UINTMAX
#include <stdint.h>
#endif
#if HAVE_INTTYPES_H_WITH_UINTMAX
#include <inttypes.h>
#endif
], [intmax_t x = -1;
return !x;],
gt_cv_c_intmax_t=yes,
gt_cv_c_intmax_t=no)])
if test $gt_cv_c_intmax_t = yes; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_INTMAX_T, 1,
[Define if you have the 'intmax_t' type in <stdint.h> or <inttypes.h>.])
fi
])

36
m4/inttypes-pri.m4
View File

@ -1,36 +0,0 @@
# inttypes-pri.m4 serial 4 (gettext-0.16)
dnl Copyright (C) 1997-2002, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
dnl From Bruno Haible.
AC_PREREQ(2.52)
# Define PRI_MACROS_BROKEN if <inttypes.h> exists and defines the PRI*
# macros to non-string values. This is the case on AIX 4.3.3.
AC_DEFUN([gt_INTTYPES_PRI],
[
AC_CHECK_HEADERS([inttypes.h])
if test $ac_cv_header_inttypes_h = yes; then
AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether the inttypes.h PRIxNN macros are broken],
gt_cv_inttypes_pri_broken,
[
AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <inttypes.h>
#ifdef PRId32
char *p = PRId32;
#endif
], [], gt_cv_inttypes_pri_broken=no, gt_cv_inttypes_pri_broken=yes)
])
fi
if test "$gt_cv_inttypes_pri_broken" = yes; then
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(PRI_MACROS_BROKEN, 1,
[Define if <inttypes.h> exists and defines unusable PRI* macros.])
PRI_MACROS_BROKEN=1
else
PRI_MACROS_BROKEN=0
fi
AC_SUBST([PRI_MACROS_BROKEN])
])

25
m4/inttypes.m4
View File

@ -1,25 +0,0 @@
# inttypes.m4 serial 1 (gettext-0.11.4)
dnl Copyright (C) 1997-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
dnl From Paul Eggert.
# Define HAVE_INTTYPES_H if <inttypes.h> exists and doesn't clash with
# <sys/types.h>.
AC_DEFUN([gt_HEADER_INTTYPES_H],
[
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for inttypes.h], gt_cv_header_inttypes_h,
[
AC_TRY_COMPILE(
[#include <sys/types.h>
#include <inttypes.h>],
[], gt_cv_header_inttypes_h=yes, gt_cv_header_inttypes_h=no)
])
if test $gt_cv_header_inttypes_h = yes; then
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(HAVE_INTTYPES_H, 1,
[Define if <inttypes.h> exists and doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>.])
fi
])

26
m4/inttypes_h.m4
View File

@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
# inttypes_h.m4 serial 7
dnl Copyright (C) 1997-2004, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
dnl From Paul Eggert.
# Define HAVE_INTTYPES_H_WITH_UINTMAX if <inttypes.h> exists,
# doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>, and declares uintmax_t.
AC_DEFUN([gl_AC_HEADER_INTTYPES_H],
[
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for inttypes.h], gl_cv_header_inttypes_h,
[AC_TRY_COMPILE(
[#include <sys/types.h>
#include <inttypes.h>],
[uintmax_t i = (uintmax_t) -1; return !i;],
gl_cv_header_inttypes_h=yes,
gl_cv_header_inttypes_h=no)])
if test $gl_cv_header_inttypes_h = yes; then
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(HAVE_INTTYPES_H_WITH_UINTMAX, 1,
[Define if <inttypes.h> exists, doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>,
and declares uintmax_t. ])
fi
])

24
m4/isc-posix.m4
View File

@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
# isc-posix.m4 serial 2 (gettext-0.11.2)
dnl Copyright (C) 1995-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
# This file is not needed with autoconf-2.53 and newer. Remove it in 2005.
# This test replaces the one in autoconf.
# Currently this macro should have the same name as the autoconf macro
# because gettext's gettext.m4 (distributed in the automake package)
# still uses it. Otherwise, the use in gettext.m4 makes autoheader
# give these diagnostics:
# configure.in:556: AC_TRY_COMPILE was called before AC_ISC_POSIX
# configure.in:556: AC_TRY_RUN was called before AC_ISC_POSIX
undefine([AC_ISC_POSIX])
AC_DEFUN([AC_ISC_POSIX],
[
dnl This test replaces the obsolescent AC_ISC_POSIX kludge.
AC_CHECK_LIB(cposix, strerror, [LIBS="$LIBS -lcposix"])
]
)

30
m4/lcmessage.m4
View File

@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
# lcmessage.m4 serial 4 (gettext-0.14.2)
dnl Copyright (C) 1995-2002, 2004-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
dnl
dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under
dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public
dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext
dnl functionality.
dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered
dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU
dnl gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License.
dnl They are *not* in the public domain.
dnl Authors:
dnl Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995.
# Check whether LC_MESSAGES is available in <locale.h>.
AC_DEFUN([gt_LC_MESSAGES],
[
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for LC_MESSAGES], gt_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES,
[AC_TRY_LINK([#include <locale.h>], [return LC_MESSAGES],
gt_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES=yes, gt_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES=no)])
if test $gt_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES = yes; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LC_MESSAGES, 1,
[Define if your <locale.h> file defines LC_MESSAGES.])
fi
])

110
m4/lib-ld.m4
View File

@ -1,110 +0,0 @@
# lib-ld.m4 serial 3 (gettext-0.13)
dnl Copyright (C) 1996-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
dnl Subroutines of libtool.m4,
dnl with replacements s/AC_/AC_LIB/ and s/lt_cv/acl_cv/ to avoid collision
dnl with libtool.m4.
dnl From libtool-1.4. Sets the variable with_gnu_ld to yes or no.
AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PROG_LD_GNU],
[AC_CACHE_CHECK([if the linker ($LD) is GNU ld], acl_cv_prog_gnu_ld,
[# I'd rather use --version here, but apparently some GNU ld's only accept -v.
case `$LD -v 2>&1 </dev/null` in
*GNU* | *'with BFD'*)
acl_cv_prog_gnu_ld=yes ;;
*)
acl_cv_prog_gnu_ld=no ;;
esac])
with_gnu_ld=$acl_cv_prog_gnu_ld
])
dnl From libtool-1.4. Sets the variable LD.
AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PROG_LD],
[AC_ARG_WITH(gnu-ld,
[ --with-gnu-ld assume the C compiler uses GNU ld [default=no]],
test "$withval" = no || with_gnu_ld=yes, with_gnu_ld=no)
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
# Prepare PATH_SEPARATOR.
# The user is always right.
if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then
echo "#! /bin/sh" >conf$$.sh
echo "exit 0" >>conf$$.sh
chmod +x conf$$.sh
if (PATH="/nonexistent;."; conf$$.sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
PATH_SEPARATOR=';'
else
PATH_SEPARATOR=:
fi
rm -f conf$$.sh
fi
ac_prog=ld
if test "$GCC" = yes; then
# Check if gcc -print-prog-name=ld gives a path.
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for ld used by GCC])
case $host in
*-*-mingw*)
# gcc leaves a trailing carriage return which upsets mingw
ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5 | tr -d '\015'` ;;
*)
ac_prog=`($CC -print-prog-name=ld) 2>&5` ;;
esac
case $ac_prog in
# Accept absolute paths.
[[\\/]* | [A-Za-z]:[\\/]*)]
[re_direlt='/[^/][^/]*/\.\./']
# Canonicalize the path of ld
ac_prog=`echo $ac_prog| sed 's%\\\\%/%g'`
while echo $ac_prog | grep "$re_direlt" > /dev/null 2>&1; do
ac_prog=`echo $ac_prog| sed "s%$re_direlt%/%"`
done
test -z "$LD" && LD="$ac_prog"
;;
"")
# If it fails, then pretend we aren't using GCC.
ac_prog=ld
;;
*)
# If it is relative, then search for the first ld in PATH.
with_gnu_ld=unknown
;;
esac
elif test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for GNU ld])
else
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for non-GNU ld])
fi
AC_CACHE_VAL(acl_cv_path_LD,
[if test -z "$LD"; then
IFS="${IFS= }"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}${PATH_SEPARATOR-:}"
for ac_dir in $PATH; do
test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
if test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog" || test -f "$ac_dir/$ac_prog$ac_exeext"; then
acl_cv_path_LD="$ac_dir/$ac_prog"
# Check to see if the program is GNU ld. I'd rather use --version,
# but apparently some GNU ld's only accept -v.
# Break only if it was the GNU/non-GNU ld that we prefer.
case `"$acl_cv_path_LD" -v 2>&1 < /dev/null` in
*GNU* | *'with BFD'*)
test "$with_gnu_ld" != no && break ;;
*)
test "$with_gnu_ld" != yes && break ;;
esac
fi
done
IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
else
acl_cv_path_LD="$LD" # Let the user override the test with a path.
fi])
LD="$acl_cv_path_LD"
if test -n "$LD"; then
AC_MSG_RESULT($LD)
else
AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
fi
test -z "$LD" && AC_MSG_ERROR([no acceptable ld found in \$PATH])
AC_LIB_PROG_LD_GNU
])

644
m4/lib-link.m4
View File

@ -1,644 +0,0 @@
# lib-link.m4 serial 9 (gettext-0.16)
dnl Copyright (C) 2001-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
dnl From Bruno Haible.
AC_PREREQ(2.50)
dnl AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS(name [, dependencies]) searches for libname and
dnl the libraries corresponding to explicit and implicit dependencies.
dnl Sets and AC_SUBSTs the LIB${NAME} and LTLIB${NAME} variables and
dnl augments the CPPFLAGS variable.
AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS],
[
AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX])
AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH])
define([Name],[translit([$1],[./-], [___])])
define([NAME],[translit([$1],[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-],
[ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___])])
AC_CACHE_CHECK([how to link with lib[]$1], [ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_libs], [
AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([$1], [$2])
ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_libs="$LIB[]NAME"
ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_ltlibs="$LTLIB[]NAME"
ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_cppflags="$INC[]NAME"
])
LIB[]NAME="$ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_libs"
LTLIB[]NAME="$ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_ltlibs"
INC[]NAME="$ac_cv_lib[]Name[]_cppflags"
AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR([CPPFLAGS], [$INC]NAME)
AC_SUBST([LIB]NAME)
AC_SUBST([LTLIB]NAME)
dnl Also set HAVE_LIB[]NAME so that AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS can reuse the
dnl results of this search when this library appears as a dependency.
HAVE_LIB[]NAME=yes
undefine([Name])
undefine([NAME])
])
dnl AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS(name, dependencies, includes, testcode)
dnl searches for libname and the libraries corresponding to explicit and
dnl implicit dependencies, together with the specified include files and
dnl the ability to compile and link the specified testcode. If found, it
dnl sets and AC_SUBSTs HAVE_LIB${NAME}=yes and the LIB${NAME} and
dnl LTLIB${NAME} variables and augments the CPPFLAGS variable, and
dnl #defines HAVE_LIB${NAME} to 1. Otherwise, it sets and AC_SUBSTs
dnl HAVE_LIB${NAME}=no and LIB${NAME} and LTLIB${NAME} to empty.
AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS],
[
AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX])
AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH])
define([Name],[translit([$1],[./-], [___])])
define([NAME],[translit([$1],[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-],
[ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___])])
dnl Search for lib[]Name and define LIB[]NAME, LTLIB[]NAME and INC[]NAME
dnl accordingly.
AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY([$1], [$2])
dnl Add $INC[]NAME to CPPFLAGS before performing the following checks,
dnl because if the user has installed lib[]Name and not disabled its use
dnl via --without-lib[]Name-prefix, he wants to use it.
ac_save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS"
AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR([CPPFLAGS], [$INC]NAME)
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for lib[]$1], [ac_cv_lib[]Name], [
ac_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
LIBS="$LIBS $LIB[]NAME"
AC_TRY_LINK([$3], [$4], [ac_cv_lib[]Name=yes], [ac_cv_lib[]Name=no])
LIBS="$ac_save_LIBS"
])
if test "$ac_cv_lib[]Name" = yes; then
HAVE_LIB[]NAME=yes
AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LIB]NAME, 1, [Define if you have the $1 library.])
AC_MSG_CHECKING([how to link with lib[]$1])
AC_MSG_RESULT([$LIB[]NAME])
else
HAVE_LIB[]NAME=no
dnl If $LIB[]NAME didn't lead to a usable library, we don't need
dnl $INC[]NAME either.
CPPFLAGS="$ac_save_CPPFLAGS"
LIB[]NAME=
LTLIB[]NAME=
fi
AC_SUBST([HAVE_LIB]NAME)
AC_SUBST([LIB]NAME)
AC_SUBST([LTLIB]NAME)
undefine([Name])
undefine([NAME])
])
dnl Determine the platform dependent parameters needed to use rpath:
dnl libext, shlibext, hardcode_libdir_flag_spec, hardcode_libdir_separator,
dnl hardcode_direct, hardcode_minus_L.
AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_RPATH],
[
dnl Tell automake >= 1.10 to complain if config.rpath is missing.
m4_ifdef([AC_REQUIRE_AUX_FILE], [AC_REQUIRE_AUX_FILE([config.rpath])])
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC]) dnl we use $CC, $GCC, $LDFLAGS
AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PROG_LD]) dnl we use $LD, $with_gnu_ld
AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST]) dnl we use $host
AC_REQUIRE([AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR_DEFAULT]) dnl we use $ac_aux_dir
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for shared library run path origin], acl_cv_rpath, [
CC="$CC" GCC="$GCC" LDFLAGS="$LDFLAGS" LD="$LD" with_gnu_ld="$with_gnu_ld" \
${CONFIG_SHELL-/bin/sh} "$ac_aux_dir/config.rpath" "$host" > conftest.sh
. ./conftest.sh
rm -f ./conftest.sh
acl_cv_rpath=done
])
wl="$acl_cv_wl"
libext="$acl_cv_libext"
shlibext="$acl_cv_shlibext"
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec="$acl_cv_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"
hardcode_libdir_separator="$acl_cv_hardcode_libdir_separator"
hardcode_direct="$acl_cv_hardcode_direct"
hardcode_minus_L="$acl_cv_hardcode_minus_L"
dnl Determine whether the user wants rpath handling at all.
AC_ARG_ENABLE(rpath,
[ --disable-rpath do not hardcode runtime library paths],
:, enable_rpath=yes)
])
dnl AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY(name [, dependencies]) searches for libname and
dnl the libraries corresponding to explicit and implicit dependencies.
dnl Sets the LIB${NAME}, LTLIB${NAME} and INC${NAME} variables.
AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_BODY],
[
AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_MULTILIB])
define([NAME],[translit([$1],[abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-],
[ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___])])
dnl By default, look in $includedir and $libdir.
use_additional=yes
AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([
eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\"
eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\"
])
AC_LIB_ARG_WITH([lib$1-prefix],
[ --with-lib$1-prefix[=DIR] search for lib$1 in DIR/include and DIR/lib
--without-lib$1-prefix don't search for lib$1 in includedir and libdir],
[
if test "X$withval" = "Xno"; then
use_additional=no
else
if test "X$withval" = "X"; then
AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([
eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\"
eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\"
])
else
additional_includedir="$withval/include"
additional_libdir="$withval/$acl_libdirstem"
fi
fi
])
dnl Search the library and its dependencies in $additional_libdir and
dnl $LDFLAGS. Using breadth-first-seach.
LIB[]NAME=
LTLIB[]NAME=
INC[]NAME=
rpathdirs=
ltrpathdirs=
names_already_handled=
names_next_round='$1 $2'
while test -n "$names_next_round"; do
names_this_round="$names_next_round"
names_next_round=
for name in $names_this_round; do
already_handled=
for n in $names_already_handled; do
if test "$n" = "$name"; then
already_handled=yes
break
fi
done
if test -z "$already_handled"; then
names_already_handled="$names_already_handled $name"
dnl See if it was already located by an earlier AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS
dnl or AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS call.
uppername=`echo "$name" | sed -e 'y|abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz./-|ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ___|'`
eval value=\"\$HAVE_LIB$uppername\"
if test -n "$value"; then
if test "$value" = yes; then
eval value=\"\$LIB$uppername\"
test -z "$value" || LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$value"
eval value=\"\$LTLIB$uppername\"
test -z "$value" || LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }$value"
else
dnl An earlier call to AC_LIB_HAVE_LINKFLAGS has determined
dnl that this library doesn't exist. So just drop it.
:
fi
else
dnl Search the library lib$name in $additional_libdir and $LDFLAGS
dnl and the already constructed $LIBNAME/$LTLIBNAME.
found_dir=
found_la=
found_so=
found_a=
if test $use_additional = yes; then
if test -n "$shlibext" \
&& { test -f "$additional_libdir/lib$name.$shlibext" \
|| { test "$shlibext" = dll \
&& test -f "$additional_libdir/lib$name.dll.a"; }; }; then
found_dir="$additional_libdir"
if test -f "$additional_libdir/lib$name.$shlibext"; then
found_so="$additional_libdir/lib$name.$shlibext"
else
found_so="$additional_libdir/lib$name.dll.a"
fi
if test -f "$additional_libdir/lib$name.la"; then
found_la="$additional_libdir/lib$name.la"
fi
else
if test -f "$additional_libdir/lib$name.$libext"; then
found_dir="$additional_libdir"
found_a="$additional_libdir/lib$name.$libext"
if test -f "$additional_libdir/lib$name.la"; then
found_la="$additional_libdir/lib$name.la"
fi
fi
fi
fi
if test "X$found_dir" = "X"; then
for x in $LDFLAGS $LTLIB[]NAME; do
AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
case "$x" in
-L*)
dir=`echo "X$x" | sed -e 's/^X-L//'`
if test -n "$shlibext" \
&& { test -f "$dir/lib$name.$shlibext" \
|| { test "$shlibext" = dll \
&& test -f "$dir/lib$name.dll.a"; }; }; then
found_dir="$dir"
if test -f "$dir/lib$name.$shlibext"; then
found_so="$dir/lib$name.$shlibext"
else
found_so="$dir/lib$name.dll.a"
fi
if test -f "$dir/lib$name.la"; then
found_la="$dir/lib$name.la"
fi
else
if test -f "$dir/lib$name.$libext"; then
found_dir="$dir"
found_a="$dir/lib$name.$libext"
if test -f "$dir/lib$name.la"; then
found_la="$dir/lib$name.la"
fi
fi
fi
;;
esac
if test "X$found_dir" != "X"; then
break
fi
done
fi
if test "X$found_dir" != "X"; then
dnl Found the library.
LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }-L$found_dir -l$name"
if test "X$found_so" != "X"; then
dnl Linking with a shared library. We attempt to hardcode its
dnl directory into the executable's runpath, unless it's the
dnl standard /usr/lib.
if test "$enable_rpath" = no || test "X$found_dir" = "X/usr/$acl_libdirstem"; then
dnl No hardcoding is needed.
LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_so"
else
dnl Use an explicit option to hardcode DIR into the resulting
dnl binary.
dnl Potentially add DIR to ltrpathdirs.
dnl The ltrpathdirs will be appended to $LTLIBNAME at the end.
haveit=
for x in $ltrpathdirs; do
if test "X$x" = "X$found_dir"; then
haveit=yes
break
fi
done
if test -z "$haveit"; then
ltrpathdirs="$ltrpathdirs $found_dir"
fi
dnl The hardcoding into $LIBNAME is system dependent.
if test "$hardcode_direct" = yes; then
dnl Using DIR/libNAME.so during linking hardcodes DIR into the
dnl resulting binary.
LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_so"
else
if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" && test "$hardcode_minus_L" = no; then
dnl Use an explicit option to hardcode DIR into the resulting
dnl binary.
LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_so"
dnl Potentially add DIR to rpathdirs.
dnl The rpathdirs will be appended to $LIBNAME at the end.
haveit=
for x in $rpathdirs; do
if test "X$x" = "X$found_dir"; then
haveit=yes
break
fi
done
if test -z "$haveit"; then
rpathdirs="$rpathdirs $found_dir"
fi
else
dnl Rely on "-L$found_dir".
dnl But don't add it if it's already contained in the LDFLAGS
dnl or the already constructed $LIBNAME
haveit=
for x in $LDFLAGS $LIB[]NAME; do
AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
if test "X$x" = "X-L$found_dir"; then
haveit=yes
break
fi
done
if test -z "$haveit"; then
LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-L$found_dir"
fi
if test "$hardcode_minus_L" != no; then
dnl FIXME: Not sure whether we should use
dnl "-L$found_dir -l$name" or "-L$found_dir $found_so"
dnl here.
LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_so"
else
dnl We cannot use $hardcode_runpath_var and LD_RUN_PATH
dnl here, because this doesn't fit in flags passed to the
dnl compiler. So give up. No hardcoding. This affects only
dnl very old systems.
dnl FIXME: Not sure whether we should use
dnl "-L$found_dir -l$name" or "-L$found_dir $found_so"
dnl here.
LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-l$name"
fi
fi
fi
fi
else
if test "X$found_a" != "X"; then
dnl Linking with a static library.
LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$found_a"
else
dnl We shouldn't come here, but anyway it's good to have a
dnl fallback.
LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-L$found_dir -l$name"
fi
fi
dnl Assume the include files are nearby.
additional_includedir=
case "$found_dir" in
*/$acl_libdirstem | */$acl_libdirstem/)
basedir=`echo "X$found_dir" | sed -e 's,^X,,' -e "s,/$acl_libdirstem/"'*$,,'`
additional_includedir="$basedir/include"
;;
esac
if test "X$additional_includedir" != "X"; then
dnl Potentially add $additional_includedir to $INCNAME.
dnl But don't add it
dnl 1. if it's the standard /usr/include,
dnl 2. if it's /usr/local/include and we are using GCC on Linux,
dnl 3. if it's already present in $CPPFLAGS or the already
dnl constructed $INCNAME,
dnl 4. if it doesn't exist as a directory.
if test "X$additional_includedir" != "X/usr/include"; then
haveit=
if test "X$additional_includedir" = "X/usr/local/include"; then
if test -n "$GCC"; then
case $host_os in
linux* | gnu* | k*bsd*-gnu) haveit=yes;;
esac
fi
fi
if test -z "$haveit"; then
for x in $CPPFLAGS $INC[]NAME; do
AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
if test "X$x" = "X-I$additional_includedir"; then
haveit=yes
break
fi
done
if test -z "$haveit"; then
if test -d "$additional_includedir"; then
dnl Really add $additional_includedir to $INCNAME.
INC[]NAME="${INC[]NAME}${INC[]NAME:+ }-I$additional_includedir"
fi
fi
fi
fi
fi
dnl Look for dependencies.
if test -n "$found_la"; then
dnl Read the .la file. It defines the variables
dnl dlname, library_names, old_library, dependency_libs, current,
dnl age, revision, installed, dlopen, dlpreopen, libdir.
save_libdir="$libdir"
case "$found_la" in
*/* | *\\*) . "$found_la" ;;
*) . "./$found_la" ;;
esac
libdir="$save_libdir"
dnl We use only dependency_libs.
for dep in $dependency_libs; do
case "$dep" in
-L*)
additional_libdir=`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's/^X-L//'`
dnl Potentially add $additional_libdir to $LIBNAME and $LTLIBNAME.
dnl But don't add it
dnl 1. if it's the standard /usr/lib,
dnl 2. if it's /usr/local/lib and we are using GCC on Linux,
dnl 3. if it's already present in $LDFLAGS or the already
dnl constructed $LIBNAME,
dnl 4. if it doesn't exist as a directory.
if test "X$additional_libdir" != "X/usr/$acl_libdirstem"; then
haveit=
if test "X$additional_libdir" = "X/usr/local/$acl_libdirstem"; then
if test -n "$GCC"; then
case $host_os in
linux* | gnu* | k*bsd*-gnu) haveit=yes;;
esac
fi
fi
if test -z "$haveit"; then
haveit=
for x in $LDFLAGS $LIB[]NAME; do
AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
if test "X$x" = "X-L$additional_libdir"; then
haveit=yes
break
fi
done
if test -z "$haveit"; then
if test -d "$additional_libdir"; then
dnl Really add $additional_libdir to $LIBNAME.
LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-L$additional_libdir"
fi
fi
haveit=
for x in $LDFLAGS $LTLIB[]NAME; do
AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
if test "X$x" = "X-L$additional_libdir"; then
haveit=yes
break
fi
done
if test -z "$haveit"; then
if test -d "$additional_libdir"; then
dnl Really add $additional_libdir to $LTLIBNAME.
LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }-L$additional_libdir"
fi
fi
fi
fi
;;
-R*)
dir=`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's/^X-R//'`
if test "$enable_rpath" != no; then
dnl Potentially add DIR to rpathdirs.
dnl The rpathdirs will be appended to $LIBNAME at the end.
haveit=
for x in $rpathdirs; do
if test "X$x" = "X$dir"; then
haveit=yes
break
fi
done
if test -z "$haveit"; then
rpathdirs="$rpathdirs $dir"
fi
dnl Potentially add DIR to ltrpathdirs.
dnl The ltrpathdirs will be appended to $LTLIBNAME at the end.
haveit=
for x in $ltrpathdirs; do
if test "X$x" = "X$dir"; then
haveit=yes
break
fi
done
if test -z "$haveit"; then
ltrpathdirs="$ltrpathdirs $dir"
fi
fi
;;
-l*)
dnl Handle this in the next round.
names_next_round="$names_next_round "`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's/^X-l//'`
;;
*.la)
dnl Handle this in the next round. Throw away the .la's
dnl directory; it is already contained in a preceding -L
dnl option.
names_next_round="$names_next_round "`echo "X$dep" | sed -e 's,^X.*/,,' -e 's,^lib,,' -e 's,\.la$,,'`
;;
*)
dnl Most likely an immediate library name.
LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$dep"
LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }$dep"
;;
esac
done
fi
else
dnl Didn't find the library; assume it is in the system directories
dnl known to the linker and runtime loader. (All the system
dnl directories known to the linker should also be known to the
dnl runtime loader, otherwise the system is severely misconfigured.)
LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }-l$name"
LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }-l$name"
fi
fi
fi
done
done
if test "X$rpathdirs" != "X"; then
if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then
dnl Weird platform: only the last -rpath option counts, the user must
dnl pass all path elements in one option. We can arrange that for a
dnl single library, but not when more than one $LIBNAMEs are used.
alldirs=
for found_dir in $rpathdirs; do
alldirs="${alldirs}${alldirs:+$hardcode_libdir_separator}$found_dir"
done
dnl Note: hardcode_libdir_flag_spec uses $libdir and $wl.
acl_save_libdir="$libdir"
libdir="$alldirs"
eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
libdir="$acl_save_libdir"
LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$flag"
else
dnl The -rpath options are cumulative.
for found_dir in $rpathdirs; do
acl_save_libdir="$libdir"
libdir="$found_dir"
eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
libdir="$acl_save_libdir"
LIB[]NAME="${LIB[]NAME}${LIB[]NAME:+ }$flag"
done
fi
fi
if test "X$ltrpathdirs" != "X"; then
dnl When using libtool, the option that works for both libraries and
dnl executables is -R. The -R options are cumulative.
for found_dir in $ltrpathdirs; do
LTLIB[]NAME="${LTLIB[]NAME}${LTLIB[]NAME:+ }-R$found_dir"
done
fi
])
dnl AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR(VAR, CONTENTS) appends the elements of CONTENTS to VAR,
dnl unless already present in VAR.
dnl Works only for CPPFLAGS, not for LIB* variables because that sometimes
dnl contains two or three consecutive elements that belong together.
AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_APPENDTOVAR],
[
for element in [$2]; do
haveit=
for x in $[$1]; do
AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
if test "X$x" = "X$element"; then
haveit=yes
break
fi
done
if test -z "$haveit"; then
[$1]="${[$1]}${[$1]:+ }$element"
fi
done
])
dnl For those cases where a variable contains several -L and -l options
dnl referring to unknown libraries and directories, this macro determines the
dnl necessary additional linker options for the runtime path.
dnl AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_FROM_LIBS([LDADDVAR], [LIBSVALUE], [USE-LIBTOOL])
dnl sets LDADDVAR to linker options needed together with LIBSVALUE.
dnl If USE-LIBTOOL evaluates to non-empty, linking with libtool is assumed,
dnl otherwise linking without libtool is assumed.
AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS_FROM_LIBS],
[
AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_RPATH])
AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_MULTILIB])
$1=
if test "$enable_rpath" != no; then
if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" && test "$hardcode_minus_L" = no; then
dnl Use an explicit option to hardcode directories into the resulting
dnl binary.
rpathdirs=
next=
for opt in $2; do
if test -n "$next"; then
dir="$next"
dnl No need to hardcode the standard /usr/lib.
if test "X$dir" != "X/usr/$acl_libdirstem"; then
rpathdirs="$rpathdirs $dir"
fi
next=
else
case $opt in
-L) next=yes ;;
-L*) dir=`echo "X$opt" | sed -e 's,^X-L,,'`
dnl No need to hardcode the standard /usr/lib.
if test "X$dir" != "X/usr/$acl_libdirstem"; then
rpathdirs="$rpathdirs $dir"
fi
next= ;;
*) next= ;;
esac
fi
done
if test "X$rpathdirs" != "X"; then
if test -n ""$3""; then
dnl libtool is used for linking. Use -R options.
for dir in $rpathdirs; do
$1="${$1}${$1:+ }-R$dir"
done
else
dnl The linker is used for linking directly.
if test -n "$hardcode_libdir_separator"; then
dnl Weird platform: only the last -rpath option counts, the user
dnl must pass all path elements in one option.
alldirs=
for dir in $rpathdirs; do
alldirs="${alldirs}${alldirs:+$hardcode_libdir_separator}$dir"
done
acl_save_libdir="$libdir"
libdir="$alldirs"
eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
libdir="$acl_save_libdir"
$1="$flag"
else
dnl The -rpath options are cumulative.
for dir in $rpathdirs; do
acl_save_libdir="$libdir"
libdir="$dir"
eval flag=\"$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec\"
libdir="$acl_save_libdir"
$1="${$1}${$1:+ }$flag"
done
fi
fi
fi
fi
fi
AC_SUBST([$1])
])

185
m4/lib-prefix.m4
View File

@ -1,185 +0,0 @@
# lib-prefix.m4 serial 5 (gettext-0.15)
dnl Copyright (C) 2001-2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
dnl From Bruno Haible.
dnl AC_LIB_ARG_WITH is synonymous to AC_ARG_WITH in autoconf-2.13, and
dnl similar to AC_ARG_WITH in autoconf 2.52...2.57 except that is doesn't
dnl require excessive bracketing.
ifdef([AC_HELP_STRING],
[AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_ARG_WITH], [AC_ARG_WITH([$1],[[$2]],[$3],[$4])])],
[AC_DEFUN([AC_][LIB_ARG_WITH], [AC_ARG_WITH([$1],[$2],[$3],[$4])])])
dnl AC_LIB_PREFIX adds to the CPPFLAGS and LDFLAGS the flags that are needed
dnl to access previously installed libraries. The basic assumption is that
dnl a user will want packages to use other packages he previously installed
dnl with the same --prefix option.
dnl This macro is not needed if only AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS is used to locate
dnl libraries, but is otherwise very convenient.
AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PREFIX],
[
AC_BEFORE([$0], [AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS])
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])
AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])
AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_MULTILIB])
AC_REQUIRE([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX])
dnl By default, look in $includedir and $libdir.
use_additional=yes
AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([
eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\"
eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\"
])
AC_LIB_ARG_WITH([lib-prefix],
[ --with-lib-prefix[=DIR] search for libraries in DIR/include and DIR/lib
--without-lib-prefix don't search for libraries in includedir and libdir],
[
if test "X$withval" = "Xno"; then
use_additional=no
else
if test "X$withval" = "X"; then
AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([
eval additional_includedir=\"$includedir\"
eval additional_libdir=\"$libdir\"
])
else
additional_includedir="$withval/include"
additional_libdir="$withval/$acl_libdirstem"
fi
fi
])
if test $use_additional = yes; then
dnl Potentially add $additional_includedir to $CPPFLAGS.
dnl But don't add it
dnl 1. if it's the standard /usr/include,
dnl 2. if it's already present in $CPPFLAGS,
dnl 3. if it's /usr/local/include and we are using GCC on Linux,
dnl 4. if it doesn't exist as a directory.
if test "X$additional_includedir" != "X/usr/include"; then
haveit=
for x in $CPPFLAGS; do
AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
if test "X$x" = "X-I$additional_includedir"; then
haveit=yes
break
fi
done
if test -z "$haveit"; then
if test "X$additional_includedir" = "X/usr/local/include"; then
if test -n "$GCC"; then
case $host_os in
linux* | gnu* | k*bsd*-gnu) haveit=yes;;
esac
fi
fi
if test -z "$haveit"; then
if test -d "$additional_includedir"; then
dnl Really add $additional_includedir to $CPPFLAGS.
CPPFLAGS="${CPPFLAGS}${CPPFLAGS:+ }-I$additional_includedir"
fi
fi
fi
fi
dnl Potentially add $additional_libdir to $LDFLAGS.
dnl But don't add it
dnl 1. if it's the standard /usr/lib,
dnl 2. if it's already present in $LDFLAGS,
dnl 3. if it's /usr/local/lib and we are using GCC on Linux,
dnl 4. if it doesn't exist as a directory.
if test "X$additional_libdir" != "X/usr/$acl_libdirstem"; then
haveit=
for x in $LDFLAGS; do
AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([eval x=\"$x\"])
if test "X$x" = "X-L$additional_libdir"; then
haveit=yes
break
fi
done
if test -z "$haveit"; then
if test "X$additional_libdir" = "X/usr/local/$acl_libdirstem"; then
if test -n "$GCC"; then
case $host_os in
linux*) haveit=yes;;
esac
fi
fi
if test -z "$haveit"; then
if test -d "$additional_libdir"; then
dnl Really add $additional_libdir to $LDFLAGS.
LDFLAGS="${LDFLAGS}${LDFLAGS:+ }-L$additional_libdir"
fi
fi
fi
fi
fi
])
dnl AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX creates variables acl_final_prefix,
dnl acl_final_exec_prefix, containing the values to which $prefix and
dnl $exec_prefix will expand at the end of the configure script.
AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PREPARE_PREFIX],
[
dnl Unfortunately, prefix and exec_prefix get only finally determined
dnl at the end of configure.
if test "X$prefix" = "XNONE"; then
acl_final_prefix="$ac_default_prefix"
else
acl_final_prefix="$prefix"
fi
if test "X$exec_prefix" = "XNONE"; then
acl_final_exec_prefix='${prefix}'
else
acl_final_exec_prefix="$exec_prefix"
fi
acl_save_prefix="$prefix"
prefix="$acl_final_prefix"
eval acl_final_exec_prefix=\"$acl_final_exec_prefix\"
prefix="$acl_save_prefix"
])
dnl AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX([statement]) evaluates statement, with the
dnl variables prefix and exec_prefix bound to the values they will have
dnl at the end of the configure script.
AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_WITH_FINAL_PREFIX],
[
acl_save_prefix="$prefix"
prefix="$acl_final_prefix"
acl_save_exec_prefix="$exec_prefix"
exec_prefix="$acl_final_exec_prefix"
$1
exec_prefix="$acl_save_exec_prefix"
prefix="$acl_save_prefix"
])
dnl AC_LIB_PREPARE_MULTILIB creates a variable acl_libdirstem, containing
dnl the basename of the libdir, either "lib" or "lib64".
AC_DEFUN([AC_LIB_PREPARE_MULTILIB],
[
dnl There is no formal standard regarding lib and lib64. The current
dnl practice is that on a system supporting 32-bit and 64-bit instruction
dnl sets or ABIs, 64-bit libraries go under $prefix/lib64 and 32-bit
dnl libraries go under $prefix/lib. We determine the compiler's default
dnl mode by looking at the compiler's library search path. If at least
dnl of its elements ends in /lib64 or points to a directory whose absolute
dnl pathname ends in /lib64, we assume a 64-bit ABI. Otherwise we use the
dnl default, namely "lib".
acl_libdirstem=lib
searchpath=`(LC_ALL=C $CC -print-search-dirs) 2>/dev/null | sed -n -e 's,^libraries: ,,p' | sed -e 's,^=,,'`
if test -n "$searchpath"; then
acl_save_IFS="${IFS= }"; IFS=":"
for searchdir in $searchpath; do
if test -d "$searchdir"; then
case "$searchdir" in
*/lib64/ | */lib64 ) acl_libdirstem=lib64 ;;
*) searchdir=`cd "$searchdir" && pwd`
case "$searchdir" in
*/lib64 ) acl_libdirstem=lib64 ;;
esac ;;
esac
fi
done
IFS="$acl_save_IFS"
fi
])

311
m4/lock.m4
View File

@ -1,311 +0,0 @@
# lock.m4 serial 6 (gettext-0.16)
dnl Copyright (C) 2005-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
dnl From Bruno Haible.
dnl Tests for a multithreading library to be used.
dnl Defines at most one of the macros USE_POSIX_THREADS, USE_SOLARIS_THREADS,
dnl USE_PTH_THREADS, USE_WIN32_THREADS
dnl Sets the variables LIBTHREAD and LTLIBTHREAD to the linker options for use
dnl in a Makefile (LIBTHREAD for use without libtool, LTLIBTHREAD for use with
dnl libtool).
dnl Sets the variables LIBMULTITHREAD and LTLIBMULTITHREAD similarly, for
dnl programs that really need multithread functionality. The difference
dnl between LIBTHREAD and LIBMULTITHREAD is that on platforms supporting weak
dnl symbols, typically LIBTHREAD="" whereas LIBMULTITHREAD="-lpthread".
dnl Adds to CPPFLAGS the flag -D_REENTRANT or -D_THREAD_SAFE if needed for
dnl multithread-safe programs.
AC_DEFUN([gl_LOCK_EARLY],
[
AC_REQUIRE([gl_LOCK_EARLY_BODY])
])
dnl The guts of gl_LOCK_EARLY. Needs to be expanded only once.
AC_DEFUN([gl_LOCK_EARLY_BODY],
[
dnl Ordering constraints: This macro modifies CPPFLAGS in a way that
dnl influences the result of the autoconf tests that test for *_unlocked
dnl declarations, on AIX 5 at least. Therefore it must come early.
AC_BEFORE([$0], [gl_FUNC_GLIBC_UNLOCKED_IO])dnl
AC_BEFORE([$0], [gl_ARGP])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])
AC_REQUIRE([AC_GNU_SOURCE]) dnl needed for pthread_rwlock_t on glibc systems
dnl Check for multithreading.
AC_ARG_ENABLE(threads,
AC_HELP_STRING([--enable-threads={posix|solaris|pth|win32}], [specify multithreading API])
AC_HELP_STRING([--disable-threads], [build without multithread safety]),
[gl_use_threads=$enableval],
[case "$host_os" in
dnl Disable multithreading by default on OSF/1, because it interferes
dnl with fork()/exec(): When msgexec is linked with -lpthread, its child
dnl process gets an endless segmentation fault inside execvp().
osf*) gl_use_threads=no ;;
*) gl_use_threads=yes ;;
esac
])
if test "$gl_use_threads" = yes || test "$gl_use_threads" = posix; then
# For using <pthread.h>:
case "$host_os" in
osf*)
# On OSF/1, the compiler needs the flag -D_REENTRANT so that it
# groks <pthread.h>. cc also understands the flag -pthread, but
# we don't use it because 1. gcc-2.95 doesn't understand -pthread,
# 2. putting a flag into CPPFLAGS that has an effect on the linker
# causes the AC_TRY_LINK test below to succeed unexpectedly,
# leading to wrong values of LIBTHREAD and LTLIBTHREAD.
CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -D_REENTRANT"
;;
esac
# Some systems optimize for single-threaded programs by default, and
# need special flags to disable these optimizations. For example, the
# definition of 'errno' in <errno.h>.
case "$host_os" in
aix* | freebsd*) CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -D_THREAD_SAFE" ;;
solaris*) CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS -D_REENTRANT" ;;
esac
fi
])
dnl The guts of gl_LOCK. Needs to be expanded only once.
AC_DEFUN([gl_LOCK_BODY],
[
AC_REQUIRE([gl_LOCK_EARLY_BODY])
gl_threads_api=none
LIBTHREAD=
LTLIBTHREAD=
LIBMULTITHREAD=
LTLIBMULTITHREAD=
if test "$gl_use_threads" != no; then
dnl Check whether the compiler and linker support weak declarations.
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether imported symbols can be declared weak])
gl_have_weak=no
AC_TRY_LINK([extern void xyzzy ();
#pragma weak xyzzy], [xyzzy();], [gl_have_weak=yes])
AC_MSG_RESULT([$gl_have_weak])
if test "$gl_use_threads" = yes || test "$gl_use_threads" = posix; then
# On OSF/1, the compiler needs the flag -pthread or -D_REENTRANT so that
# it groks <pthread.h>. It's added above, in gl_LOCK_EARLY_BODY.
AC_CHECK_HEADER(pthread.h, gl_have_pthread_h=yes, gl_have_pthread_h=no)
if test "$gl_have_pthread_h" = yes; then
# Other possible tests:
# -lpthreads (FSU threads, PCthreads)
# -lgthreads
gl_have_pthread=
# Test whether both pthread_mutex_lock and pthread_mutexattr_init exist
# in libc. IRIX 6.5 has the first one in both libc and libpthread, but
# the second one only in libpthread, and lock.c needs it.
AC_TRY_LINK([#include <pthread.h>],
[pthread_mutex_lock((pthread_mutex_t*)0);
pthread_mutexattr_init((pthread_mutexattr_t*)0);],
[gl_have_pthread=yes])
# Test for libpthread by looking for pthread_kill. (Not pthread_self,
# since it is defined as a macro on OSF/1.)
if test -n "$gl_have_pthread"; then
# The program links fine without libpthread. But it may actually
# need to link with libpthread in order to create multiple threads.
AC_CHECK_LIB(pthread, pthread_kill,
[LIBMULTITHREAD=-lpthread LTLIBMULTITHREAD=-lpthread
# On Solaris and HP-UX, most pthread functions exist also in libc.
# Therefore pthread_in_use() needs to actually try to create a
# thread: pthread_create from libc will fail, whereas
# pthread_create will actually create a thread.
case "$host_os" in
solaris* | hpux*)
AC_DEFINE([PTHREAD_IN_USE_DETECTION_HARD], 1,
[Define if the pthread_in_use() detection is hard.])
esac
])
else
# Some library is needed. Try libpthread and libc_r.
AC_CHECK_LIB(pthread, pthread_kill,
[gl_have_pthread=yes
LIBTHREAD=-lpthread LTLIBTHREAD=-lpthread
LIBMULTITHREAD=-lpthread LTLIBMULTITHREAD=-lpthread])
if test -z "$gl_have_pthread"; then
# For FreeBSD 4.
AC_CHECK_LIB(c_r, pthread_kill,
[gl_have_pthread=yes
LIBTHREAD=-lc_r LTLIBTHREAD=-lc_r
LIBMULTITHREAD=-lc_r LTLIBMULTITHREAD=-lc_r])
fi
fi
if test -n "$gl_have_pthread"; then
gl_threads_api=posix
AC_DEFINE([USE_POSIX_THREADS], 1,
[Define if the POSIX multithreading library can be used.])
if test -n "$LIBMULTITHREAD" || test -n "$LTLIBMULTITHREAD"; then
if test $gl_have_weak = yes; then
AC_DEFINE([USE_POSIX_THREADS_WEAK], 1,
[Define if references to the POSIX multithreading library should be made weak.])
LIBTHREAD=
LTLIBTHREAD=
fi
fi
# OSF/1 4.0 and MacOS X 10.1 lack the pthread_rwlock_t type and the
# pthread_rwlock_* functions.
AC_CHECK_TYPE([pthread_rwlock_t],
[AC_DEFINE([HAVE_PTHREAD_RWLOCK], 1,
[Define if the POSIX multithreading library has read/write locks.])],
[],
[#include <pthread.h>])
# glibc defines PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE as enum, not as a macro.
AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <pthread.h>],
[#if __FreeBSD__ == 4
error "No, in FreeBSD 4.0 recursive mutexes actually don't work."
#else
int x = (int)PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE;
return !x;
#endif],
[AC_DEFINE([HAVE_PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE], 1,
[Define if the <pthread.h> defines PTHREAD_MUTEX_RECURSIVE.])])
fi
fi
fi
if test -z "$gl_have_pthread"; then
if test "$gl_use_threads" = yes || test "$gl_use_threads" = solaris; then
gl_have_solaristhread=
gl_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
LIBS="$LIBS -lthread"
AC_TRY_LINK([#include <thread.h>
#include <synch.h>],
[thr_self();],
[gl_have_solaristhread=yes])
LIBS="$gl_save_LIBS"
if test -n "$gl_have_solaristhread"; then
gl_threads_api=solaris
LIBTHREAD=-lthread
LTLIBTHREAD=-lthread
LIBMULTITHREAD="$LIBTHREAD"
LTLIBMULTITHREAD="$LTLIBTHREAD"
AC_DEFINE([USE_SOLARIS_THREADS], 1,
[Define if the old Solaris multithreading library can be used.])
if test $gl_have_weak = yes; then
AC_DEFINE([USE_SOLARIS_THREADS_WEAK], 1,
[Define if references to the old Solaris multithreading library should be made weak.])
LIBTHREAD=
LTLIBTHREAD=
fi
fi
fi
fi
if test "$gl_use_threads" = pth; then
gl_save_CPPFLAGS="$CPPFLAGS"
AC_LIB_LINKFLAGS(pth)
gl_have_pth=
gl_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
LIBS="$LIBS -lpth"
AC_TRY_LINK([#include <pth.h>], [pth_self();], gl_have_pth=yes)
LIBS="$gl_save_LIBS"
if test -n "$gl_have_pth"; then
gl_threads_api=pth
LIBTHREAD="$LIBPTH"
LTLIBTHREAD="$LTLIBPTH"
LIBMULTITHREAD="$LIBTHREAD"
LTLIBMULTITHREAD="$LTLIBTHREAD"
AC_DEFINE([USE_PTH_THREADS], 1,
[Define if the GNU Pth multithreading library can be used.])
if test -n "$LIBMULTITHREAD" || test -n "$LTLIBMULTITHREAD"; then
if test $gl_have_weak = yes; then
AC_DEFINE([USE_PTH_THREADS_WEAK], 1,
[Define if references to the GNU Pth multithreading library should be made weak.])
LIBTHREAD=
LTLIBTHREAD=
fi
fi
else
CPPFLAGS="$gl_save_CPPFLAGS"
fi
fi
if test -z "$gl_have_pthread"; then
if test "$gl_use_threads" = yes || test "$gl_use_threads" = win32; then
if { case "$host_os" in
mingw*) true;;
*) false;;
esac
}; then
gl_threads_api=win32
AC_DEFINE([USE_WIN32_THREADS], 1,
[Define if the Win32 multithreading API can be used.])
fi
fi
fi
fi
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for multithread API to use])
AC_MSG_RESULT([$gl_threads_api])
AC_SUBST(LIBTHREAD)
AC_SUBST(LTLIBTHREAD)
AC_SUBST(LIBMULTITHREAD)
AC_SUBST(LTLIBMULTITHREAD)
])
AC_DEFUN([gl_LOCK],
[
AC_REQUIRE([gl_LOCK_EARLY])
AC_REQUIRE([gl_LOCK_BODY])
gl_PREREQ_LOCK
])
# Prerequisites of lib/lock.c.
AC_DEFUN([gl_PREREQ_LOCK], [
AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_INLINE])
])
dnl Survey of platforms:
dnl
dnl Platform Available Compiler Supports test-lock
dnl flavours option weak result
dnl --------------- --------- --------- -------- ---------
dnl Linux 2.4/glibc posix -lpthread Y OK
dnl
dnl GNU Hurd/glibc posix
dnl
dnl FreeBSD 5.3 posix -lc_r Y
dnl posix -lkse ? Y
dnl posix -lpthread ? Y
dnl posix -lthr Y
dnl
dnl FreeBSD 5.2 posix -lc_r Y
dnl posix -lkse Y
dnl posix -lthr Y
dnl
dnl FreeBSD 4.0,4.10 posix -lc_r Y OK
dnl
dnl NetBSD 1.6 --
dnl
dnl OpenBSD 3.4 posix -lpthread Y OK
dnl
dnl MacOS X 10.[123] posix -lpthread Y OK
dnl
dnl Solaris 7,8,9 posix -lpthread Y Sol 7,8: 0.0; Sol 9: OK
dnl solaris -lthread Y Sol 7,8: 0.0; Sol 9: OK
dnl
dnl HP-UX 11 posix -lpthread N (cc) OK
dnl Y (gcc)
dnl
dnl IRIX 6.5 posix -lpthread Y 0.5
dnl
dnl AIX 4.3,5.1 posix -lpthread N AIX 4: 0.5; AIX 5: OK
dnl
dnl OSF/1 4.0,5.1 posix -pthread (cc) N OK
dnl -lpthread (gcc) Y
dnl
dnl Cygwin posix -lpthread Y OK
dnl
dnl Any of the above pth -lpth 0.0
dnl
dnl Mingw win32 N OK
dnl
dnl BeOS 5 --
dnl
dnl The test-lock result shows what happens if in test-lock.c EXPLICIT_YIELD is
dnl turned off:
dnl OK if all three tests terminate OK,
dnl 0.5 if the first test terminates OK but the second one loops endlessly,
dnl 0.0 if the first test already loops endlessly.

31
m4/longdouble.m4
View File

@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
# longdouble.m4 serial 2 (gettext-0.15)
dnl Copyright (C) 2002-2003, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
dnl From Bruno Haible.
dnl Test whether the compiler supports the 'long double' type.
dnl Prerequisite: AC_PROG_CC
dnl This file is only needed in autoconf <= 2.59. Newer versions of autoconf
dnl have a macro AC_TYPE_LONG_DOUBLE with identical semantics.
AC_DEFUN([gt_TYPE_LONGDOUBLE],
[
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for long double], gt_cv_c_long_double,
[if test "$GCC" = yes; then
gt_cv_c_long_double=yes
else
AC_TRY_COMPILE([
/* The Stardent Vistra knows sizeof(long double), but does not support it. */
long double foo = 0.0;
/* On Ultrix 4.3 cc, long double is 4 and double is 8. */
int array [2*(sizeof(long double) >= sizeof(double)) - 1];
], ,
gt_cv_c_long_double=yes, gt_cv_c_long_double=no)
fi])
if test $gt_cv_c_long_double = yes; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LONG_DOUBLE, 1, [Define if you have the 'long double' type.])
fi
])

48
m4/longlong.m4
View File

@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
# longlong.m4 serial 8
dnl Copyright (C) 1999-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
dnl From Paul Eggert.
# Define HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT if 'long long int' works.
# This fixes a bug in Autoconf 2.60, but can be removed once we
# assume 2.61 everywhere.
# Note: If the type 'long long int' exists but is only 32 bits large
# (as on some very old compilers), AC_TYPE_LONG_LONG_INT will not be
# defined. In this case you can treat 'long long int' like 'long int'.
AC_DEFUN([AC_TYPE_LONG_LONG_INT],
[
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for long long int], [ac_cv_type_long_long_int],
[AC_LINK_IFELSE(
[AC_LANG_PROGRAM(
[[long long int ll = 9223372036854775807ll;
long long int nll = -9223372036854775807LL;
typedef int a[((-9223372036854775807LL < 0
&& 0 < 9223372036854775807ll)
? 1 : -1)];
int i = 63;]],
[[long long int llmax = 9223372036854775807ll;
return ((ll << 63) | (ll >> 63) | (ll < i) | (ll > i)
| (llmax / ll) | (llmax % ll));]])],
[ac_cv_type_long_long_int=yes],
[ac_cv_type_long_long_int=no])])
if test $ac_cv_type_long_long_int = yes; then
AC_DEFINE([HAVE_LONG_LONG_INT], 1,
[Define to 1 if the system has the type `long long int'.])
fi
])
# This macro is obsolescent and should go away soon.
AC_DEFUN([gl_AC_TYPE_LONG_LONG],
[
AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_LONG_LONG_INT])
ac_cv_type_long_long=$ac_cv_type_long_long_int
if test $ac_cv_type_long_long = yes; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LONG_LONG, 1,
[Define if you have the 'long long' type.])
fi
])

31
m4/nls.m4
View File

@ -1,31 +0,0 @@
# nls.m4 serial 3 (gettext-0.15)
dnl Copyright (C) 1995-2003, 2005-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
dnl
dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under
dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public
dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext
dnl functionality.
dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered
dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU
dnl gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License.
dnl They are *not* in the public domain.
dnl Authors:
dnl Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995-2000.
dnl Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>, 2000-2003.
AC_PREREQ(2.50)
AC_DEFUN([AM_NLS],
[
AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether NLS is requested])
dnl Default is enabled NLS
AC_ARG_ENABLE(nls,
[ --disable-nls do not use Native Language Support],
USE_NLS=$enableval, USE_NLS=yes)
AC_MSG_RESULT($USE_NLS)
AC_SUBST(USE_NLS)
])

32
m4/po.m4
View File

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
# po.m4 serial 13 (gettext-0.15)
dnl Copyright (C) 1995-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# po.m4 serial 17 (gettext-0.18)
dnl Copyright (C) 1995-2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
@ -17,17 +17,20 @@ dnl Authors:
dnl Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995-2000.
dnl Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>, 2000-2003.
AC_PREREQ(2.50)
AC_PREREQ([2.50])
dnl Checks for all prerequisites of the po subdirectory.
AC_DEFUN([AM_PO_SUBDIRS],
[
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MAKE_SET])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_INSTALL])dnl
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MKDIR_P])dnl defined by autoconf
dnl AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_MKDIR_P])dnl defined by automake (obsolete)
AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_MKDIR_P])dnl defined by automake
AC_REQUIRE([AM_NLS])dnl
dnl Release version of the gettext macros. This is used to ensure that
dnl the gettext macros and po/Makefile.in.in are in sync.
AC_SUBST([GETTEXT_MACRO_VERSION], [0.18])
dnl Perform the following tests also if --disable-nls has been given,
dnl because they are needed for "make dist" to work.
@ -38,7 +41,7 @@ dnl AC_REQUIRE([AM_PROG_MKDIR_P])dnl defined by automake (obsolete)
[$ac_dir/$ac_word --statistics /dev/null >&]AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD[ 2>&1 &&
(if $ac_dir/$ac_word --statistics /dev/null 2>&1 >/dev/null | grep usage >/dev/null; then exit 1; else exit 0; fi)],
:)
AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, $MSGFMT)
AC_PATH_PROG([GMSGFMT], [gmsgfmt], [$MSGFMT])
dnl Test whether it is GNU msgfmt >= 0.15.
changequote(,)dnl
@ -85,6 +88,10 @@ changequote([,])dnl
test -n "$localedir" || localedir='${datadir}/locale'
AC_SUBST([localedir])
dnl Support for AM_XGETTEXT_OPTION.
test -n "${XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS+set}" || XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS=
AC_SUBST([XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS])
AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS([po-directories], [[
for ac_file in $CONFIG_FILES; do
# Support "outfile[:infile[:infile...]]"
@ -427,3 +434,16 @@ EOF
fi
mv "$ac_file.tmp" "$ac_file"
])
dnl Initializes the accumulator used by AM_XGETTEXT_OPTION.
AC_DEFUN([AM_XGETTEXT_OPTION_INIT],
[
XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS=
])
dnl Registers an option to be passed to xgettext in the po subdirectory.
AC_DEFUN([AM_XGETTEXT_OPTION],
[
AC_REQUIRE([AM_XGETTEXT_OPTION_INIT])
XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS="$XGETTEXT_EXTRA_OPTIONS $1"
])

44
m4/printf-posix.m4
View File

@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
# printf-posix.m4 serial 2 (gettext-0.13.1)
dnl Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
dnl From Bruno Haible.
dnl Test whether the printf() function supports POSIX/XSI format strings with
dnl positions.
AC_DEFUN([gt_PRINTF_POSIX],
[
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])
AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether printf() supports POSIX/XSI format strings],
gt_cv_func_printf_posix,
[
AC_TRY_RUN([
#include <stdio.h>
#include <string.h>
/* The string "%2$d %1$d", with dollar characters protected from the shell's
dollar expansion (possibly an autoconf bug). */
static char format[] = { '%', '2', '$', 'd', ' ', '%', '1', '$', 'd', '\0' };
static char buf[100];
int main ()
{
sprintf (buf, format, 33, 55);
return (strcmp (buf, "55 33") != 0);
}], gt_cv_func_printf_posix=yes, gt_cv_func_printf_posix=no,
[
AC_EGREP_CPP(notposix, [
#if defined __NetBSD__ || defined _MSC_VER || defined __MINGW32__ || defined __CYGWIN__
notposix
#endif
], gt_cv_func_printf_posix="guessing no",
gt_cv_func_printf_posix="guessing yes")
])
])
case $gt_cv_func_printf_posix in
*yes)
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_POSIX_PRINTF, 1,
[Define if your printf() function supports format strings with positions.])
;;
esac
])

92
m4/progtest.m4
View File

@ -1,92 +0,0 @@
# progtest.m4 serial 4 (gettext-0.14.2)
dnl Copyright (C) 1996-2003, 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
dnl
dnl This file can can be used in projects which are not available under
dnl the GNU General Public License or the GNU Library General Public
dnl License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext
dnl functionality.
dnl Please note that the actual code of the GNU gettext library is covered
dnl by the GNU Library General Public License, and the rest of the GNU
dnl gettext package package is covered by the GNU General Public License.
dnl They are *not* in the public domain.
dnl Authors:
dnl Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1996.
AC_PREREQ(2.50)
# Search path for a program which passes the given test.
dnl AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(VARIABLE, PROG-TO-CHECK-FOR,
dnl TEST-PERFORMED-ON-FOUND_PROGRAM [, VALUE-IF-NOT-FOUND [, PATH]])
AC_DEFUN([AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST],
[
# Prepare PATH_SEPARATOR.
# The user is always right.
if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then
echo "#! /bin/sh" >conf$$.sh
echo "exit 0" >>conf$$.sh
chmod +x conf$$.sh
if (PATH="/nonexistent;."; conf$$.sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
PATH_SEPARATOR=';'
else
PATH_SEPARATOR=:
fi
rm -f conf$$.sh
fi
# Find out how to test for executable files. Don't use a zero-byte file,
# as systems may use methods other than mode bits to determine executability.
cat >conf$$.file <<_ASEOF
#! /bin/sh
exit 0
_ASEOF
chmod +x conf$$.file
if test -x conf$$.file >/dev/null 2>&1; then
ac_executable_p="test -x"
else
ac_executable_p="test -f"
fi
rm -f conf$$.file
# Extract the first word of "$2", so it can be a program name with args.
set dummy $2; ac_word=[$]2
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for $ac_word])
AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_path_$1,
[case "[$]$1" in
[[\\/]]* | ?:[[\\/]]*)
ac_cv_path_$1="[$]$1" # Let the user override the test with a path.
;;
*)
ac_save_IFS="$IFS"; IFS=$PATH_SEPARATOR
for ac_dir in ifelse([$5], , $PATH, [$5]); do
IFS="$ac_save_IFS"
test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
for ac_exec_ext in '' $ac_executable_extensions; do
if $ac_executable_p "$ac_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"; then
echo "$as_me: trying $ac_dir/$ac_word..." >&AS_MESSAGE_LOG_FD
if [$3]; then
ac_cv_path_$1="$ac_dir/$ac_word$ac_exec_ext"
break 2
fi
fi
done
done
IFS="$ac_save_IFS"
dnl If no 4th arg is given, leave the cache variable unset,
dnl so AC_PATH_PROGS will keep looking.
ifelse([$4], , , [ test -z "[$]ac_cv_path_$1" && ac_cv_path_$1="$4"
])dnl
;;
esac])dnl
$1="$ac_cv_path_$1"
if test ifelse([$4], , [-n "[$]$1"], ["[$]$1" != "$4"]); then
AC_MSG_RESULT([$]$1)
else
AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
fi
AC_SUBST($1)dnl
])

17
m4/signed.m4
View File

@ -1,17 +0,0 @@
# signed.m4 serial 1 (gettext-0.10.40)
dnl Copyright (C) 2001-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
dnl From Bruno Haible.
AC_DEFUN([bh_C_SIGNED],
[
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for signed], bh_cv_c_signed,
[AC_TRY_COMPILE(, [signed char x;], bh_cv_c_signed=yes, bh_cv_c_signed=no)])
if test $bh_cv_c_signed = no; then
AC_DEFINE(signed, ,
[Define to empty if the C compiler doesn't support this keyword.])
fi
])

62
m4/size_max.m4
View File

@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
# size_max.m4 serial 5
dnl Copyright (C) 2003, 2005-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
dnl From Bruno Haible.
AC_DEFUN([gl_SIZE_MAX],
[
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(stdint.h)
dnl First test whether the system already has SIZE_MAX.
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for SIZE_MAX])
AC_CACHE_VAL([gl_cv_size_max], [
gl_cv_size_max=
AC_EGREP_CPP([Found it], [
#include <limits.h>
#if HAVE_STDINT_H
#include <stdint.h>
#endif
#ifdef SIZE_MAX
Found it
#endif
], gl_cv_size_max=yes)
if test -z "$gl_cv_size_max"; then
dnl Define it ourselves. Here we assume that the type 'size_t' is not wider
dnl than the type 'unsigned long'. Try hard to find a definition that can
dnl be used in a preprocessor #if, i.e. doesn't contain a cast.
_AC_COMPUTE_INT([sizeof (size_t) * CHAR_BIT - 1], size_t_bits_minus_1,
[#include <stddef.h>
#include <limits.h>], size_t_bits_minus_1=)
_AC_COMPUTE_INT([sizeof (size_t) <= sizeof (unsigned int)], fits_in_uint,
[#include <stddef.h>], fits_in_uint=)
if test -n "$size_t_bits_minus_1" && test -n "$fits_in_uint"; then
if test $fits_in_uint = 1; then
dnl Even though SIZE_MAX fits in an unsigned int, it must be of type
dnl 'unsigned long' if the type 'size_t' is the same as 'unsigned long'.
AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <stddef.h>
extern size_t foo;
extern unsigned long foo;
], [], fits_in_uint=0)
fi
dnl We cannot use 'expr' to simplify this expression, because 'expr'
dnl works only with 'long' integers in the host environment, while we
dnl might be cross-compiling from a 32-bit platform to a 64-bit platform.
if test $fits_in_uint = 1; then
gl_cv_size_max="(((1U << $size_t_bits_minus_1) - 1) * 2 + 1)"
else
gl_cv_size_max="(((1UL << $size_t_bits_minus_1) - 1) * 2 + 1)"
fi
else
dnl Shouldn't happen, but who knows...
gl_cv_size_max='((size_t)~(size_t)0)'
fi
fi
])
AC_MSG_RESULT([$gl_cv_size_max])
if test "$gl_cv_size_max" != yes; then
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([SIZE_MAX], [$gl_cv_size_max],
[Define as the maximum value of type 'size_t', if the system doesn't define it.])
fi
])

26
m4/stdint_h.m4
View File

@ -1,26 +0,0 @@
# stdint_h.m4 serial 6
dnl Copyright (C) 1997-2004, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
dnl From Paul Eggert.
# Define HAVE_STDINT_H_WITH_UINTMAX if <stdint.h> exists,
# doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>, and declares uintmax_t.
AC_DEFUN([gl_AC_HEADER_STDINT_H],
[
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for stdint.h], gl_cv_header_stdint_h,
[AC_TRY_COMPILE(
[#include <sys/types.h>
#include <stdint.h>],
[uintmax_t i = (uintmax_t) -1; return !i;],
gl_cv_header_stdint_h=yes,
gl_cv_header_stdint_h=no)])
if test $gl_cv_header_stdint_h = yes; then
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(HAVE_STDINT_H_WITH_UINTMAX, 1,
[Define if <stdint.h> exists, doesn't clash with <sys/types.h>,
and declares uintmax_t. ])
fi
])

30
m4/uintmax_t.m4
View File

@ -1,30 +0,0 @@
# uintmax_t.m4 serial 9
dnl Copyright (C) 1997-2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
dnl From Paul Eggert.
AC_PREREQ(2.13)
# Define uintmax_t to 'unsigned long' or 'unsigned long long'
# if it is not already defined in <stdint.h> or <inttypes.h>.
AC_DEFUN([gl_AC_TYPE_UINTMAX_T],
[
AC_REQUIRE([gl_AC_HEADER_INTTYPES_H])
AC_REQUIRE([gl_AC_HEADER_STDINT_H])
if test $gl_cv_header_inttypes_h = no && test $gl_cv_header_stdint_h = no; then
AC_REQUIRE([gl_AC_TYPE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG])
test $ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long = yes \
&& ac_type='unsigned long long' \
|| ac_type='unsigned long'
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(uintmax_t, $ac_type,
[Define to unsigned long or unsigned long long
if <stdint.h> and <inttypes.h> don't define.])
else
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_UINTMAX_T, 1,
[Define if you have the 'uintmax_t' type in <stdint.h> or <inttypes.h>.])
fi
])

48
m4/ulonglong.m4
View File

@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
# ulonglong.m4 serial 6
dnl Copyright (C) 1999-2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
dnl From Paul Eggert.
# Define HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT if 'unsigned long long int' works.
# This fixes a bug in Autoconf 2.60, but can be removed once we
# assume 2.61 everywhere.
# Note: If the type 'unsigned long long int' exists but is only 32 bits
# large (as on some very old compilers), AC_TYPE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT
# will not be defined. In this case you can treat 'unsigned long long int'
# like 'unsigned long int'.
AC_DEFUN([AC_TYPE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT],
[
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for unsigned long long int],
[ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long_int],
[AC_LINK_IFELSE(
[AC_LANG_PROGRAM(
[[unsigned long long int ull = 18446744073709551615ULL;
typedef int a[(18446744073709551615ULL <= (unsigned long long int) -1
? 1 : -1)];
int i = 63;]],
[[unsigned long long int ullmax = 18446744073709551615ull;
return (ull << 63 | ull >> 63 | ull << i | ull >> i
| ullmax / ull | ullmax % ull);]])],
[ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long_int=yes],
[ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long_int=no])])
if test $ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long_int = yes; then
AC_DEFINE([HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT], 1,
[Define to 1 if the system has the type `unsigned long long int'.])
fi
])
# This macro is obsolescent and should go away soon.
AC_DEFUN([gl_AC_TYPE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG],
[
AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG_INT])
ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long=$ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long_int
if test $ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long = yes; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG, 1,
[Define if you have the 'unsigned long long' type.])
fi
])

52
m4/visibility.m4
View File

@ -1,52 +0,0 @@
# visibility.m4 serial 1 (gettext-0.15)
dnl Copyright (C) 2005 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
dnl From Bruno Haible.
dnl Tests whether the compiler supports the command-line option
dnl -fvisibility=hidden and the function and variable attributes
dnl __attribute__((__visibility__("hidden"))) and
dnl __attribute__((__visibility__("default"))).
dnl Does *not* test for __visibility__("protected") - which has tricky
dnl semantics (see the 'vismain' test in glibc) and does not exist e.g. on
dnl MacOS X.
dnl Does *not* test for __visibility__("internal") - which has processor
dnl dependent semantics.
dnl Does *not* test for #pragma GCC visibility push(hidden) - which is
dnl "really only recommended for legacy code".
dnl Set the variable CFLAG_VISIBILITY.
dnl Defines and sets the variable HAVE_VISIBILITY.
AC_DEFUN([gl_VISIBILITY],
[
AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])
CFLAG_VISIBILITY=
HAVE_VISIBILITY=0
if test -n "$GCC"; then
AC_MSG_CHECKING([for simple visibility declarations])
AC_CACHE_VAL(gl_cv_cc_visibility, [
gl_save_CFLAGS="$CFLAGS"
CFLAGS="$CFLAGS -fvisibility=hidden"
AC_TRY_COMPILE(
[extern __attribute__((__visibility__("hidden"))) int hiddenvar;
extern __attribute__((__visibility__("default"))) int exportedvar;
extern __attribute__((__visibility__("hidden"))) int hiddenfunc (void);
extern __attribute__((__visibility__("default"))) int exportedfunc (void);],
[],
gl_cv_cc_visibility=yes,
gl_cv_cc_visibility=no)
CFLAGS="$gl_save_CFLAGS"])
AC_MSG_RESULT([$gl_cv_cc_visibility])
if test $gl_cv_cc_visibility = yes; then
CFLAG_VISIBILITY="-fvisibility=hidden"
HAVE_VISIBILITY=1
fi
fi
AC_SUBST([CFLAG_VISIBILITY])
AC_SUBST([HAVE_VISIBILITY])
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([HAVE_VISIBILITY], [$HAVE_VISIBILITY],
[Define to 1 or 0, depending whether the compiler supports simple visibility declarations.])
])

20
m4/wchar_t.m4
View File

@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
# wchar_t.m4 serial 1 (gettext-0.12)
dnl Copyright (C) 2002-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
dnl From Bruno Haible.
dnl Test whether <stddef.h> has the 'wchar_t' type.
dnl Prerequisite: AC_PROG_CC
AC_DEFUN([gt_TYPE_WCHAR_T],
[
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for wchar_t], gt_cv_c_wchar_t,
[AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <stddef.h>
wchar_t foo = (wchar_t)'\0';], ,
gt_cv_c_wchar_t=yes, gt_cv_c_wchar_t=no)])
if test $gt_cv_c_wchar_t = yes; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_WCHAR_T, 1, [Define if you have the 'wchar_t' type.])
fi
])

20
m4/wint_t.m4
View File

@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
# wint_t.m4 serial 1 (gettext-0.12)
dnl Copyright (C) 2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
dnl From Bruno Haible.
dnl Test whether <wchar.h> has the 'wint_t' type.
dnl Prerequisite: AC_PROG_CC
AC_DEFUN([gt_TYPE_WINT_T],
[
AC_CACHE_CHECK([for wint_t], gt_cv_c_wint_t,
[AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <wchar.h>
wint_t foo = (wchar_t)'\0';], ,
gt_cv_c_wint_t=yes, gt_cv_c_wint_t=no)])
if test $gt_cv_c_wint_t = yes; then
AC_DEFINE(HAVE_WINT_T, 1, [Define if you have the 'wint_t' type.])
fi
])

13
m4/xsize.m4
View File

@ -1,13 +0,0 @@
# xsize.m4 serial 3
dnl Copyright (C) 2003-2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
dnl This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
dnl gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
dnl with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
AC_DEFUN([gl_XSIZE],
[
dnl Prerequisites of lib/xsize.h.
AC_REQUIRE([gl_SIZE_MAX])
AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_INLINE])
AC_CHECK_HEADERS(stdint.h)
])

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More